2016 Cruze Limited Owners Manual

2k16_CS6_Chevrolet_Cruze_Limited_23289323A.
ai 1 5/14/2015 10:22:48 AM
CM
MY
CY
CMY
K
Chevrolet Cruze Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 24
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . . 91
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 133
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 169
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 304
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 321
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 331
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
2 Introduction
Introduction This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners

may or may not be on the vehicle
because of optional equipment that Propriétaires Canadiens
was not purchased on the vehicle, A French language manual can be
model variants, country obtained from your dealer, at
specifications, features/applications www.helminc.com, or from:
that may not be available in your
region, or changes subsequent to On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
the printing of this owner manual. ce guide en français auprès du
The names, logos, emblems, concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
Refer to the purchase savant:
slogans, vehicle model names, and documentation relating to your
vehicle body designs appearing in specific vehicle to confirm the Helm, Incorporated
this manual including, but not limited features. Attention: Customer Service
to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, 47911 Halyard Drive
the CHEVROLET Emblem, and Keep this manual in the vehicle for Plymouth, MI 48170
Cruze are trademarks and/or quick reference.
service marks of General Motors Using this Manual
LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates,
or licensors. To quickly locate information about
the vehicle, use the Index in the
For vehicles first sold in Canada, back of the manual. It is an
substitute the name “General alphabetical list of what is in the
Motors of Canada Limited” for manual and the page number where
Chevrolet Motor Division where it it can be found.
appears in this manual.
Litho in U.S.A.
©
Part No. 23289323 A First Printing 2015 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Introduction 3
Danger, Warning, and Vehicle Symbol Chart

Caution Here are some additional symbols
that may be found on the vehicle
Warning messages found on vehicle and what they mean. For more
labels and in this manual describe information on the symbol, refer to
hazards and what to do to avoid or the Index.
reduce them. A circle with a slash through it is a
safety symbol which means “Do
9 : Airbag Readiness Light
{ Danger Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let # : Air Conditioning
this happen.” ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Danger indicates a hazard with a
high level of risk which will result Symbols % : Audio®Steering Wheel Controls
in serious injury or death. or OnStar (if equipped)
The vehicle has components and
labels that use symbols instead of $ : Brake System Warning Light
text. Symbols are shown along with " : Charging System
{ Warning the text describing the operation or I : Cruise Control
information relating to a specific
Warning indicates a hazard that component, control, message, ` : Do Not Puncture
could result in injury or death. gauge, or indicator. ^ : Do Not Service
M : Shown when the owner B : Engine Coolant Temperature
manual has additional instructions
Caution or information. O : Exterior Lamps
* : Shown when the service _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited
Caution indicates a hazard that
could result in property or vehicle
manual has additional instructions # : Fog Lamps
or information.
damage. . : Fuel Gauge
0 : Shown when there is more + : Fuses
information on another page —
“see page.”
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
4 Introduction
3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer
j : LATCH System Child Restraints
* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
: : Oil Pressure
} : Power
/ : Remote Vehicle Start
> : Safety Belt Reminders
7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak®
a : Under Pressure
M : Windshield Washer Fluid
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
In Brief 5
In Brief Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . .

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
19
20
Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Instrument Panel Side Blind Zone
Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . 6 Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Initial Drive Information Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 21
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8 Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Performance and Maintenance
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Traction Control/Electronic
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Heated Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 22
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 11 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 22
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Driving for Better Fuel
Passenger Sensing System . . . 12 Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Roadside Assistance
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 13 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 15
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Vehicle Features
Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . . . 18
Bluetooth® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
6 In Brief
Instrument Panel
Instrument Panel Overview
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
In Brief 7
1. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 127. 11. Climate Control Systems 0 162 21. Cruise Control 0 200.
Front Fog Lamps 0 130 (If (If Equipped). 22. Instrument Panel Fuse Block
Equipped). Automatic Climate Control 0 251.
Instrument Panel Illumination System 0 164 (If Equipped). 23. Data Link Connector (DLC)
Control 0 130. Heated Front Seats 0 49 (If (Out of View). See Malfunction
2. Air Vents 0 167. Equipped). Indicator Lamp (Check Engine
12. Traction Control/Electronic Light) 0 102.
3. Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer 0 127. Stability Control 0 198. 24. Hood Release. See Hood
13. Shift Lever. See Automatic 0 220.
Turn Signal Lever. See Turn
and Lane-Change Signals Transmission 0 191 or Manual
0 129. Transmission 0 195.
Driver Information Center (DIC) 14. Parking Brake 0 197.

Buttons. See Driver Information 15. Power Outlets 0 95.
Center (DIC) 0 110. 16. Hazard Warning Flashers
4. Instrument Cluster 0 98. 0 129.
5. Driver Information Center (DIC) 17. Trunk Release Button. See
0 110. Trunk 0 36.
6. Steering Wheel Controls 0 92. 18. Ignition Switch or Keyless
7. Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 93. Ignition Button (If Equipped).
See Ignition Positions (Keyless
8. Infotainment 0 133. Access) 0 180 or Ignition
9. Light Sensor. See Automatic Positions (Key Access) 0 182.
Headlamp System 0 128. 19. Horn 0 93.
10. Passenger Airbag Status 20. Steering Wheel Adjustment
Indicator 0 101. 0 92.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
8 In Brief
Initial Drive Press the key release button to Remote Vehicle Start
extend the key blade. The key can
Information be used for the ignition, if equipped, If equipped, the engine can be
and all locks. started from outside of the vehicle.
This section provides a brief
overview about some of the Press K to unlock the driver door or Starting the Vehicle
important features that may or may all doors.
not be on your specific vehicle. 1. Press and release Q on the
Press Q to lock all doors. RKE transmitter.
For more detailed information, refer
to each of the features which can be Lock and unlock feedback can be 2. Immediately, press and hold /
found later in this owner manual. personalized. See Vehicle for at least four seconds or until
Personalization 0 121. the turn signal lamps flash.
Remote Keyless Entry Press and hold Y to open the 3. Start the vehicle normally after
(RKE) System trunk. entering.
The RKE transmitter may work up to When the vehicle starts, the parking
Press and hold 7 briefly to initiate lamps will turn on.
60 m (195 ft) away from the vehicle.
vehicle locator.
Remote start can be extended.
Press and hold 7 for at least
three seconds to sound the panic Canceling a Remote Start
alarm. To cancel a remote start, do one of
the following:
Press 7 again to cancel the panic
alarm. . Press and hold / until the
See Keys 0 24 and Remote Keyless parking lamps turn off.
Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 26. . Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
. Turn the vehicle on and then off.
See Remote Vehicle Start 0 32.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
In Brief 9
Door Locks from the driver door, the first press Windows
unlocks that door; press again
To lock or unlock the vehicle from within five seconds to unlock all
outside, use the key in the door or passenger doors. See Remote { Warning
use the Remote Keyless Entry Keyless Entry (RKE) System
(RKE) transmitter. From inside the Children could be seriously
Operation 0 26.
vehicle, use the power door lock injured or killed if caught in the
switch. This feature may be configured. See path of a closing window. Never
Vehicle Personalization 0 121. leave keys in a vehicle with
See Door Locks 0 33. children. When there are children
Power Door Locks
Keyless Access in the rear seat, use the window
lockout button to prevent
operation of the windows. See
Keys 0 24.
If equipped, use the Keyless Access K : Press to unlock the doors.

system to lock and unlock the door. Q : Press to lock the doors.
When the doors are locked and the
RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of See Power Door Locks 0 34.
the driver door handle, press the
lock/unlock button. When unlocking
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
10 In Brief
Press the switch down to open the 2. Slide the seat to the desired Reclining Seatbacks
window. Pull the front of the switch position and release the
up to close it. See Power Windows handle.
0 43. 3. Try to move the seat back and
The switches work when the ignition forth to be sure it is locked in
is in ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY, place.
or in Retained Accessory Power
(RAP). See Retained Accessory Seat Height Adjuster
Power (RAP) 0 187.
Seat Adjustment
Manual Front Seats
To recline the seatback:

1. Lift the lever.
2. Move the seatback to the
desired position, then release
the lever to lock the seatback
in place.
If available, move the lever up or 3. Push and pull on the seatback
down to manually raise or lower to make sure it is locked.
the seat.
To return the seatback to an upright
See Seat Adjustment 0 47. position:
To adjust a manual seat: 1. Lift the lever fully without
applying pressure to the
1. Pull the handle at the front of seatback, and the seatback
the seat. returns to the upright position.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
In Brief 11
2. Push and pull on the seatback See Power Seat Adjustment 0 48. Press the control once for the
to make sure it is locked. highest setting. With each press of
Rear Seats the control, the heated seat will
See Reclining Seatbacks 0 48.
The rear seatbacks can be folded. change to the next lower setting,
Power Driver Seat For detailed instructions, see Rear
and then the off setting. Three lights
indicate the highest setting and one
Seats 0 51.
light the lowest.
Heated Seats See Heated Front Seats 0 49.
Head Restraint
Adjustment
Do not drive until the head restraints
for all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
To achieve a comfortable seating
position, change the seatback
recline angle as little as necessary
To adjust a power driver seat, while keeping the seat and the head
if equipped: restraint height in the proper
. Move the seat forward or position.
rearward by sliding the control If available, the controls are on the See Head Restraints 0 46 and Seat
forward or rearward. center stack. The engine must be Adjustment 0 47.
. Raise or lower the front part of running to operate the heated seats.
the seat cushion by moving the Press L or M to heat the driver or
front of the control up or down.
passenger seat cushion and
. Raise or lower the entire seat by seatback.
moving the rear of the control up
or down.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
12 In Brief
Safety Belts Passenger Sensing The passenger airbag status

indicator will be visible on the
System instrument panel when the vehicle is
started. See Passenger Airbag
Status Indicator 0 101.
Mirror Adjustment
Exterior
United States
Refer to the following sections for

important information on how to use
safety belts properly: Canada
. Safety Belts 0 52. The passenger sensing system
. How to Wear Safety Belts turns off the front outboard
Properly 0 54. passenger frontal airbag and knee
. airbag under certain conditions. No
Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 55. To adjust the mirrors:
other airbag is affected by the
. Lower Anchors and Tethers for passenger sensing system. See 1. Turn the selector switch to L
Children (LATCH System) 0 77. Passenger Sensing System 0 65 for (Left) or R (Right) to choose
important information. the driver or passenger mirror.
2. Move the control to adjust the
mirror.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
In Brief 13
3. Turn the selector switch to the Interior Mirror Steering Wheel

O position to deselect the
mirror. Adjustment Adjustment
See Power Mirrors 0 41. Adjust the rearview mirror to view
the area behind the vehicle.
If the vehicle has heated mirrors,
see Heated Mirrors 0 41. Manual Rearview Mirror
If equipped with a manual rearview
mirror, push the tab forward for
daytime use and pull it for nighttime
use to avoid glare from the
headlamps from behind. See
Manual Rearview Mirror 0 42.
Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror
If equipped with an automatic To adjust the steering wheel:
dimming rearview mirror, the mirror
will automatically reduce the glare of 1. Pull the lever down.
headlamps from behind. The 2. Move the steering wheel up
Vehicles with a manual mirror dimming feature comes on each or down.
adjustment have controls next to time the vehicle is started. See
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
each mirror. Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror
closer or away from you.
0 42.
See Manual Mirrors 0 41. 4. Push the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
14 In Brief
Interior Lighting Reading Lamps This feature controls the brightness

of the instrument panel controls and
Dome Lamps infotainment display screen. The
thumbwheel is located to the left of
the steering column on the
instrument panel.
D : Turn the thumbwheel up or
down and hold, to brighten or dim
the instrument panel controls and
infotainment display screen.
The reading lamps are in the Exterior Lighting
overhead console.
The dome lamp controls are in the
headliner. m or n : Press the button near
each lamp to turn it on or off.
* : Press to turn the lamps off,
even when a door is open. Instrument Panel Illumination
Control
I : Press to turn the lamps on
automatically when a door is
opened.
+ : Press to turn on the dome
lamps.
The exterior lamp control is to the
left of the steering column on the
instrument panel.
O : Briefly turn to this position to
turn the automatic lamp control off
or on again.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
In Brief 15
AUTO : Turns the headlamps on Windshield Wiper/Washer INT : Move the lever up to INT for
automatically at normal brightness, intermittent wipes, then turn the x
together with the parking lamps, INT band up for more frequent
taillamps, license plate lamps, wipes or down for less frequent
instrument panel lights, and wipes.
sidemarker lamps.
OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.
; : Turns on the parking lamps
including all lamps, except the 1X : For a single wipe, briefly move
headlamps. the lever down. For several wipes,
The windshield wiper/washer lever hold the lever down.
5 : Turns on the headlamps is on the right side of the steering
together with the parking lamps and column. n L : Pull the lever toward you to
instrument panel lights. A warning spray windshield washer fluid and
With the ignition in ACC/ activate the wipers.
chime sounds if the driver door is
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,
opened when the ignition switch is See Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 93.
move the lever to select the wiper
off and the headlamps are on.
speed.
# : If equipped with fog lamps, Climate Controls
HI : Use for fast wipes.
press to turn the lamps on or off. The heating, cooling, defrosting, and
LO : Use for slow wipes. ventilation for the vehicle can be
See:
. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 127 controlled with these systems.
. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)

0 128
. Front Fog Lamps 0 130
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
16 In Brief
Vehicles without Air Conditioning Vehicles with Air Conditioning Automatic Climate Control System
1. Temperature Control 1. Temperature Control 1. Temperature Control

2. Bi-level Air Mode 2. Bi-level Air Mode 2. Rear Window Defogger
3. Floor Air Mode 3. Floor Air Mode 3. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
4. Vent Air Mode 4. Vent Air Mode 4. Defrost
5. Fan Control 5. Fan Control 5. Fan Control
6. Driver and Passenger Heated 6. Driver and Passenger Heated 6. Driver and Passenger Heated
Seats (If Equipped) Seats (If Equipped) Seats (If Equipped)
7. Defrost 7. Defrost 7. Air Conditioning
8. Defog 8. Air Conditioning 8. MODE (Air Delivery Mode)
9. Rear Window Defogger 9. Defog 9. Recirculation
10. Recirculation 10. Power
11. Rear Window Defogger
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
In Brief 17
See Climate Control Systems 0 162 Up‐Shift Light Vehicle Features

or Automatic Climate Control
System 0 164 (If Equipped).
Radio(s)
Transmission O : Press to turn the system on and
off. Turn to increase or decrease the
Manual Mode volume.
Driver Shift Control (DSC) allows BAND : Press to choose between
the automatic transmission to be If the vehicle has a manual FM, AM, or SiriusXM®, if equipped.
shifted similar to a manual transmission, it will have an up-shift
transmission. MENU/SEL : Turn to select radio
light that indicates when to shift to
stations. Press to select a menu.
Electronic Range Select (ERS) the next higher gear for the best fuel
allows for the selection of a range of economy. g : Press to seek the previous
gears. station or track.
See Manual Transmission 0 195.
See Manual Mode 0 193. l : Press to seek the next station
or track.
Buttons 1 to 6 : Press to save and
select favorite stations.
INFO : Press to show available
information about the current station
or track.
For more information about these
and other radio features, see
Operation 0 136.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
18 In Brief
Storing a Favorite Station Setting the 12/24 Hour Format variety of programming and
To set the 12/24 hour format for the commercial-free music, coast to
Stations from all bands can be
radio with navigation: coast, and in digital-quality sound.
stored in the favorite lists in any
A fee is required to receive the
order. Up to six stations can be 1. Press CLOCK. SiriusXM service.
stored in each favorite page and the
number of available favorite pages 2. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format. Refer to:
can be set. 3. Press the MENU/SEL knob to . www.siriusxm.com or call
To store the station to a position in select the 12 hour or 24 hour 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.).
the list, press the corresponding display format.
. www.xmradio.ca or call
numeric button 1 to 6 until a beep is 4. To save the settings, press 1-877-209-0079 (Canada).
heard. BACK on the radio faceplate.
See Satellite Radio 0 141.
See “Storing a Station as a For detailed instructions on setting
Favorite” in AM-FM Radio 0 139. the clock for the vehicle's specific Portable Audio Devices
audio system, see Clock 0 94.
Setting the Clock Some vehicles have a 3.5 mm
Adjusting the Time or Date Satellite Radio (1/8 in) auxiliary input and a USB
port in the center console. External
To set the time and date for the If equipped, vehicles with a devices such as iPods®, MP3
radio with navigation: SiriusXM® satellite radio tuner and a players, CD changers, and USB
1. Press CLOCK. valid SiriusXM satellite radio drives may be connected,
subscription can receive SiriusXM depending on the audio system.
2. Select Set Time or Set Date. programming.
See Auxiliary Devices 0 146.
3. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to
adjust the highlighted number.
SiriusXM Satellite Radio
Service
4. Press the MENU/SEL knob to
select the next number. SiriusXM is a satellite radio service
based in the 48 contiguous United
5. To save the settings, press States and 10 Canadian provinces.
BACK on the radio faceplate. SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
In Brief 19
Bluetooth® Steering Wheel Controls $ / i : Press to silence the

vehicle speakers only. Press again
The Bluetooth® system allows users
to turn the sound on. For vehicles
with a Bluetooth-enabled mobile
with OnStar or Bluetooth systems,
phone to make and receive
press to reject an incoming call,
hands-free calls using the vehicle
or to end a current call.
audio system and controls.
The Bluetooth-enabled mobile
_ SRC ^ : Press to select a source
or turn to change favorite stations.
phone must be paired with the
in-vehicle Bluetooth system before it Press _ or ^ to select AM, FM, CD,
can be used in the vehicle. Not all or MP3 track.
phones will support all functions.
Turn _ or ^ to select the next or
See Bluetooth (Infotainment
previous saved favorite radio
Controls) 0 150 or Bluetooth (Voice
stations.
Recognition) 0 153 or Bluetooth For vehicles with audio steering
(Overview) 0 148. wheel controls, some audio controls + x − : Press + to increase the
can be adjusted at the steering volume. Press − to decrease the
wheel. volume.
b / g : For vehicles with a For more information, see Steering
Bluetooth, OnStar, or navigation Wheel Controls 0 92.
system, press to interact with those
systems. See Bluetooth
(Infotainment Controls) 0 150 or
Bluetooth (Voice Recognition) 0 153
or Bluetooth (Overview) 0 148,
OnStar Overview 0 334, or the
infotainment manual.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
20 In Brief
Cruise Control SET/− : Move the thumbwheel down 2. w / x : Use the band to
briefly to set the speed and activate scroll through the items in
cruise control. If cruise control is each menu.
already active, use to decrease
speed. 3. MENU: Press to display the
DIC menus. This button is also
* : Press to disengage cruise used to return to or exit the last
control without erasing the set screen displayed on the DIC.
speed from memory.
See Driver Information Center (DIC)
See Cruise Control 0 200. 0 110.
Driver Information Side Blind Zone

Center (DIC) Alert (SBZA)
The DIC display is in the center of If equipped, SBZA will detect
If equipped with cruise control: the instrument cluster. It shows the moving vehicles in the next lane
status of many vehicle systems. The over in the vehicle's side blind zone
1 : Press to turn the cruise control controls for the DIC are on the turn
system on and off. A white indicator area. When this happens, the SBZA
signal lever. display will light up in the
comes on in the instrument cluster
when cruise is turned on. corresponding outside side mirror
and will flash if the turn signal is on.
RES/+ : If there is a set speed in
memory, move the thumbwheel up See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
briefly to resume to that speed or 0 206.
hold upward to accelerate. If cruise
control is already active, use to
increase vehicle speed. 1. SET/CLR: Press to set,
or press and hold to clear, the
menu item displayed.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
In Brief 21
Rear Vision avoiding objects while in Performance and

R (Reverse). It operates at speeds
Camera (RVC) less than 8 km/h (5 mph) and uses Maintenance
If equipped, RVC displays a view of audible beeps to provide distance
the area behind the vehicle, on the and system information. Traction Control/
infotainment system display, when
the vehicle is shifted into
Keep the sensors on the vehicle's Electronic Stability
rear bumper clean to ensure proper Control
R (Reverse). operation.
See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) The Traction Control System (TCS)
See Parking Assist 0 204.
0 202. limits wheel spin. The system turns
on automatically every time the
Power Outlets vehicle is started.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert
(RCTA) System The accessory power outlets can be The StabiliTrak system assists with
used to plug in electrical equipment, directional control of the vehicle in
If equipped, the RCTA system uses such as a cell phone or MP3 player. difficult driving conditions. The
a triangle with an arrow displayed system also turns on automatically
There is one accessory power outlet
on the RVC screen to warn of traffic every time the vehicle is started.
located on the center floor console
behind your vehicle that may cross
and one on the rear of the center . To turn off traction control, press
your vehicle's path while in
floor console. These outlets are
R (Reverse). In addition, beeps will and release the g button on the
powered when the key is in ON/
sound. center console. The traction off
RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or until
See “Rear Cross Traffic Alert the driver door is opened within light i illuminates.
(RCTA)” under Rear Vision Camera 10 minutes of turning off the vehicle. . To turn off both traction control
(RVC) 0 202. See Retained Accessory Power and StabiliTrak, press and hold
(RAP) 0 187.
the g button, until the traction off
Parking Assist See Power Outlets 0 95. light i and the StabiliTrak OFF
If equipped, Rear Parking Assist
light g illuminate.
(RPA) uses sensors on the rear
bumper to assist with parking and
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
22 In Brief
. Press and release the g button The low tire pressure warning light engine oil life system press the
again to turn on both systems. may come on in cool weather when SET/CLR button while the Oil Life
the vehicle is first started, and then display is active.
See Traction Control/Electronic turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
Stability Control 0 198. may be an early indicator that the Resetting the Oil Life System
tire pressures are getting low and 1. Using the DIC MENU button
Tire Pressure Monitor the tires need to be inflated to the and thumbwheel, scroll until
This vehicle may have a Tire proper pressure. you reach REMAINING OIL
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). The TPMS does not replace normal LIFE on the DIC (: % for
monthly tire maintenance. Maintain Canada).
the correct tire pressures. 2. Press the SET/CLR button to
See Tire Pressure Monitor System reset the oil life at 100%. When
0 261. prompted, use the thumbwheel
to highlight YES or NO. Press
Engine Oil Life System the SET/CLR button to confirm.
The engine oil life system calculates Be careful not to reset the oil life
The low tire pressure warning light display accidentally at any time
alerts to a significant loss in engine oil life based on vehicle use
and displays the CHANGE ENGINE other than after the oil is changed.
pressure of one of the vehicle's It cannot be reset accurately.
tires. If the warning light comes on, OIL SOON DIC message when it is
stop as soon as possible and inflate necessary to change the engine oil See Engine Oil Life System 0 227.
the tires to the recommended and filter.
pressure shown on the Tire and Remember, the Oil Life display must
Loading Information label. See be reset after each oil change. It will
Vehicle Load Limits 0 176. The not reset itself. Also, be careful not
warning light will remain on until the to reset the Oil Life display
tire pressure is corrected. accidentally at any time other than
when the oil has just been changed.
It cannot be reset accurately until
the next oil change. To reset the
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
In Brief 23
Driving for Better Fuel . Keep vehicle tires properly Roadside Assistance
inflated.
Economy Program
. Combine several trips into a
Driving habits can affect fuel single trip. U.S.: 1-800-243-8872
mileage. Here are some driving tips TTY Users (U.S. Only):
to get the best fuel economy . Replace the vehicle's tires with
the same TPC Spec number 1-888-889-2438
possible.
molded into the tire's sidewall Canada: 1-800-268-6800
. Avoid fast starts and accelerate
near the size.
smoothly. As the owner of a new Chevrolet,
. Follow recommended scheduled you are automatically enrolled in the
. Brake gradually and avoid
maintenance. Roadside Assistance program.
abrupt stops.
See Roadside Assistance Program
. Avoid idling the engine for long
0 325.
periods of time.
. When road and weather
conditions are appropriate, use
cruise control.
. Always follow posted speed
limits or drive more slowly when
conditions require.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
24 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Keys, Doors, and Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Keys and Locks
Windows Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Keys
Interior Mirrors
Keys and Locks
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 42
Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 42
{ Warning
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Automatic Dimming Rearview
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Leaving children in a vehicle with
Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 an ignition key or Remote
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Windows Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 dangerous and children or others
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 32 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 could be seriously injured or
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 killed. They could operate the
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 power window or other controls or
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Roof make the vehicle move. The
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 35 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 windows will function with the key
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 in the ignition or with the RKE
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 transmitter in the vehicle, and
Doors children or others could be caught
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 in the path of a closing window.
Do not leave children in a vehicle
Vehicle Security with the ignition key or an RKE
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 transmitter.
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 38
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 39
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Keys, Doors, and Windows 25
vehicle. If the vehicle has the

Warning (Continued) keyless ignition, the key can be
used for the locks.
impacted, and airbags may not
deploy. To reduce the risk of
unintentional rotation of the
ignition key, do not change the
way the ignition key and Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter,
if equipped, are connected to the
provided key rings.
If the vehicle is equipped with a

{ Warning keyed ignition, the ignition key, key
rings, and RKE transmitter,
If the key is unintentionally
if equipped, are designed to work
rotated while the vehicle is together. As a system, it reduces Press the button on the RKE
running, the ignition could be the risk of unintentionally moving transmitter to extend the key. Press
moved out of the RUN position. the key out of the RUN position. the button and the key blade to
This could be caused by heavy If replacements or additions are retract the key.
items hanging from the key ring, required, see your dealer. Limit
or by large or long items attached added items to a few essential keys If it becomes difficult to turn the key,
to the key ring that could be or small, light items no larger than inspect the key blade for debris.
contacted by the driver or an RKE transmitter. Periodically clean with a brush
steering wheel. If the ignition or pick.
The key that is part of the Remote
moves out of the RUN position, Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter can See your dealer if a new key is
the engine will shut off, braking be used for the ignition and all locks needed.
and steering power assist may be if the vehicle is a Key access If locked out of the vehicle, see
(Continued) Roadside Assistance Program
0 325.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
With an active OnStar subscription, Remote Keyless Entry Q (Lock) : Press to lock all doors.
an OnStar Advisor may remotely
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar
(RKE) System Operation The turn signal indicators may flash
Overview 0 334. The Keyless Access system allows and/or the horn may sound on the
for vehicle entry when the second press to indicate locking.
See Vehicle Personalization 0 121.
Remote Keyless Entry transmitter is within range. See
(RKE) System “Keyless Access Operation” later in If the driver door is open when Q is
this section. pressed, all doors and the driver
See Radio Frequency Statement door will immediately unlock,
The transmitter functions may work
0 331. if Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out is
up to 60 m (195 ft) away from the
If there is a decrease in the RKE vehicle. enabled through the vehicle
operating range: personalization.
Keep in mind that other conditions,
. Check the distance. The such as those previously stated, can If the passenger door is open when
transmitter may be too far from impact the performance of the Q is pressed, all doors lock.
the vehicle. transmitter.
Pressing Q may also arm the alarm
. Check the location. Other system. See Vehicle Alarm System
vehicles or objects may be 0 38.
blocking the signal.
K (Unlock) : Press to unlock the
. Check the transmitter's battery. driver door or all doors. See Vehicle
See “Battery Replacement” later Personalization 0 121.
in this section.
The turn signal indicators may flash
. If the transmitter is still not to indicate unlocking. See Vehicle
working correctly, see your Personalization 0 121.
dealer or a qualified technician
for service. Pressing K will disarm the alarm
system. See Vehicle Alarm System
0 38.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Y (Remote Trunk Release) : Keyless Access Operation

Press and hold to release the trunk. The Keyless Access system allows
7 (Vehicle Locator/Panic for the doors and trunk to be locked
Alarm) : Press and hold briefly to and unlocked without pressing the
initiate vehicle locator. The exterior RKE transmitter button. The RKE
lamps flash and the horn chirps transmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft)
three times. of the door being opened. If the
vehicle has this feature, there will be
Press and hold 7 for at least a button on the outside door
three seconds to sound the panic handles.
alarm. The horn sounds and the
turn signals flash for 30 seconds, Keyless Access can be
programmed to unlock all doors on Driver Side Shown, Passenger
or until 7 is pressed again or the the first lock/unlock press from the
vehicle is started. Similar
driver door. See Vehicle
/ (Remote Vehicle Start) : Personalization 0 121. Pressing the lock/unlock button will
If equipped, press and release Q cause all doors to lock if any of the
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from following occur:
and then immediately press and the Driver Door
hold / for at least four seconds to . It has been more than
When the doors are locked and the five seconds since the first lock/
start the engine from outside the RKE transmitter is within range of
vehicle using the RKE transmitter. unlock button press.
the door handle, pressing the lock/
See Remote Vehicle Start 0 32. unlock button on the driver door . Two lock/unlock button presses
The RKE transmitter buttons will not handle will unlock the driver door. were used to unlock all doors.
operate when the key is in the If the lock/unlock button is pressed . Any vehicle door has been
ignition. again within five seconds, all opened and all doors are now
passenger doors will unlock. closed.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from transmitter inside the vehicle. Do Programming Transmitters to

the Passenger Doors not leave the RKE transmitter in an the Vehicle
When the doors are locked and the unattended vehicle.
Only RKE transmitters programmed
RKE transmitter is within range of To customize the doors to to the vehicle will work. If a
the door handle, pressing the lock/ automatically lock when exiting the transmitter is lost or stolen, a
unlock button on a passenger door vehicle, see Vehicle Personalization replacement can be purchased and
handle will unlock all doors. 0 121. programmed through your dealer.
Pressing the lock/unlock button will The vehicle can be reprogrammed
cause all doors to lock if any of the Temporary Disable of Passive
Locking Feature so that lost or stolen transmitters no
following occur: longer work. Any remaining
. The lock/unlock button was used Temporarily disable the passive transmitters will need to be
to unlock all doors. locking by pressing and holding K reprogrammed. Each vehicle can
on the interior door switch with a have up to eight transmitters
. Any vehicle door has been matched to it.
door open for at least four seconds,
opened and all doors are now or until three chimes are heard.
closed. Programming with a Recognized
Passive locking will then remain
Transmitter (Key Vehicles Only)
Passive Locking disabled until Q on the interior door
is pressed, or until the vehicle is To program a new key:
If equipped with Keyless Access,
the vehicle will lock several seconds turned on. 1. Insert the original, already
after all doors are closed if the programmed key in the ignition
Keyless Trunk Opening
vehicle is off and at least one RKE and turn the key to the ON/
transmitter has been removed or Press the touch pad on the rear of RUN position.
none remain in the vehicle. the trunk above the license plate to
2. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF,
open the trunk when the RKE
If other electronic devices interfere and remove the key.
transmitter is in range.
with the RKE transmitter signal, the 3. Insert the new key to be
vehicle may not detect the RKE Key Access programmed and turn it to the
transmitter inside the vehicle. To access a vehicle with a dead ON/RUN position within
If passive locking is enabled, the transmitter battery, see Door Locks five seconds.
doors may lock with the RKE 0 33.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
The security light will turn off 3. Wait 10 minutes until the
once the key has been security light turns off.
programmed. 4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
4. Repeat Steps 1–3 if additional 5. Repeat Steps 2–4 two more
keys are to be programmed. times. After the third time, turn
If a key is lost or damaged, see your to ON/RUN; the key is learned
dealer to have a new key made. and all previously known keys
will no longer work with the
Programming without a vehicle.
Recognized Transmitter (Key
Vehicles Only) Remaining keys can be learned by
following the procedure in
Program a new key to the vehicle
“Programming with a Recognized 1. Remove the plastic trim piece
when a recognized key is not
Transmitter (Key Vehicles Only).” from the small storage area
available. Canadian regulations
require that owners see their dealer. Programming with a Recognized next to the accessory power
Transmitter (Keyless Access outlet toward the front of the
If there are no currently recognized console, to access the
keys available, follow this procedure Vehicles Only)
transmitter slot. Press the
to program the first key. A new transmitter can be button on the recognized
This procedure will take programmed to the vehicle when transmitter to extend the key
approximately 30 minutes to there is one recognized transmitter. blade. Insert the key blade into
complete for the first key. The To program, the vehicle must be off the transmitter slot.
vehicle must be off and all of the and all of the transmitters, both
currently recognized and new, must 2. Insert the vehicle key of the
keys you wish to program must be new transmitter into the key
with you. be with you.
lock cylinder on the outside of
1. Insert the new vehicle key into the driver door and turn the key
the ignition. to the unlock position five times
within 10 seconds.
2. Turn to ON/RUN. The security
light will come on.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
The Driver Information Center Programming without a The DIC displays will again
(DIC) displays READY FOR Recognized Transmitter (Keyless show REMOTE LEARN
REMOTE #2, 3, 4 or 5. Access Vehicles Only) PENDING, PLEASE WAIT.
3. Remove the recognized key If there are no currently recognized 3. Repeat Step 2 two additional
and place the new transmitter transmitters available, follow this times. After the third time all
into the transmitter slot. procedure to program up to five previously known transmitters
4. Press the ENGINE START/ transmitters. This feature is not will no longer work with the
STOP button. When the available in Canada. This procedure vehicle. Remaining transmitters
transmitter is learned, the DIC will take approximately 30 minutes can be relearned during the
will show that it is ready to to complete. The vehicle must be off next steps.
program the next transmitter. and all of the transmitters you wish The DIC display should now
to program must be with you. show READY FOR REMOTE
5. Remove the transmitter from
the transmitter pocket and 1. Insert the vehicle key of the # 1.
transmitter into the key lock
press K. cylinder on the outside of the
To program additional driver door and turn the key to
transmitters, repeat Steps 3–5. the unlock position five times
within 10 seconds.
When all additional transmitters
are programmed, press and The Driver Information Center
hold the ENGINE START/ (DIC) displays REMOTE
STOP button for 12 seconds to LEARN PENDING,
exit programming mode. PLEASE WAIT.
Replace the plastic trim piece 2. Wait for 10 minutes until the
from the small storage area. DIC displays PRESS ENGINE
START BUTTON TO LEARN
and then press the ENGINE
START/STOP button. 4. Remove the plastic trim piece
from the small storage area
next to the accessory power
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
outlet toward the front of the Starting the Vehicle with a Low 2. Press the button on the
console, to access the Transmitter Battery recognized transmitter to
transmitter slot. Press the extend the key blade. Insert the
button on the recognized If the transmitter battery is weak or if key blade into the
transmitter to extend the key there is interference with the signal, transmitter slot.
blade. Insert the key blade into the DIC may display NO REMOTE
DETECTED when tying to start the 3. With the vehicle in P (Park) or
the transmitter slot. N (Neutral), press the brake
vehicle. The REPLACE BATTERY
5. Press the ENGINE START/ IN REMOTE KEY message may pedal and the ENGINE START/
STOP button. When the also be displayed at this time. STOP button. See Starting the
transmitter is learned the DIC Engine 0 184 for additional
will show that it is ready to information about the vehicle's
program the next transmitter. keyless ignition with
6. Remove the transmitter from pushbutton start.
the transmitter slot and Replace the transmitter battery
press K. as soon as possible.
To program additional Battery Replacement
transmitters, repeat Steps 4–6. Replace the battery if the REPLACE
When all additional transmitters BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
are programmed, press and message displays in the DIC. See
hold the ENGINE START/ Key and Lock Messages 0 117.
STOP button for 12 seconds to
exit programming mode. To start the vehicle: Caution
Replace the plastic trim piece
from the small storage area. 1. Remove the plastic trim piece When replacing the battery, do
from the small storage area not touch any of the circuitry on
next to the accessory power
the transmitter. Static from your
outlet toward the front of the
body could damage the
console, to access the
transmitter slot. transmitter.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
The battery is not rechargeable. To 5. Snap the battery cover back on Other conditions can affect the
replace the battery: to the transmitter. performance of the transmitter. See
1. Press the button on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter to extend the key Remote Vehicle Start System 0 26.
blade. If equipped, this feature allows the Starting the Vehicle
engine to be started from outside To start the engine using the remote
the vehicle. start feature:
/ (Remote Vehicle Start) : This 1. Press and release Q.
button will be on the RKE
transmitter if the vehicle has remote 2. Immediately after completing
start. Step 1, press and hold / for at
The climate control system will use least four seconds or until the
the previous settings during a turn signal lamps flash. The
remote start. The rear defog may turn signal lamps flashing
come on during remote start based confirms the request to remote
on cold ambient conditions. The start the vehicle has been
rear fog indicator light does not received.
come on during remote start. If the When the engine starts, the parking
2. Remove the battery cover by vehicle has heated seats, they may
prying it with a finger. lamps will turn on and remain on as
come on during a remote start. See long as the engine is running. The
3. Remove the battery by pushing Heated Front Seats 0 49. doors will be locked and the climate
on the battery and sliding it Laws in some local communities control system may come on.
toward the key blade. may restrict the use of remote The engine will continue to run for
4. Insert the new battery, positive starters. For example, some laws 10 minutes. After 30 seconds,
side facing up. Push the require a person using remote start repeat the steps if a 10-minute
battery down until it is held in to have the vehicle in view. Check extension is desired. Remote start
place. Replace with a CR2032 local regulations for any can be extended only once.
or equivalent battery. requirements.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Place the ignition to ON/RUN/ Canceling a Remote Start . Two remote vehicle starts, or a
START. To cancel a remote start, do one of single remote start with an
the following: extension, have already
Extending Engine Run Time been used.
For a 10-minute extension, repeat . Aim the RKE transmitter at the
. The vehicle is not in P (Park).
Steps 1–2 while the engine is still vehicle and press and hold /
running. An extension can be until the parking lamps turn off.
requested, 30 seconds after Door Locks
. Turn on the hazard warning
starting.
The remote start can be
flashers. { Warning
. Turn the vehicle on and then off.
extended once. Unlocked doors can be
When the remote start is extended, Conditions in Which Remote Start dangerous.
the second 10 minutes will start Will Not Work
. Passengers, especially
immediately. The remote vehicle start feature will children, can easily open
For example, if the engine has been not operate if: the doors and fall out of a
running for five minutes, and . The key is in the ignition (Key moving vehicle. The chance
10 minutes are added, the engine Access) or if the key is in the of being thrown out of the
will run for a total of 15 minutes. vehicle (Keyless Access). vehicle in a crash is
increased if the doors are
A maximum of two remote starts, . The hood is not closed.
not locked. So, all
or a single start with an extension,
. The hazard warning flashers passengers should wear
is allowed between ignition cycles.
are on. safety belts properly and the
The vehicle's ignition must be doors should be locked
. The malfunction indicator lamp
turned on and then back off to use whenever the vehicle is
remote start again. is on.
driven.
. The engine coolant temperature (Continued)
is too high.
. The oil pressure is low.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
The doors can also be unlocked passenger doors. See Remote

Warning (Continued) from the inside by pulling the door Keyless Entry (RKE) System
handle. Pulling the door handle Operation 0 26.
. Young children who get into again unlatches the door.
unlocked vehicles may be
unable to get out. A child Keyless Access
Power Door Locks
can be overcome by
extreme heat and can suffer
permanent injuries or even
death from heat stroke.
Always lock the vehicle
whenever leaving it.
. Outsiders can easily enter
through an unlocked door
when slowing or stopping
the vehicle. Lock the doors
to help prevent this from
happening.
To lock or unlock a door from If equipped, use the Keyless Access Q (Lock) : Press to lock the doors.
outside the vehicle, use the Remote system to lock and unlock the door.
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. When the doors are locked and the K (Unlock) : Press to unlock the
RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) doors.
From inside the vehicle, use the
power door lock switch or the of the driver door handle, press the
manual lock knob. lock/unlock button. When unlocking Delayed Locking
from the driver door, the first press This feature delays the actual
If equipped with Keyless Access, unlocks that door; press again
pushing down the manual lock knob locking of the doors until
within five seconds to unlock all five seconds after all doors are
on the driver door will lock all doors.
closed.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Delayed locking can only be turned Automatic Door Locks Lockout Protection
on when the Open or Unlocked
Door Anti Lockout feature has been When the doors are closed, the Keyed Ignition : When locking is
turned off. ignition is on, and the shift lever is requested with the driver door open
moved out of P (Park) for an and the key in the ignition, all the
When Q is pressed on the power automatic transmission, or the doors will lock and then the driver
door lock switch with the door open, vehicle speed is above 13 km/h door will unlock.
a chime will sound three times (8 mph) for a manual transmission, This can be manually overridden by
indicating that delayed locking is the doors will lock.
active. pressing and holding Q on the
To unlock the doors: power door lock switch.
The doors will then lock
automatically five seconds after all . Press K. Pushbutton Start : When locking
doors are closed. If a door is . For automatic transmissions, is requested with the driver door
reopened before five seconds have shift the vehicle into P (Park). open and the vehicle is in ACC/
elapsed, the five-second timer will ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,
. For manual transmissions and a all the doors will lock and then the
reset once all the doors are closed
again. keyed ignition system, remove driver door will unlock.
the key from the ignition when
If the vehicle is off and locking is
Press Q on the door lock switch parked.
requested while a door is open,
again, or press Q on the RKE . For manual transmissions and a when all doors are closed the
transmitter, to override this feature pushbutton start system, turn the vehicle will check for RKE
and lock the doors immediately. vehicle off when parked. transmitters inside. If an RKE
Delayed locking can be The automatic door lock feature transmitter is detected and the
programmed through the Driver cannot be disabled. number of RKE transmitters inside
Information Center (DIC). See has not reduced, the driver door will
See Vehicle Personalization 0 121. unlock.
Vehicle Personalization 0 121.
This can be manually overridden by
pressing and holding Q on the
power door lock switch.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Open/Unlocked Door Anti Lockout If equipped, the safety lock is Doors

If equipped with Keyless Access, located on the inside edge of the
rear doors. To use the safety lock:
Open/Unlocked Door Anti Lockout, Trunk
when on, will unlock the driver door 1. Insert the key into the safety
if locking is requested while the lock slot and turn it so the slot
driver door is open. This feature can is in the horizontal position. { Warning
be turned on or off using the vehicle 2. Close the door. Exhaust gases can enter the
personalization menus. See Vehicle vehicle if it is driven with the
Personalization 0 121. 3. Do the same for the other
rear door. liftgate, trunk/hatch open, or with
any objects that pass through the
Safety Locks To open a rear door when the safety seal between the body and the
The rear door safety locks prevent lock is on: trunk/hatch or liftgate. Engine
passengers from opening the rear 1. Unlock the door by activating exhaust contains carbon
doors from inside the vehicle. the inside handle, by using the monoxide (CO) which cannot be
power door lock switch, or by seen or smelled. It can cause
Manual Safety Locks using the Remote Keyless unconsciousness and even death.
Entry (RKE) transmitter.
If the vehicle must be driven with
2. Open the door from the the liftgate, or trunk/hatch open:
outside.
. Close all of the windows.
To cancel the safety lock:
. Fully open the air outlets on
1. Unlock the door and open it or under the instrument
from the outside. panel.
2. Insert the key into the safety . Adjust the climate control
lock slot and turn it so the slot system to a setting that
is in the vertical position. Do brings in only outside air
the same for the other door. and set the fan speed to the
(Continued)
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
brake applied for manual If equipped with Keyless Access,

Warning (Continued) transmissions, or the shift lever in the trunk may be opened while the
P (Park) for automatic vehicle is locked by pressing the
highest setting. See transmissions. touch pad above the license plate
“Climate Control Systems” while the RKE transmitter is within
in the Index. 1 m (3 ft) of the rear of the vehicle.
. If the vehicle has a power
liftgate, disable the power Emergency Trunk Release
liftgate function. Handle
For more information about
carbon monoxide, see Engine
Caution
Exhaust 0 190. Do not use the emergency trunk
release handle as a tie-down or
anchor point when securing items
in the trunk as it could damage
the handle.
To open the trunk from outside the
vehicle, press Y on the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter,
or press the touch pad above the
license plate when the doors are
unlocked.
Press the trunk release button to

open the trunk. The vehicle must be
off, or stopped with the parking
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Security On Solid : Vehicle is secured

during the delay to arm the system.
This vehicle has theft-deterrent
Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.
features; however, they do not make
A door, the hood, or the trunk
the vehicle impossible to steal.
is open.
Vehicle Alarm System Slow Flash : Alarm system is
armed.
This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm
system. Arming the Alarm System
1. Close the trunk and the hood.
Turn off the vehicle.
There is a glow-in-the-dark 2. Lock the vehicle in one of
emergency trunk release handle on three ways:
the trunk lid. The handle will glow . Use the RKE transmitter.
following exposure to light. Pull the
. Use the Keyless Access
release handle to open the trunk
from the inside. system, if equipped.
. With a door open, press the
Return to the stored position
after use. interior Q.
3. After 30 seconds the alarm
system will arm, and the
The indicator light, on the indicator light will begin to
instrument panel near the slowly flash indicating the
windshield, indicates the status of alarm system is operating.
the system: Pressing Q on the RKE
Off : Alarm system is disarmed. transmitter a second time will
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
bypass the 30-second delay Disarming the Alarm System How to Detect a Tamper
and immediately arm the alarm Condition
Do one of the following to disarm
system.
the alarm system or turn off the If K is pressed on the RKE
The vehicle alarm system will not alarm if it has been activated: transmitter and the horn chirps and
arm if the doors are locked with
. Press K on the RKE transmitter. the lamps flash three times, an
the key.
alarm occurred previously while the
If the driver door is opened without . Unlock the vehicle using the alarm system was armed.
first unlocking with the RKE Keyless Access system,
if equipped. If the alarm has been activated, a
transmitter, the horn will chirp and
message will appear on the DIC.
the lights will flash to indicate . Start the vehicle. See Security Messages 0 119.
pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not
started, or the door is not unlocked To avoid setting off the alarm by
by pressing K on the RKE
accident: Immobilizer
transmitter during the 10-second . Lock the vehicle after all See Radio Frequency Statement
pre-alarm, the alarm will be occupants have left the vehicle 0 331.
activated. and all doors are closed.
If a door, the hood, or the trunk is . Always unlock a door with the Immobilizer Operation
opened without first disarming the RKE transmitter or use the This vehicle has a passive
system, the turn signals will flash Keyless Access system, theft-deterrent system.
and the horn will sound for about if equipped.
The system does not have to be
30 seconds. The alarm system will Unlocking the driver door with the manually armed or disarmed.
then re-arm to monitor for the next key will not disarm the system or
unauthorized event. turn off the alarm. The vehicle is automatically
immobilized when the key is
removed from the ignition.
The system is automatically
disarmed when the vehicle is
started with the correct key. The key
uses a transponder that matches an
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
immobilizer control unit in the If the engine still does not start, and Exterior Mirrors
vehicle and automatically disarms the key appears to be undamaged
the system. Only an authorized key or the light continues to stay on, try
starts the vehicle. The vehicle may another ignition key. If the engine Convex Mirrors
not start if the key is damaged. does not start with the other key, the
vehicle needs service. If the vehicle { Warning
does start, the first key may be
damaged. See your dealer who can A convex mirror can make things,
service the theft-deterrent system like other vehicles, look farther
and have a new key made. away than they really are. If you
cut too sharply into the right lane,
Do not leave the key or device that
disarms or deactivates the you could hit a vehicle on the
The security light in the instrument theft-deterrent system in the vehicle. right. Check the inside mirror or
cluster comes on if there is a glance over your shoulder before
problem with arming or disarming changing lanes.
the theft-deterrent system.
When trying to start the vehicle, the The passenger side mirror is convex
security light comes on briefly when shaped. A convex mirror's surface is
the ignition is turned on. curved so more can be seen from
the driver seat.
If the engine does not start and the
security light stays on, there is a
problem with the system. Turn the
ignition off and try again.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Manual Mirrors Power Mirrors Folding Mirrors

Manual Folding Mirrors
The vehicle has manual folding
mirrors. These mirrors can be folded
inward to prevent damage when
going through an automatic car
wash. To fold, pull the mirror toward
the vehicle. Push the mirror outward
to return it to the original position.
Heated Mirrors
The rear window defogger also
heats the outside mirrors,
If equipped, there are adjustment To adjust the mirror: if equipped.
controls next to each mirror. 1. Turn the selector switch to L = : Press to heat the outside
(Left) or R (Right) to choose rearview mirrors. See “Rear Window
the driver or passenger mirror. Defogger” under Automatic Climate
2. Move the control to adjust the Control System 0 164.
mirror.
3. Turn the selector switch to the
O position to deselect the
mirror.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Interior Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror Windows

If equipped with a manual rearview
Interior Rearview Mirrors mirror, push the tab forward for { Warning
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear daytime use and pull it for nighttime
use to avoid glare from the Never leave a child, a helpless
view of the area behind your
headlamps from behind. adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,
vehicle.
especially with the windows
If equipped with OnStar, the vehicle Automatic Dimming closed in warm or hot weather.
may have three control buttons at They can be overcome by the
the bottom of the mirror. See your Rearview Mirror
extreme heat and suffer
dealer for more information about If equipped, automatic dimming permanent injuries or even death
OnStar and how to subscribe to it. reduces the glare of headlamps from heat stroke.
See OnStar Overview 0 334. from behind. The dimming feature
Do not spray glass cleaner directly comes on when the vehicle is
on the mirror. Use a soft towel started.
dampened with water.
The vehicle aerodynamics are

designed to improve fuel economy
performance. This may result in a
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
pulsing sound when either rear down all the way, release it, and the
window is down and the front window goes down or up
windows are up. To reduce the automatically. Stop the window by
sound, open either a front window pushing or pulling the switch.
or the sunroof, if equipped.
Obstacle Detection Feature
Power Windows If equipped with express-up, and an
object is in the path of the window
{ Warning when closing, the window will stop
at the obstruction and auto-reverse
Children could be seriously to a preset factory position. Weather
injured or killed if caught in the conditions such as severe cold and/
path of a closing window. Never or ice may also cause the window to
Press the switch down to open the
leave keys in a vehicle with auto-reverse. The window will return
window. Pull the front of the switch
children. When there are children to normal operation once the
up to close it.
obstruction or condition is removed.
in the rear seat, use the window
The switches work when the ignition
lockout button to prevent If conditions prevent the window
is in ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY,
operation of the windows. See from closing and the window
or in Retained Accessory Power
Keys 0 24. continues to auto-reverse, it is
(RAP). See Retained Accessory
possible to close the window with
Power (RAP) 0 187.
the ignition in ON/RUN by holding
Express Window Operation the window switch in the partially or
fully pulled up position. Release of
This vehicle may have windows with the switch from the partially pulled
an express-up or down feature. This up position will cause the window to
feature allows the window to be stop. Release of the switch from the
lowered or raised without holding fully pulled up position will activate
the switch. Passenger side and rear the express-up and related obstacle
windows only have express-down. detection features.
Pull a window switch up or push it
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Programming the Power Window Lockout Overload Feature

Windows If the windows are operated
If the battery on the vehicle has repeatedly in short intervals, the
been recharged or disconnected, window operation is disabled for a
or is not working, the windows will short time.
need to be reprogrammed for the
express-up feature to work. Before Sun Visors
reprogramming, replace or recharge
the vehicle's battery.
To program each front window:
1. With the ignition in ACC/
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN,
or when RAP is active, close
all doors. This feature prevents the rear
2. Press and hold the power passenger windows from operating,
window switch until the window except from the driver position.
is fully open. Pull the sun visor down to block
Press Z to activate the rear
3. Pull the power window switch glare. Detach the sun visor from the
window lockout. The indicator light
up until the window is fully center mount to pivot to the side
comes on when activated.
closed. window or, if equipped, extend
Press Z again to deactivate the along the rod.
4. Continue holding the switch up lockout.
for approximately two seconds
after the window is completely If the indicator light flashes, the
closed. feature may not be working properly.
The window is now reprogrammed.
Repeat the process for the other
windows.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Roof sunroof switch (1) to the second

detent position and release. To stop
To override the safety function,
press and hold the close sunroof
the movement, press the switch switch. The sunroof closes without
Sunroof again. the safety function. To stop the
To automatically tilt or close the movement, release the switch.
sunroof, press the tilt open or close
sunroof switch (2).
If an object is in the path of the
sunroof while it is closing, the
anti-pinch feature will detect the
object and stop the sunroof.
The sunroof glass panel cannot be
opened or closed if the vehicle has
an electrical failure.
Dirt and debris may collect on the
Sunshade sunroof seal or in the track. This
The sunroof only operates when the The sunshade is manually operated. could cause an issue with sunroof
ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ Close or open the sunshade by operation or noise. It could also plug
ACCESSORY, or when Retained sliding. When the sunroof is the water drainage system.
Accessory Power (RAP) is active. opened, the sunshade is Periodically open the sunroof and
See Retained Accessory Power always open. remove any obstacles or loose
(RAP) 0 187. debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and
Safety Function roof sealing area using a clean
To open or close the sunroof, press cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
If the sunroof has any resistance
the open or close sunroof switch (1) remove grease from the sunroof.
during automatic closing, it will
to the first detent position.
immediately stop and reverse. If water is seen dripping into the
To express open or close the water drainage system, this is
sunroof with the safety function normal.
enabled, press the open or close
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
46 Seats and Restraints
Seats and Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 60

When Should an Airbag
Head Restraints
Restraints Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
What Makes an Airbag
The vehicle's front and rear seats
have adjustable head restraints in
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 the outboard seating positions.
Head Restraints How Does an Airbag
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
What Will You See after an
{ Warning
Front Seats Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 With head restraints that are not
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Passenger Sensing System . . . 65 installed and adjusted properly,
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 48 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped there is a greater chance that
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 occupants will suffer a neck/
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Adding Equipment to the spinal injury in a crash. Do not
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 69 drive until the head restraints for
Rear Seats Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 70
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 all occupants are installed and
Replacing Airbag System Parts
adjusted properly.
Safety Belts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Child Restraints
How to Wear Safety Belts Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Infants and Young Children . . . . 72
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 74
Safety Belt Use During Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 76
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Children (LATCH System) . . . . 77
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 58 Replacing LATCH System Parts
Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Replacing Safety Belt System Securing Child Restraints
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 58 (Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Airbag System Securing Child Restraints (Front
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Passenger Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Seats and Restraints 47
Adjust the head restraint so that the To lower the head restraint, press Front Seats
top of the restraint is at the same the button, located on the top of the
height as the top of the occupant's seatback, and push the head
head. This position reduces the restraint down. Try to move the Seat Adjustment
chance of a neck injury in a crash. head restraint after the button is
released to make sure that it is { Warning
locked in place.
You can lose control of the
The front seat outboard head vehicle if you try to adjust a driver
restraints are not removable.
seat while the vehicle is moving.
If you are installing a child restraint Adjust the driver seat only when
in the rear seat, see “Securing a the vehicle is not moving.
Child Restraint Designed for the
LATCH System” under Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) 0 77.
The height of the head restraint can

be adjusted. Pull the head restraint
up to raise it. Try to move the head
restraint to make sure that it is
locked in place.
To adjust a manual seat:

1. Pull the handle at the front of
the seat.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
2. Slide the seat to the desired Power Seat Adjustment Reclining Seatbacks
position and release the
handle.
3. Try to move the seat back and
{ Warning
forth to be sure it is locked in If either seatback is not locked, it
place. could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
Seat Height Adjuster injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.
To adjust the power driver seat,

if equipped:
. Move the seat forward or
rearward by sliding the control
forward or rearward.
. Raise or lower the front part of
If available, move the lever up or the seat cushion by moving the
down to manually raise or lower front of the control up or down.
the seat. . Raise or lower the entire seat by
moving the rear of the control up
or down. To recline the seatback:
To adjust the seatback, see 1. Lift the lever.
Reclining Seatbacks 0 48.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
If necessary, move the safety

belt out of the way to access Warning (Continued)
the lever.
The shoulder belt will not be
2. Move the seatback to the against your body. Instead, it will
desired position, then release be in front of you. In a crash, you
the lever to lock the seatback could go into it, receiving neck or
in place. other injuries.
3. Push and pull on the seatback The lap belt could go up over
to make sure it is locked.
your abdomen. The belt forces
To return the seatback to an upright would be there, not at your pelvic
position: bones. This could cause serious
1. Lift the lever fully without internal injuries. Do not have a seatback reclined if
applying pressure to the For proper protection when the the vehicle is moving.
seatback, and the seatback vehicle is in motion, have the
returns to the upright position. seatback upright. Then sit well Heated Front Seats
2. Push and pull on the seatback back in the seat and wear the
to make sure it is locked. safety belt properly. { Warning
If you cannot feel temperature
{ Warning change or pain to the skin, the
Sitting in a reclined position when seat heater may cause burns. To
the vehicle is in motion can be reduce the risk of burns, people
dangerous. Even when buckled with such a condition should use
up, the safety belts cannot do care when using the seat heater,
their job. especially for long periods of
time. Do not place anything on
(Continued)
the seat that insulates against
(Continued)
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Press L or M to heat the driver or The heated seat indicator lights on

Warning (Continued) the control do not turn on during a
passenger seat cushion and
seatback. remote start.
heat, such as a blanket, cushion,
cover, or similar item. This may Press the control once for the The temperature performance of an
cause the seat heater to highest setting. With each press of unoccupied seat may be reduced.
overheat. An overheated seat the control, the heated seat will This is normal.
heater may cause a burn or may change to the next lower setting, The heated seats will not turn on
damage the seat. and then the off setting. Three lights during a remote start unless the
indicate the highest setting and one heated seat feature is enabled in
light the lowest. the vehicle personalization menu.
The passenger seat may take See Remote Vehicle Start 0 32 and
longer to heat up. Vehicle Personalization 0 121.
Remote Start Heated Seats

When it is cold outside, the heated
seats can be turned on
automatically during a remote
vehicle start. The heated seats will
be canceled when the ignition is
turned on. Press the control to use
the heated seats after the vehicle is
started.
If available, the controls are on the
center stack. The engine must be
running to operate the heated seats.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Rear Seats
Either side of the rear seatback can
be folded.
To fold the rear seatbacks:
1. Place the front seatbacks in the
upright position. See Reclining
Seatbacks 0 48.
Caution
Folding a rear seat with the safety
belts still fastened may cause 3. Make sure the safety belt is in A tab near the seatback lever
damage to the seat or the safety the guide on top of the raises when the seatback is
belts. Always unbuckle the safety seatback. unlocked.
belts and return them to their 4. Reach under the safety belt 5. Fold the seatback forward.
normal stowed position before and pull the lever to unlock the Repeat Steps 1–4 for the other
folding a rear seat. seatback. seatback, if desired.
To raise the seatback:
2. Unbuckle the rear safety belts
and make sure the safety belt
buckles are stowed in the
{ Warning
pockets in the seat cushion. A safety belt that is improperly
routed, not properly attached,
or twisted will not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
(Continued)
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Warning (Continued) { Warning Safety Belts

This section of the manual
seriously injured. After raising the If the seatback is not locked, it describes how to use safety belts
rear seatback, always check to be could move forward in a sudden properly. It also describes some
sure that the safety belts are stop or crash. That could cause things not to do with safety belts.
properly routed and attached, and injury to the person sitting there.
are not twisted. Always pull forward on the top of
the seatback at the area of the
{ Warning
1. Make sure the safety belt is in latch to be sure it is locked. Do not let anyone ride where a
the guide on the top of the safety belt cannot be worn
seatback. 3. Push and pull on the seatback properly. In a crash, if you or your
to make sure it is locked into passenger(s) are not wearing
2. Lift the seatback up and push it
position. safety belts, injuries can be much
rearward until it clicks into
place. Keep the safety belts worse than if you are wearing
4. Repeat Steps 1–3 for the other
clear of the seatback and safety belts. You can be seriously
seatback, if necessary.
untwisted. injured or killed by hitting things
Keep the seat in the upright locked inside the vehicle harder or by
A tab near the seatback lever position when not in use. being ejected from the vehicle. In
retracts when the seatback is addition, anyone who is not
locked in place. buckled up can strike other
The center rear safety belt may passengers in the vehicle.
lock when you raise the
It is extremely dangerous to ride
seatback. If this happens, let
the belt go back all the way in a cargo area, inside or outside
and start again. of a vehicle. In a collision,
passengers riding in these areas
are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow
(Continued)
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Why Safety Belts Work Questions and Answers About

Warning (Continued) Safety Belts
passengers to ride in any area of Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
the vehicle that is not equipped after a crash if I am wearing a
with seats and safety belts. safety belt?
Always wear a safety belt, and A: You could be — whether you are
check that all passenger(s) are wearing a safety belt or not.
restrained properly too. Your chance of being conscious
during and after a crash, so you
can unbuckle and get out, is
This vehicle has indicators as a much greater if you are belted.
reminder to buckle the safety belts.
See Safety Belt Reminders 0 100. Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why
should I have to wear safety
This vehicle may have the Safety belts?
When riding in a vehicle, you travel
Belt Assurance System, which may
as fast as the vehicle does. If the A: Airbags are supplemental
prevent the vehicle from shifting out
vehicle stops suddenly, you keep systems only; so they work with
of P (Park). See Safety Belt
going until something stops you. safety belts — not instead of
Messages 0 118.
It could be the windshield, the them. Whether or not an airbag
instrument panel, or the safety belts! is provided, all occupants still
When you wear a safety belt, you have to buckle up to get the
and the vehicle slow down together. most protection.
There is more time to stop because Also, in nearly all states and in
you stop over a longer distance and, all Canadian provinces, the law
when worn properly, your strongest requires wearing safety belts.
bones take the forces from the
safety belts. That is why wearing
safety belts makes such good
sense.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
How to Wear Safety Belts . Wear the shoulder belt over the
shoulder and across the chest.
Properly These parts of the body are best
This section is only for people of able to take belt restraining
adult size. forces. The shoulder belt locks if
there is a sudden stop or crash.
There are special things to know
about safety belts and children. And
there are different rules for smaller { Warning
children and infants. If a child will be
riding in the vehicle, see Older You can be seriously injured,
Children 0 70 or Infants and Young or even killed, by not wearing
Children 0 72. Follow those rules for your safety belt properly.
everyone's protection. . Sit up straight and always keep . Never allow the lap or
your feet on the floor in front shoulder belt to become
It is very important for all occupants of you.
to buckle up. Statistics show that loose or twisted.
unbelted people are hurt more often . Always use the correct buckle . Never wear the shoulder
in crashes than those who are for your seating position. belt under both arms or
wearing safety belts. . Wear the lap part of the belt low behind your back.
There are important things to know and snug on the hips, just . Never route the lap or
about wearing a safety belt properly. touching the thighs. In a crash, shoulder belt over an
this applies force to the strong armrest.
pelvic bones and you would be
less likely to slide under the lap
belt. If you slid under it, the belt
would apply force on your
abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Lap-Shoulder Belt The lap-shoulder belt may lock Pull up on the latch plate to
if you pull the belt across you make sure it is secure. If the
All seating positions in the vehicle very quickly. If this happens, let belt is not long enough, see
have a lap-shoulder belt. the belt go back slightly to Safety Belt Extender 0 57.
The following instructions explain unlock it. Then pull the belt Position the release button on
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt across you more slowly. the buckle so that the safety
properly. If the shoulder portion of a belt could be quickly unbuckled
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is passenger belt is pulled out all if necessary.
adjustable, so you can sit up the way, the child restraint 4. If equipped with a shoulder belt
straight. To see how, see locking feature may be height adjuster, move it to the
“Seats” in the Index. engaged. If this happens, let height that is right for you. See
the belt go back all the way “Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”
and start again. later in this section for
instructions on use and
important safety information.
2. Pick up the latch plate and pull

the belt across you. Do not let
it get twisted. 3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
5. To make the lap part tight, pull Before a door is closed, be sure the
up on the shoulder belt. safety belt is out of the way. If a
door is slammed against a safety
belt, damage can occur to both the
safety belt and the vehicle.
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
The vehicle has a shoulder belt
height adjuster for the driver and
front outboard passenger seating
positions.
Adjust the guide so the shoulder
portion of the belt is on the shoulder Press the release button and move
and not falling off of it. The belt the height adjuster to the desired
should be close to, but not position. The adjuster can be moved
To unlatch the belt, push the button contacting, the neck. Improper up by pushing the slide/trim up.
on the buckle. The belt should shoulder belt height adjustment After the adjuster is set to the
return to its stowed position. could reduce the effectiveness of desired position, try to move it down
the safety belt in a crash. See How without pushing the release button
Always stow the safety belt slowly.
to Wear Safety Belts Properly 0 54. to make sure it has locked into
If the safety belt webbing returns
quickly to the stowed position, the position.
retractor may lock and cannot be Safety Belt Pretensioners
pulled out. If this happens, pull the
safety belt straight out firmly to This vehicle has safety belt
unlock the webbing, and then pretensioners for front outboard
release it. If the webbing is still occupants. Although the safety belt
locked in the retractor, see your pretensioners cannot be seen, they
dealer. are part of the safety belt assembly.
They can help tighten the safety
belts during the early stages of a
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
moderate to severe frontal, near Safety Belt Use During that the fetus will not be hurt in a
frontal, or rear crash if the threshold crash. For pregnant women, as for
conditions for pretensioner
Pregnancy anyone, the key to making safety
activation are met. Safety belt Safety belts work for everyone, belts effective is wearing them
pretensioners can also help tighten including pregnant women. Like all properly.
the safety belts in a side crash or a occupants, they are more likely to
rollover event. be seriously injured if they do not Safety Belt Extender
Pretensioners work only once. If the wear safety belts.
If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten
pretensioners activate in a crash, around you, you should use it.
the pretensioners and probably
other parts of the vehicle's safety But if a safety belt is not long
belt system will need to replaced. enough, your dealer will order you
See Replacing Safety Belt System an extender. When you go in to
Parts after a Crash 0 58. order it, take the heaviest coat you
will wear, so the extender will be
Rear Safety Belt Comfort long enough for you. To help avoid
Guides personal injury, do not let someone
else use it, and use it only for the
Rear safety belt comfort guides may seat it is made to fit. The extender
provide added safety belt comfort has been designed for adults. Never
for older children who have use it for securing child seats. To
outgrown booster seats and for wear it, attach it to the regular safety
some adults. When installed on a A pregnant woman should wear a belt. For more information, see the
shoulder belt, the comfort guide lap-shoulder belt, and the lap instruction sheet that comes with
positions the belt away from the portion should be worn as low as the extender.
neck and head. possible, below the rounding,
Comfort guides are available throughout the pregnancy.
through your dealer for the rear The best way to protect the fetus is
outboard seating positions. to protect the mother. When a safety
Instructions are included with the belt is worn properly, it is more likely
guide.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Safety System Check After a minor crash, replacement of

{ Warning safety belts may not be necessary.
Now and then, check that the safety But the safety belt assemblies that
belt reminder light, safety belts, Do not bleach or dye safety belts. were used during any crash may
buckles, latch plates, retractors, and It may severely weaken them. In have been stressed or damaged.
anchorages are all working properly. a crash, they might not be able to See your dealer to have the safety
Look for any other loose or provide adequate protection. belt assemblies inspected or
damaged safety belt system parts Clean safety belts only with mild replaced.
that might keep a safety belt system soap and lukewarm water.
from doing its job. See your dealer New parts and repairs may be
to have it repaired. Torn or frayed necessary even if the safety belt
safety belts may not protect you in a Replacing Safety Belt system was not being used at the
time of the crash.
crash. They can rip apart under System Parts after a
impact forces. If a belt is torn or Have the safety belt pretensioners
frayed, get a new one right away.
Crash
checked if the vehicle has been in a
crash, or if the airbag readiness light
Make sure the safety belt reminder
light is working. See Safety Belt
{ Warning stays on after you start the vehicle
Reminders 0 100. or while you are driving. See Airbag
A crash can damage the safety Readiness Light 0 101.
Keep safety belts clean and dry. belt system in the vehicle.
See Safety Belt Care 0 58. A damaged safety belt system
may not properly protect the
Safety Belt Care person using it, resulting in
serious injury or even death in a
Keep belts clean and dry.
crash. To help make sure the
safety belt systems are working
properly after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as
possible.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Airbag System All vehicle airbags have the word

AIRBAG on the trim or on a label
Here are the most important things
to know about the airbag system:
The vehicle has the following near the deployment opening.
airbags:
For frontal airbags, the word { Warning
. A frontal airbag for the driver. AIRBAG is on the center of the
steering wheel for the driver and on You can be severely injured or
. A frontal airbag for the front killed in a crash if you are not
outboard passenger. the instrument panel for the front
outboard passenger. wearing your safety belt, even
. A knee airbag for the driver. with airbags. Airbags are
For knee airbags, the word AIRBAG designed to work with safety
. A knee airbag for the front is on the lower part of the
outboard passenger. belts, not replace them. Also,
instrument panel.
airbags are not designed to inflate
. A seat-mounted side impact For seat-mounted side impact in every crash. In some crashes
airbag for the driver. airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the safety belts are the only restraint.
. A seat-mounted side impact side of the seatback closest to See When Should an Airbag
airbag for the front outboard the door. Inflate? 0 62.
passenger. For roof-rail airbags, the word Wearing your safety belt during a
. Seat-mounted side impact AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim. crash helps reduce the chance of
airbags for the second row Airbags are designed to supplement hitting things inside the vehicle or
outboard passengers. the protection provided by safety being ejected from it. Airbags are
. A roof-rail airbag for the driver belts. Even though today's airbags “supplemental restraints” to the
and the passenger seated are also designed to help reduce safety belts. Everyone in the
directly behind the driver. the risk of injury from the force of an vehicle should wear a safety belt
inflating bag, all airbags must inflate properly, whether or not there is
. A roof-rail airbag for the front very quickly to do their job.
outboard passenger and the an airbag for that person.
passenger seated directly
behind the front outboard
passenger.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Where Are the Airbags?

{ Warning { Warning
Because airbags inflate with great Children who are up against,
force and faster than the blink of or very close to, any airbag when
an eye, anyone who is up it inflates can be seriously injured
against, or very close to any or killed. Always secure children
airbag when it inflates can be properly in the vehicle. To read
seriously injured or killed. Do not how, see Older Children 0 70 or
sit unnecessarily close to any Infants and Young Children 0 72.
airbag, as you would be if sitting
on the edge of the seat or leaning
forward. Safety belts help keep
you in position before and during
a crash. Always wear a safety
belt, even with airbags. The driver The driver frontal airbag is in the
should sit as far back as possible center of the steering wheel.
while still maintaining control of The front outboard passenger
the vehicle. The safety belts and There is an airbag readiness light frontal airbag is in the passenger
the front outboard passenger on the instrument cluster, which side instrument panel.
airbags are most effective when shows the airbag symbol. The
you are sitting well back and system checks the airbag electrical
upright in the seat with both feet system for malfunctions. The light
on the floor. tells you if there is an electrical
problem. See Airbag Readiness
Occupants should not lean on or Light 0 101 for more information.
sleep against the door or side
windows in seating positions with
seat-mounted side impact airbags
and/or roof-rail airbags.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
The driver knee airbag is below the Driver Side Shown, Passenger Rear Seat Driver Side Shown,
steering column. The front outboard Side Similar Passenger Side Similar
passenger knee airbag is below the
glove box. The seat-mounted side impact On vehicles with second row
airbags for the driver and front seat-mounted side impact airbags,
outboard passenger are in the side they are in the sides of the rear
of the seatbacks closest to the door. seatback closest to the door.
The roof-rail airbags for the driver,
front outboard passenger, and { Warning
second row outboard passengers
are in the ceiling above the side If something is between an
windows. occupant and an airbag, the
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into
that person causing severe injury
or even death. The path of an
inflating airbag must be kept
(Continued)
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
predict how severe a crash is likely Frontal airbags are not intended to
Warning (Continued) to be in time for the airbags to inflate during vehicle rollovers, in
inflate and help restrain the rear impacts, or in many side
clear. Do not put anything occupants. The vehicle has impacts.
between an occupant and an electronic sensors that help the
airbag, and do not attach or put In addition, the vehicle has
airbag system determine the advanced technology frontal
anything on the steering wheel severity of the impact. Deployment
hub or on or near any other airbags. Advanced technology
thresholds can vary with specific frontal airbags adjust the restraint
airbag covering. vehicle design. according to either crash severity or
Do not use seat accessories that Frontal airbags are designed to occupant interaction.
block the inflation path of a inflate in moderate to severe frontal Knee airbags are designed to inflate
seat-mounted side impact airbag. or near frontal crashes to help in moderate to severe frontal or
reduce the potential for severe near frontal impacts. Knee airbags
Never secure anything to the roof
injuries, mainly to the driver's or are not designed to inflate during
of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags
front outboard passenger's head vehicle rollovers, in rear impacts,
by routing a rope or tie‐down and chest.
through any door or window or in many side impacts.
opening. If you do, the path of an Whether the frontal airbags will or Seat-mounted side impact airbags
inflating roof-rail airbag will be should inflate is not based primarily are designed to inflate in moderate
blocked. on how fast the vehicle is traveling. to severe side crashes depending
It depends on what is hit, the on the location of the impact.
direction of the impact, and how Seat-mounted side impact airbags
When Should an Airbag quickly the vehicle slows down. are not designed to inflate in frontal
Inflate? Frontal airbags may inflate at impacts, near frontal impacts,
different crash speeds depending on rollovers, or rear impacts.
This vehicle is equipped with
whether the vehicle hits an object A seat-mounted side impact airbag
airbags. See Airbag System 0 59.
straight on or at an angle, and is designed to inflate on the side of
Airbags are designed to inflate if the
whether the object is fixed or the vehicle that is struck.
impact exceeds the specific airbag
moving, rigid or deformable, narrow
system's deployment threshold.
or wide.
Deployment thresholds are used to
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Roof-rail airbags are designed to For airbag locations, see Where Are But airbags would not help in many
inflate in moderate to severe side the Airbags? 0 60. types of collisions, primarily
crashes depending on the location because the occupant's motion is
of the impact. In addition, these How Does an Airbag not toward those airbags. See When
roof-rail airbags are designed to Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 62.
inflate during a rollover or in a
Restrain?
Airbags should never be regarded
severe frontal impact. Roof-rail In moderate to severe frontal or
as anything more than a supplement
airbags are not designed to inflate in near frontal collisions, even belted
to safety belts.
rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags occupants can contact the steering
will inflate when either side of the wheel or the instrument panel. In
vehicle is struck, if the sensing moderate to severe side collisions, What Will You See after
system predicts that the vehicle is even belted occupants can contact an Airbag Inflates?
about to roll over on its side, or in a the inside of the vehicle. After the frontal airbags and
severe frontal impact. Airbags supplement the protection seat-mounted side impact airbags
In any particular crash, no one can provided by safety belts by inflate, they quickly deflate, so
say whether an airbag should have distributing the force of the impact quickly that some people may not
inflated simply because of the more evenly over the even realize an airbag inflated.
vehicle damage or repair costs. occupant's body. Roof-rail airbags may still be at least
Rollover capable roof-rail airbags partially inflated for some time after
What Makes an Airbag are designed to help contain the they inflate. Some components of
the airbag module may be hot for
Inflate? head and chest of occupants in the
several minutes. For location of the
outboard seating positions in the
In a deployment event, the sensing first and second rows. The rollover airbags, see Where Are the
system sends an electrical signal capable roof-rail airbags are Airbags? 0 60.
triggering a release of gas from the designed to help reduce the risk of The parts of the airbag that come
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the full or partial ejection in rollover into contact with you may be warm,
airbag causing the bag to break out events, although no system can but not too hot to touch. There may
of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, prevent all such ejections. be some smoke and dust coming
and related hardware are all part of from the vents in the deflated
the airbag module. airbags. Airbag inflation does not
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
prevent the driver from seeing out of The feature may also activate, Additional windshield breakage may
the windshield or being able to steer without airbag inflation, after an also occur from the front outboard
the vehicle, nor does it prevent event that exceeds a predetermined passenger airbag.
people from leaving the vehicle. threshold. You can lock the doors, . Airbags are designed to inflate
and turn off the interior lamps, and only once. After an airbag
{ Warning turn off the hazard warning flashers
by using the controls for those
inflates, you will need some new
parts for the airbag system.
When an airbag inflates, there features. If you do not get them, the
may be dust in the air. This dust airbag system will not be there
could cause breathing problems { Warning to help protect you in another
for people with a history of crash. A new system will include
asthma or other breathing trouble. A crash severe enough to inflate airbag modules and possibly
To avoid this, everyone in the the airbags may have also other parts. The service manual
vehicle should get out as soon as damaged important functions in for the vehicle covers the need
it is safe to do so. If you have the vehicle, such as the fuel to replace other parts.
breathing problems but cannot system, brake and steering
. The vehicle has a crash sensing
get out of the vehicle after an systems, etc. Even if the vehicle
and diagnostic module which
airbag inflates, then get fresh air appears to be drivable after a
records information after a
by opening a window or a door. moderate crash, there may be crash. See Vehicle Data
If you experience breathing concealed damage that could Recording and Privacy 0 332
problems following an airbag make it difficult to safely operate and Event Data Recorders
deployment, you should seek the vehicle. 0 333.
medical attention. Use caution if you should attempt . Let only qualified technicians
to restart the engine after a crash work on the airbag systems.
The vehicle has a feature that may has occurred. Improper service can mean that
automatically unlock the doors, turn an airbag system will not work
on the interior lamps and hazard In many crashes severe enough to properly. See your dealer for
warning flashers, and shut off the inflate the airbag, windshields are service.
fuel system after the airbags inflate. broken by vehicle deformation.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Passenger Sensing on or off, will be visible. See Never put a rear-facing child seat in
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator the front. This is because the risk to
System 0 101. the rear-facing child is so great,
The vehicle has a passenger The passenger sensing system if the airbag inflates.
sensing system for the front turns off the front outboard
outboard passenger position. The
passenger airbag status indicator
passenger frontal airbag and knee { Warning
airbag under certain conditions. No
will light on the instrument panel other airbag is affected by the A child in a rear-facing child
when the vehicle is started. passenger sensing system. restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the front outboard
The passenger sensing system passenger frontal airbag inflates.
works with sensors that are part of This is because the back of the
the front outboard passenger seat.
rear-facing child restraint would
The sensors are designed to detect
be very close to the inflating
the presence of a properly seated
occupant and determine if the front airbag. A child in a forward-facing
United States outboard passenger frontal airbag child restraint can be seriously
and knee airbag should be allowed injured or killed if the front
to inflate or not. outboard passenger frontal airbag
inflates and the passenger seat is
According to accident statistics, in a forward position.
children are safer when properly
secured in a rear seat in the correct Even if the passenger sensing
child restraint for their weight system has turned off the front
Canada and size. outboard passenger airbag(s), no
Whenever possible, children aged system is fail-safe. No one can
The words ON and OFF, or the guarantee that an airbag will not
symbol for on and off, will be visible 12 and under should be secured in
during the system check. When the a rear seating position. (Continued)
system check is complete, either the
word ON or OFF, or the symbol for
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15

. There is a critical problem with depending upon the person's
Warning (Continued) the airbag system or the seating posture and body build.
passenger sensing system. Everyone in the vehicle who has
inflate under some unusual outgrown child restraints should
circumstance, even though the When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front wear a safety belt properly —
airbag(s) are off. whether or not there is an airbag for
outboard passenger frontal airbag
Secure rear-facing child restraints and knee airbag, the off indicator that person.
in a rear seat, even if the will light and stay lit as a reminder
airbag(s) are off. If you secure a that the airbag(s) are off. See { Warning
forward-facing child restraint in Passenger Airbag Status Indicator
the front outboard passenger 0 101. If the airbag readiness light ever
seat, always move the seat as far comes on and stays on, it means
The passenger sensing system is that something may be wrong
back as it will go. It is better to designed to turn on the front
secure the child restraint in a with the airbag system. To help
outboard passenger frontal airbag avoid injury to yourself or others,
rear seat. and knee airbag anytime the system
have the vehicle serviced right
senses that a person of adult size is
away. See Airbag Readiness
The passenger sensing system is sitting properly in the front outboard
passenger seat. When the Light 0 101 for more information,
designed to turn off the front including important safety
outboard passenger frontal airbag passenger sensing system has
allowed the airbag(s) to be enabled, information.
and knee airbag if:
the on indicator will light and stay lit
. The front outboard passenger as a reminder that the airbag(s) are
seat is unoccupied. If the On Indicator Is Lit for a
active. Child Restraint
. The system determines that an For some children, including
infant is present in a child The passenger sensing system is
children in child restraints, and for designed to turn off the front
restraint. very small adults, the passenger outboard passenger frontal airbag
. A front outboard passenger sensing system may or may not turn and knee airbag if the system
takes his/her weight off of the off the front outboard passenger determines that an infant is present
seat for a period of time. frontal airbag and knee airbag,
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
in a child restraint. If a child restraint Also make sure the child If a person of adult size is sitting in
has been installed and the on restraint is not trapped under the front outboard passenger seat,
indicator is lit: the vehicle head restraint. but the off indicator is lit, it could be
1. Turn the vehicle off. If this happens, adjust the head because that person is not sitting
restraint. See Head Restraints properly in the seat. Use the
2. Remove the child restraint from 0 46. following steps to allow the system
the vehicle. to detect that person and enable the
6. Restart the vehicle.
3. Remove any additional items front outboard passenger frontal
from the seat such as blankets, The passenger sensing system may airbag and knee airbag:
cushions, seat covers, seat or may not turn off the airbag(s) for
a child in a child restraint depending 1. Turn the vehicle off.
heaters, or seat massagers.
upon the child's size. It is better to 2. Remove any additional material
4. Reinstall the child restraint secure the child restraint in a from the seat, such as
following the directions rear seat. blankets, cushions, seat
provided by the child restraint covers, seat heaters, seat
manufacturer and refer to If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an massagers, a laptop, or other
Securing Child Restraints Adult-Sized Occupant electronic devices.
(Rear Seat) 0 84 or Securing
Child Restraints (Front 3. Place the seatback in the fully
Passenger Seat) 0 86. upright position.
5. If, after reinstalling the child 4. Have the person sit upright in
restraint and restarting the the seat, centered on the seat
vehicle, the on indicator is still cushion, with legs comfortably
lit, turn the vehicle off. Then extended.
slightly recline the vehicle 5. Restart the vehicle and have
seatback and adjust the seat the person remain in this
cushion, if adjustable, to make position for one minute after
sure that the vehicle seatback the on indicator is lit.
is not pushing the child
restraint into the seat cushion.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
A thick layer of additional material, passenger airbag while a child

{ Warning such as a blanket or cushion, restraint or child occupant is on
or aftermarket equipment such as the seat. If the passenger airbag
If the front outboard passenger seat covers, seat heaters, and seat is turned on, the on indicator will
airbag is turned off for an massagers can affect how well the be lit.
adult-sized occupant, the airbag passenger sensing system
will not be able to inflate and help If the passenger seat gets wet, dry
operates. We recommend that you the seat immediately. If the airbag
protect that person in a crash, not use seat covers or other
resulting in an increased risk of readiness light is lit, do not install a
aftermarket equipment except when child restraint or allow anyone to
serious injury or even death. An approved by GM for your specific occupy the seat. See Airbag
adult-sized occupant should not vehicle. See Adding Equipment to Readiness Light 0 101 for important
ride in the front outboard the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 69 safety information.
passenger seat, if the passenger for more information about
airbag off indicator is lit. modifications that can affect how The on indicator may be lit if an
the system operates. object, such as a briefcase,
handbag, grocery bag, laptop,
Additional Factors Affecting A wet seat can affect the or other electronic device, is put on
System Operation performance of the passenger an unoccupied seat. If this is not
sensing system. Here is how: desired, remove the object from
Safety belts help keep the
. The passenger sensing system the seat.
passenger in position on the seat
during vehicle maneuvers and may turn off the passenger
braking, which helps the passenger airbag when liquid is soaked into
the seat. If this happens, the off
{ Warning
sensing system maintain the
passenger airbag status. See indicator will be lit, and the Stowing of articles under the
“Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints” airbag readiness light on the passenger seat or between the
in the Index for additional instrument panel will also be lit. passenger seat cushion and
information about the importance of . Liquid pooled on the seat that seatback may interfere with the
proper restraint use. has not soaked in may make it proper operation of the passenger
more likely that the passenger sensing system.
sensing system will turn on the
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Servicing the Adding Equipment to the covers, upholstery, or trim; or with

GM covers, upholstery, or trim
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle Airbag-Equipped Vehicle designed for a different vehicle. Any
Airbags affect how the vehicle Adding accessories that change the object, such as an aftermarket seat
should be serviced. There are parts vehicle's frame, bumper system, heater or a comfort-enhancing pad
of the airbag system in several height, front end, or side sheet or device, installed under or on top
places around the vehicle. Your metal, may keep the airbag system of the seat fabric, could also
dealer and the service manual have from working properly. The interfere with the operation of the
information about servicing the operation of the airbag system can passenger sensing system. This
vehicle and the airbag system. To also be affected by changing or could either prevent proper
purchase a service manual, see moving any parts of the front seats, deployment of the passenger
Service Publications Ordering safety belts, the airbag sensing and airbag(s) or prevent the passenger
Information 0 330. diagnostic module, steering wheel, sensing system from properly
instrument panel, any of the airbag turning off the passenger airbag(s).
{ Warning modules, ceiling or pillar garnish
trim, front sensors, side impact
See Passenger Sensing System
0 65.
For up to 10 seconds after the sensors, or airbag wiring. If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail
vehicle is turned off and the Your dealer and the service manual airbags, see Different Size Tires
battery is disconnected, an airbag have information about the location and Wheels 0 269 for additional
can still inflate during improper of the airbag sensors, sensing and important information.
service. You can be injured if you diagnostic module, and airbag If you have to modify your vehicle
are close to an airbag when it wiring. because you have a disability and
inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. you have questions about whether
In addition, the vehicle has a
They are probably part of the passenger sensing system for the the modifications will affect the
airbag system. Be sure to follow front outboard passenger position, vehicle's airbag system, or if you
proper service procedures, and which includes sensors that are part have questions about whether the
make sure the person performing of the passenger seat. The airbag system will be affected if the
work for you is qualified to do so. passenger sensing system may not vehicle is modified for any other
operate properly if the original seat
trim is replaced with non-GM
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
reason, call Customer Assistance. Replacing Airbag System Child Restraints

See Customer Assistance Offices
0 323.
Parts after a Crash
Older Children
Airbag System Check { Warning
The airbag system does not need A crash can damage the airbag
regularly scheduled maintenance or systems in the vehicle.
replacement. Make sure the airbag A damaged airbag system may
readiness light is working. See not work properly and may not
Airbag Readiness Light 0 101. protect you and your
passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
Caution in serious injury or even death. To
help make sure the airbag
If an airbag covering is damaged, systems are working properly
opened, or broken, the airbag after a crash, have them
may not work properly. Do not inspected and any necessary
open or break the airbag replacements made as soon as Older children who have outgrown
coverings. If there are any possible. booster seats should wear the
opened or broken airbag vehicle safety belts.
coverings, have the airbag
covering and/or airbag module If an airbag inflates, you will need to
replaced. For the location of the replace airbag system parts. See
airbags, see Where Are the your dealer for service.
Airbags? 0 60. See your dealer If the airbag readiness light stays on
for service. after the vehicle is started or comes
on when you are driving, the airbag
system may not work properly. Have
the vehicle serviced right away. See
Airbag Readiness Light 0 101.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
The manufacturer instructions that . Can proper safety belt fit be In a crash, children who are not
come with the booster seat state the maintained for the length of the buckled up can strike other people
weight and height limitations for that trip? If yes, continue. If no, who are buckled up, or can be
booster. Use a booster seat with a return to the booster seat. thrown out of the vehicle. Older
lap-shoulder belt until the child Q: What is the proper way to children need to use safety belts
passes the fit test below: wear safety belts? properly.
. Sit all the way back on the seat.
Do the knees bend at the seat
A: An older child should wear a
lap-shoulder belt and get the
{ Warning
edge? If yes, continue. If no, additional restraint a shoulder
return to the booster seat. Never allow more than one child
belt can provide. The shoulder to wear the same safety belt. The
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. belt should not cross the face or safety belt cannot properly spread
Does the shoulder belt rest on neck. The lap belt should fit the impact forces. In a crash, they
the shoulder? If yes, continue. snugly below the hips, just
can be crushed together and
If no, try using the rear safety touching the top of the thighs.
seriously injured. A safety belt
belt comfort guide, if available. This applies belt force to the
must be used by only one person
See “Rear Safety Belt Comfort child's pelvic bones in a crash.
Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt It should never be worn over the at a time.
0 55. If a comfort guide is not abdomen, which could cause
available, or if the shoulder belt severe or even fatal internal
still does not rest on the injuries in a crash.
shoulder, then return to the Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
booster seat. Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt
. Does the lap belt fit low and 0 55.
snug on the hips, touching the According to accident statistics,
thighs? If yes, continue. If no, children are safer when properly
return to the booster seat. restrained in a rear seating position.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
restraints. In fact, the law in every

Warning (Continued) state in the United States and in
every Canadian province says
That could cause serious or fatal children up to some age must be
injuries. The shoulder belt should restrained while in a vehicle.
go over the shoulder and across
the chest.
{ Warning
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
wrapped around their neck. The
shoulder belt can tighten but
cannot be loosened if it is locked.
{ Warning The shoulder belt locks when it is
pulled all the way out of the
Never allow a child to wear the
retractor. It unlocks when the
safety belt with the shoulder belt
shoulder belt is allowed to go all
behind their back. A child can be
the way back into the retractor,
seriously injured by not wearing
but it cannot do this if it is
the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
wrapped around a child’s neck.
crash, the child would not be
If the shoulder belt is locked and
restrained by the shoulder belt.
The child could move too far
Infants and Young tightened around a child’s neck,
Children the only way to loosen the belt is
forward increasing the chance of
to cut it.
head and neck injury. The child Everyone in a vehicle needs
might also slide under the lap protection! This includes infants and Never leave children unattended
belt. The belt force would then be all other children. Neither the in a vehicle and never allow
applied right on the abdomen. distance traveled nor the age and children to play with the safety
(Continued) size of the traveler changes the belts.
need, for everyone, to use safety
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Every time infants and young

children ride in vehicles, they should
have the protection provided by
appropriate child restraints. Neither
the vehicle's safety belt system nor
its airbag system is designed
for them.
Children who are not restrained
properly can strike other people,
or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
{ Warning Q: What are the different types of

Never hold an infant or a child { Warning add-on child restraints?
while riding in a vehicle. Due to Children who are up against, A: Add-on child restraints, which
crash forces, an infant or a child or very close to, any airbag when are purchased by the vehicle
will become so heavy it is not it inflates can be seriously injured owner, are available in four basic
possible to hold it during a crash. or killed. Never put a rear-facing types. Selection of a particular
For example, in a crash at only child restraint in the front restraint should take into
40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) consideration not only the child's
outboard seat. Secure a
infant will suddenly become a weight, height, and age but also
rear-facing child restraint in a rear
110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's whether or not the restraint will
seat. It is also better to secure a be compatible with the motor
arms. An infant should be forward-facing child restraint in a
secured in an appropriate vehicle in which it will be used.
rear seat. If you must secure a
restraint. For most basic types of child
forward-facing child restraint in
restraints, there are many
the front outboard seat, always
different models available. When
move the front passenger seat as purchasing a child restraint, be
far back as it will go. sure it is designed to be used in
a motor vehicle. If it is, the
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
restraint will have a label saying Child Restraint Systems

that it meets federal motor { Warning
vehicle safety standards.
A young child's hip bones are still
The restraint manufacturer so small that the vehicle's regular
instructions that come with the safety belt may not remain low on
restraint state the weight and
the hip bones, as it should.
height limitations for a particular
Instead, it may settle up around
child restraint. In addition, there
are many kinds of restraints the child's abdomen. In a crash,
available for children with the belt would apply force on a
special needs. body area that is unprotected by
any bony structure. This alone
could cause serious or fatal
{ Warning injuries. To reduce the risk of
To reduce the risk of neck and serious or fatal injuries during a Rear-Facing Infant Seat
head injury in a crash, infants and crash, young children should A rear-facing infant seat provides
toddlers should be secured in a always be secured in appropriate restraint with the seating surface
rear-facing child restraint until age child restraints. against the back of the infant.
two, or until they reach the The harness system holds the infant
maximum height and weight limits in place and, in a crash, acts to
of their child restraint. keep the infant positioned in the
restraint.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Warning (Continued)
restraint properly in the vehicle
using the vehicle safety belt or
LATCH system, following the
instructions that came with that
child restraint and the instructions
in this manual.
To help reduce the chance of injury,

the child restraint must be secured
Forward-Facing Child Seat Booster Seats in the vehicle. Child restraint
A forward-facing child seat provides A booster seat is a child restraint systems must be secured in vehicle
restraint for the child's body with the designed to improve the fit of the seats by lap belts or the lap belt
harness. vehicle's safety belt system. portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by
A booster seat can also help a child the LATCH system. See Lower
to see out the window. Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) 0 77. Children can
Securing an Add-On Child be endangered in a crash if the child
Restraint in the Vehicle restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle.
{ Warning When securing an add-on child
restraint, refer to the instructions
A child can be seriously injured or that come with the restraint which
killed in a crash if the child may be on the restraint itself or in a
restraint is not properly secured in booklet, or both, and to this manual.
the vehicle. Secure the child The child restraint instructions are
(Continued)
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
important, so if they are not Securing the Child Within the

available, obtain a replacement Child Restraint { Warning
copy from the manufacturer.
A child in a rear-facing child
Keep in mind that an unsecured { Warning restraint can be seriously injured
child restraint can move around in a or killed if the front passenger
collision or sudden stop and injure A child can be seriously injured or
airbag inflates. This is because
people in the vehicle. Be sure to killed in a crash if the child is not
the back of the rear-facing child
properly secure any child restraint in properly secured in the child
restraint would be very close to
the vehicle — even when no child is restraint. Secure the child
the inflating airbag. A child in a
in it. properly following the instructions
forward-facing child restraint can
In some areas of the United States that came with that child restraint.
be seriously injured or killed if the
and Canada, Certified Child front passenger airbag inflates
Passenger Safety Technicians Where to Put the and the passenger seat is in a
(CPSTs) are available to inspect forward position.
and demonstrate how to correctly Restraint
use and install child restraints. In Even if the passenger sensing
According to accident statistics,
the U.S., refer to the National children and infants are safer when system has turned off the front
Highway Traffic Safety properly restrained in a child passenger frontal airbag, no
Administration (NHTSA) website to restraint system or infant restraint system is fail-safe. No one can
locate the nearest child safety seat system secured in a rear seating guarantee that an airbag will not
inspection station. For CPST position. deploy under some unusual
availability in Canada, check with circumstance, even though it is
Transport Canada or the Provincial Whenever possible, children aged turned off.
Ministry of Transportation office. 12 and under should be secured in
a rear seating position. Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the airbag
Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to is off. If you secure a
the rear-facing child is so great if the forward-facing child restraint in
airbag deploys. (Continued)
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
child restraint prevents access to or attachments. LATCH-compatible

Warning (Continued) interferes with the routing of the rear-facing and forward-facing child
safety belt. seats can be properly installed
the front seat, always move the using either the LATCH anchors or
front passenger seat as far back Wherever a child restraint is
installed, be sure to secure the child the vehicle’s safety belts. Do not
as it will go. It is better to secure use both the safety belts and the
the child restraint in a rear seat. restraint properly.
LATCH anchorage system to secure
See Passenger Sensing System Keep in mind that an unsecured a rear-facing or forward-facing
0 65 for additional information. child restraint can move around in a child seat.
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to Booster seats use the vehicle’s
When securing a child restraint in a properly secure any child restraint in safety belts to secure the child in
rear seating position, study the the vehicle — even when no child is the booster seat. If the manufacturer
instructions that came with the child in it. recommends that the booster seat
restraint to make sure it is be secured with the LATCH system,
this can be done as long as the
compatible with this vehicle. Lower Anchors and booster seat can be positioned
Child restraints and booster seats Tethers for Children properly and there is no interference
vary considerably in size, and some (LATCH System) with the proper positioning of the
may fit in certain seating positions lap-shoulder belt on the child.
better than others. The LATCH system secures a child
restraint during driving or in a crash. Make sure to follow the instructions
Depending on where you place the that came with the child restraint,
LATCH attachments on the child
child restraint and the size of the and also the instructions in this
restraint are used to attach the child
child restraint, you may not be able manual.
restraint to the anchors in the
to access adjacent safety belt
vehicle. The LATCH system is When installing a child restraint with
assemblies or LATCH anchors for
designed to make installation of a a top tether, you must also use
additional passengers or child
child restraint easier. either the lower anchors or the
restraints. Adjacent seating
positions should not be used if the In order to use the LATCH system in safety belts to properly secure the
your vehicle, you need a child
restraint that has LATCH
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
child restraint. A child restraint must Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor
never be installed using only the top
tether and anchor.
The LATCH anchorage system can
be used until the combined weight
of the child plus the child restraint is
29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt
alone instead of the LATCH
anchorage system once the
combined weight is more than
29.5 kg (65 lbs).
The following explains how to attach
a child restraint with these
attachments in the vehicle.
Lower anchors (1) are metal bars A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of
Not all vehicle seating positions or built into the vehicle. There are two the child restraint to the vehicle.
child restraints have lower anchors lower anchors for each LATCH A top tether anchor is built into the
and attachments or top tether seating position that will vehicle. The top tether
anchors and attachments. accommodate a child restraint with attachment (2) on the child restraint
lower attachments (2). connects to the top tether anchor in
the vehicle in order to reduce the
forward movement and rotation of
the child restraint during driving or in
a crash.
The child restraint may have a
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4).
Either will have a single
attachment (2) to secure the top
tether to the anchor.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Some child restraints that have a H (Lower Anchor) : Seating

top tether are designed for use with positions with two lower anchors.
or without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for the child
restraint. To assist in locating the lower
anchors, each rear anchor position
Lower Anchor and Top Tether has a label, near the crease
Anchor Locations between the seatback and the seat The top tether anchors are under
cushion. the covers, behind the rear seat, on
the filler panel. Be sure to use an
anchor on the same side of the
vehicle as the seating position
where the child restraint will be
placed.
Do not secure a child restraint in a
position without a top tether anchor
To assist in locating the top tether if a national or local law requires
anchors, the top tether anchor that the top tether be attached, or if
symbol is on the cover. the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top tether
must be attached.
Rear Seat
According to accident statistics,
I (Top Tether Anchor) : Seating children and infants are safer when
positions with top tether anchors.
properly restrained in a child
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
restraint system or infant restraint

system secured in a rear seating { Warning Warning (Continued)
position. See Where to Put the
Restraint 0 76 for additional To reduce the risk of serious or wrapped around a child’s neck.
information. fatal injuries during a crash, do If the shoulder belt is locked and
not attach more than one child tightened around a child’s neck,
Securing a Child Restraint restraint to a single anchor. the only way to loosen the belt is
Designed for the LATCH Attaching more than one child to cut it.
System restraint to a single anchor could Buckle any unused safety belts
cause the anchor or attachment behind the child restraint so
{ Warning to come loose or even break
during a crash. A child or others
children cannot reach them. Pull
the shoulder belt all the way out
If a LATCH-type child restraint is could be injured. of the retractor to set the lock,
not attached to anchors or with
and tighten the belt behind the
the safety belt, the child restraint
child restraint after the child
will not be able to protect the child
correctly. In a crash, the child { Warning restraint has been installed.
could be seriously injured or Children can be seriously injured
killed. Install a LATCH-type child or strangled if a shoulder belt is
restraint properly using the wrapped around their neck. The Caution
anchors, or use the vehicle safety shoulder belt can tighten but
belts to secure the restraint, Do not let the LATCH
cannot be loosened if it is locked. attachments rub against the
following the instructions that The shoulder belt locks when it is
came with the child restraint and vehicle’s safety belts. This may
pulled all the way out of the damage these parts. If necessary,
the instructions in this manual. retractor. It unlocks when the move buckled safety belts to
shoulder belt is allowed to go all avoid rubbing the LATCH
the way back into the retractor, attachments.
but it cannot do this if it is
(Continued)
(Continued)
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
lower anchors, secure the child attach and tighten the top
Caution (Continued) restraint with the top tether and tether to the top tether anchor.
the safety belts. Refer to the Refer to the child restraint
Do not fold the empty rear seat child restraint manufacturer instructions and the following
with a safety belt buckled. This instructions and the steps:
could damage the safety belt or instructions in this manual.
the seat. Unbuckle and return the 2.1. Find the top tether anchor.
safety belt to its stowed position, 1.1. Find the lower anchors for Open the cover to expose
before folding the seat. the desired rear outboard the anchor.
seating position.
2.2. Route, attach, and tighten
1.2. Put the child restraint on the top tether according to
If you need to secure more than one
the seat. the child restraint
child restraint in the rear seat, see
Where to Put the Restraint 0 76 for For outboard rear seating instructions and the
additional information. positions, if the head following instructions:
restraint interferes with the
This system is designed to make
proper installation of the
installation of child restraints easier.
child restraint, the head
When using lower anchors, do not
restraint may be removed.
use the vehicle's safety belts.
See “Head Restraint
Instead use the vehicle's anchors
Removal and
and child restraint attachments to
Reinstallation” at the end
secure the restraints. Some
of this section.
restraints also use another vehicle
anchor to secure a top tether. 1.3. Attach and tighten the
lower attachments on the
1. Attach and tighten the lower If you are using a single
child restraint to the lower
attachments to the lower tether in a rear outboard
anchors.
anchors. If the child restraint seating position with an
does not have lower 2. If the child restraint adjustable head restraint,
attachments or the desired manufacturer recommends that raise the head restraint
seating position does not have the top tether be attached, and route the tether under
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
the head restraint and in restraint has been

between the head removed, route the dual
restraint posts. tether over the seatback.
3. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the LATCH path and attempt
to move it side to side and
If you are using a single back and forth. There should
tether in the center be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
seating position, or the movement, for proper
rear outboard head installation.
If you are using a dual restraint has been
tether in a rear outboard removed, route the single Head Restraint Removal and
seating position with an tether over the seatback. Reinstallation
adjustable head restraint, The rear outboard head restraints
raise the head restraint can be removed if they interfere with
and route the tether under the proper installation of the child
the head restraint and restraint.
around the head restraint
posts. To remove the head restraint:
1. Partially fold the seatback
forward. See Rear Seats 0 51
for additional information.
If you are using a dual

tether in the center
seating position, or the
rear outboard head
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
1. Insert the head restraint posts

{ Warning into the holes in the top of the
seatback. The notches on the
With head restraints that are not posts must face the driver side
installed and adjusted properly, of the vehicle.
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/ 2. Push the head restraint down.
spinal injury in a crash. Do not If necessary, press the height
drive until the head restraints for adjustment release button to
all occupants are installed and further lower the head restraint.
adjusted properly. See Head Restraints 0 46.
3. Try to move the head restraint
2. Press both buttons on the head To reinstall the head restraint: to make sure that it is locked in
restraint posts at the same place.
time, and pull up on the head
restraint. Replacing LATCH System
3. Store the head restraint in the Parts After a Crash
trunk of the vehicle.
4. When the child restraint is { Warning
removed, reinstall the head
A crash can damage the LATCH
restraint before the seating
system in the vehicle. A damaged
position is used.
LATCH system may not properly
secure the child restraint,
resulting in serious injury or even
death in a crash. To help make
sure the LATCH system is
working properly after a crash,
(Continued)
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
install the child restraint using If more than one child restraint
Warning (Continued) LATCH. If a child restraint is needs to be installed in the rear
secured in the vehicle using a seat, be sure to read Where to Put
see your dealer to have the safety belt and it uses a top tether, the Restraint 0 76.
system inspected and any see Lower Anchors and Tethers for
necessary replacements made as 1. Put the child restraint on
Children (LATCH System) 0 77 for the seat.
soon as possible. top tether anchor locations.
If the head restraint interferes
Do not secure a child seat in a with the proper installation of
If the vehicle has the LATCH system position without a top tether anchor
and it was being used during a the child restraint, the head
if a national or local law requires restraint may be removed. See
crash, new LATCH system parts that the top tether be anchored, or if
may be needed. “Head Restraint Removal and
the instructions that come with the Reinstallation” under Lower
New parts and repairs may be child restraint say that the top strap Anchors and Tethers for
necessary even if the LATCH must be anchored. Children (LATCH System) 0 77.
system was not being used at the In Canada, the law requires that
time of the crash. 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
forward-facing child restraints have the lap and shoulder portions
a top tether, and that the tether be of the vehicle's safety belt
Securing Child Restraints attached. through or around the restraint.
(Rear Seat) If the child restraint or vehicle seat The child restraint instructions
When securing a child restraint in a position does not have the LATCH will show you how.
rear seating position, study the system, you will be using the safety
instructions that came with the child belt to secure the child restraint in
restraint to make sure it is this position. Be sure to follow the
compatible with this vehicle. instructions that came with the child
restraint. Secure the child in the
If the child restraint has the LATCH child restraint when and as the
system, see Lower Anchors and instructions say.
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 77 for how and where to
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
3. Push the latch plate into the 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the 5. To tighten the belt, push down
buckle until it clicks. If the latch way out of the retractor to set on the child restraint, pull the
plate will not go fully into the the lock. When the retractor shoulder portion of the belt to
buckle, check if the correct lock is set, the belt can be tighten the lap portion of the
buckle is being used. tightened but not pulled out of belt, and feed the shoulder belt
Position the release button on the retractor. back into the retractor. When
the buckle so that the safety installing a forward-facing child
belt could be quickly unbuckled restraint, it may be helpful to
if necessary. use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you
tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 4 and 5.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
6. If the child restraint has a top Securing Child Restraints Warning (Continued)
tether, follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions
(Front Passenger Seat)
regarding the use of the top This vehicle has airbags. A rear passenger frontal airbag inflates.
tether. See Lower Anchors and seat is a safer place to secure a This is because the back of the
Tethers for Children (LATCH forward-facing child restraint. See rear-facing child restraint would
System) 0 77. Where to Put the Restraint 0 76. be very close to the inflating
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
7. Before placing a child in the In addition, the vehicle has a child restraint can be seriously
child restraint, make sure it is passenger sensing system which is injured or killed if the front
securely held in place. To designed to turn off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
check, grasp the child restraint outboard passenger frontal airbag
at the safety belt path and inflates and the passenger seat is
and passenger knee airbag under
attempt to move it side to side certain conditions. See Passenger in a forward position.
and back and forth. When the Sensing System 0 65 and Even if the passenger sensing
child restraint is properly Passenger Airbag Status Indicator system has turned off the front
installed, there should be no 0 101 for more information, outboard passenger frontal
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of including important safety airbag, no system is fail-safe. No
movement. information. one can guarantee that an airbag
To remove the child restraint, Never put a rear-facing child seat in will not deploy under some
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and the front. This is because the risk to unusual circumstance, even
let it return to the stowed position. the rear-facing child is so great, though it is turned off.
If the top tether is attached to a top if the airbag deploys.
Secure rear-facing child restraints
tether anchor, disconnect it. If the
in a rear seat, even if the airbag
head restraint was removed,
reinstall it before the seating
{ Warning is off. If you secure a
position is used. See “Head forward-facing child restraint in
A child in a rear-facing child
Restraint Removal and the front seat, always move the
restraint can be seriously injured
Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors or killed if the front outboard (Continued)
and Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 77. (Continued)
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
When using the lap-shoulder belt to

Warning (Continued) secure the child restraint in this
position, follow the instructions that
front passenger seat as far back came with the child restraint and the
as it will go. It is better to secure following instructions:
the child restraint in a rear seat.
1. Move the seat as far back as it
See Passenger Sensing System will go before securing the
0 65 for additional information. forward-facing child restraint.
When the passenger sensing
If the child restraint uses a top system has turned off the front
tether, see Lower Anchors and outboard passenger frontal
Tethers for Children (LATCH airbag and passenger knee
System) 0 77 for top tether anchor airbag, the off indicator on the 4. Push the latch plate into the
locations. passenger airbag status buckle until it clicks.
Do not secure a child seat in a indicator should light and stay Position the release button on
position without a top tether anchor lit when you start the vehicle. the buckle, so that the safety
if a national or local law requires See Passenger Airbag Status belt could be quickly unbuckled
that the top tether be anchored, or if Indicator 0 101. if necessary.
the instructions that come with the 2. Put the child restraint on
child restraint say that the top strap the seat.
must be anchored.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
In Canada, the law requires that the lap and shoulder portions
forward-facing child restraints have of the vehicle's safety belt
a top tether, and that the tether be through or around the restraint.
attached. The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
7. Before placing a child in the

child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the safety belt path and
attempt to move it side-to-side
and back-and-forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
If the airbags are off, the off
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the 6. To tighten the belt, push down indicator in the passenger airbag
way out of the retractor to set on the child restraint, pull the status indicator will come on and
the lock. When the retractor shoulder portion of the belt to stay on when the vehicle is started.
lock is set, the belt can be tighten the lap portion of the If a child restraint has been installed
tightened but not pulled out of belt, and feed the shoulder belt and the on indicator is lit, see “If the
the retractor. back into the retractor. When On Indicator Is Lit for a Child
installing a forward-facing child Restraint” under Passenger Sensing
restraint, it may be helpful to System 0 65 for more information.
use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you To remove the child restraint,
tighten the belt. unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Storage 89
Storage Storage
Compartments
Storage Compartments
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 89 { Warning
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Do not store heavy or sharp
Center Console Storage . . . . . . . 89 objects in storage compartments.
In a crash, these objects may
cause the cover to open and
could result in injury.
Cupholders may be located in the

Glove Box second row seat armrest. To
Open the glove box by lifting up on access, pull the armrest down.
the lever.
Center Console Storage
Cupholders The center console storage has a
Cupholders are in the center storage area under the armrest. Pull
console. up on the latch on the front of the
armrest to access.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
90 Storage
Pull up on the latch and slide the

center console armrest to adjust the
position. Return the armrest to the
rear position to access the
storage area.
There may be an auxiliary jack
outlet and a USB port located in the
center console.
See Auxiliary Devices 0 146.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Instruments and Controls 91
Instruments and Passenger Airbag Status

Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Vehicle Messages
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Controls Charging System Light . . . . . . . 102
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Battery Voltage and Charging
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 102 Brake System Messages . . . . . 115
Controls Brake System Warning Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . . 115
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 92 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Cruise Control Messages . . . . . 115
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 92 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . 115
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Engine Cooling System
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 93 Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Power Steering Warning Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . 116
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Engine Power Messages . . . . . 116
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Fuel System Messages . . . . . . . 116
Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . . 106 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . 117
Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Traction Control System (TCS)/ Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Object Detection System
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Indicators Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 107 Ride Control System
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 108 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Airbag System Messages . . . . . 118
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Reduced Engine Power Safety Belt Messages . . . . . . . . 118
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 109 Service Vehicle Messages . . . . 119
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . 109 Starting the Vehicle
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 109 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 110 Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Engine Coolant Temperature Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Transmission Messages . . . . . . 120
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Vehicle Reminder
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 100
Information Displays Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 101 Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
92 Instruments and Controls
Vehicle Personalization Controls Steering Wheel Controls

Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 121
Steering Wheel
Adjustment
For vehicles with audio steering

wheel controls, some audio controls
can be adjusted at the steering
wheel.
To adjust the steering wheel:
b / g (Push to Talk) : For vehicles
1. Pull the lever down. with a Bluetooth, OnStar,
2. Move the steering wheel up or navigation system, press to
or down. interact with those systems. See
Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls)
3. Pull or push the steering wheel 0 150 or Bluetooth (Voice
closer or away from you. Recognition) 0 153 or Bluetooth
4. Push the lever up to lock the (Overview) 0 148, OnStar Overview
steering wheel in place. 0 334, or the infotainment manual.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
$ / i (Mute/End Call) : Press to Windshield Wiper/Washer INT (Intermittent Wipes) : Move

silence the vehicle speakers only. the lever up to INT for intermittent
Press again to turn the sound on. wipes, then turn the x INT band
For vehicles with OnStar or up for more frequent wipes or down
Bluetooth systems, press to reject for less frequent wipes.
an incoming call, or end a
OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.
current call.
1X (Mist) : For a single wipe, briefly
_ SRC ^ (Source/Favorite) : Press move the wiper lever down. For
to select a source or turn to change The windshield wiper/washer lever several wipes, hold the wiper
favorite stations. is on the right side of the steering lever down.
Press _ or ^ to select AM, FM, CD, column.
n L(Windshield Washer) : Pull the
or MP3 track. With the ignition in ACC/ windshield wiper lever toward you to
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START, spray washer fluid and activate the
Turn _ or ^ to select the next or move the windshield wiper lever to wipers. The wipers will continue
previous saved favorite radio select the wiper speed. until the lever is released or the
stations.
HI : Use for fast wipes. maximum wash time is reached.
+ x − (Volume) : Press + to When the lever is released,
LO : Use for slow wipes. additional wipes may occur
increase the volume. Press − to
decrease the volume. depending on how long the
windshield washer had been
Horn activated. See Washer Fluid 0 236
for information on filling the
Press a on the steering wheel pad windshield washer fluid reservoir.
to sound the horn. Clear snow and ice from the wiper
blades and windshield before using
them. If frozen to the windshield,
carefully loosen or thaw them.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Damaged blades should be Compass Clock

replaced. See Wiper Blade
Replacement 0 241. The vehicle may have a compass The infotainment system controls
display in the Driver Information are used to access the time and
Heavy snow or ice can overload the Center (DIC). The compass receives date settings through the menu
wiper motor. its heading and other information system. See Operation 0 136 for
Wiper Parking from the Global Positioning information about how to use the
System (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak, menu system. For vehicles with a
If the ignition is put in OFF while the and vehicle speed information. connective radio or navigation
wipers are on LO, HI, or INT, they system, see the infotainment
will immediately stop. Avoid covering the GPS antenna,
located on the roof, for long periods manual.
If the windshield wiper lever is then of time with objects that may
moved to OFF before the driver
Setting the Time and Date
interfere with the antenna's ability to
door is opened or within 10 minutes, receive a satellite signal. The To set the time and date for the
the wipers will restart and move to compass system is designed to radio with CD:
the base of the windshield. operate for a certain number of 1. Press CLOCK.
If the ignition is put in OFF while the miles or degrees of turn before
2. Select Set Time or Set Date.
wipers are performing wipes due to needing a signal from the GPS
windshield washing, the wipers satellites. When the compass 3. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to
continue to run until they reach the display shows CAL, drive the adjust the highlighted number.
base of the windshield. vehicle for a short distance in an 4. Press the MENU/SEL knob to
open area where it can receive a select the next number.
{ Warning GPS signal. The compass system
will automatically determine when 5. To save the settings, press the
In freezing weather, do not use the GPS signal is restored and MENU/SEL knob.
the washer until the windshield is provide a heading again. See To set the time and date for the
warmed. Otherwise the washer Compass Messages 0 115 for more radio without navigation:
fluid can form ice on the information on the messages that
may be displayed for the compass. 1. Press CLOCK.
windshield, blocking your vision.
2. Select Set Time or Set Date.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
3. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to 3. Press the MENU/SEL knob to Power Outlets
adjust the highlighted number. select the 12 hour or 24 hour
display format. The accessory power outlets can be
4. Press the MENU/SEL knob to used to plug in electrical equipment,
select the next number. 4. To save the settings, press the such as a cell phone or MP3 player.
5. To save the settings, press OK MENU/SEL knob.
There is one accessory power outlet
screen button. To set the 12/24 hour format for the located on the center floor console
To set the time and date for the radio without navigation: and one on the rear of the center
radio with navigation: 1. Press CLOCK. floor console. These outlets are
powered when the key is in ON/
1. Press CLOCK. 2. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format.
RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or until
2. Select Set Time or Set Date. 3. Press the MENU/SEL knob to the driver door is opened within
3. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to select the 12 hour or 24 hour 10 minutes of turning off the vehicle.
adjust the highlighted number. display format. See Retained Accessory Power
4. To save the settings, press OK (RAP) 0 187.
select the next number. screen button. Open the cover to access.
5. To save the settings, press To set the 12/24 hour format for the
radio with navigation: Caution
BACK on the radio faceplate.
If auto timing is set, the time 1. Press CLOCK. Leaving electrical equipment
displayed on the clock may not 2. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format. plugged in for an extended period
update immediately when driving of time while the vehicle is off will
into a new time zone. select the 12 hour or 24 hour drain the battery. Always unplug
display format. electrical equipment when not in
Setting the 12/24 Hour Format use and do not plug in equipment
To set the 12/24 hour format for the 4. To save the settings, press that exceeds the maximum
radio with CD: BACK on the radio faceplate. 20 amp rating.
1. Press CLOCK.
2. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Certain electrical accessories may Cigarette Lighter Ashtrays

not be compatible with the
accessory power outlet and could If equipped with a cigarette lighter, it If equipped with a removable
overload vehicle or adapter fuses. is on the center floor console near ashtray, the ashtray can be placed
If a problem is experienced, see the shift lever. into the front console cupholders.
your dealer. To activate the cigarette lighter, To open the ashtray, lift the lid of the
When adding electrical equipment, push it into the heating element and ashtray. After using, close the lid.
be sure to follow the installation let go. When the lighter is ready it To empty the ashtray for cleaning,
instructions included with the will pop back out. slightly turn the upper part of the
equipment. See Add-On Electrical ashtray counterclockwise and
Equipment 0 216. Caution remove it.
Caution Holding a cigarette lighter in while

it is heating does not let the Caution
Hanging heavy equipment from lighter back away from the Holding a cigarette lighter in while
the power outlet can cause heating element when it is hot. it is heating does not let the
damage not covered by the Damage from overheating can lighter back away from the
vehicle warranty. The power occur to the lighter or heating heating element when it is hot.
outlets are designed for element, or a fuse could be Damage from overheating can
accessory power plugs only, such blown. Do not hold a cigarette occur to the lighter or heating
as cell phone charge cords. lighter in while it is heating. element, or a fuse could be
blown. Do not hold a cigarette
lighter in while it is heating.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Warning Lights, Some warning lights come on briefly

when the engine is started to
Gauges, and indicate they are working. When
one of the warning lights comes on
Indicators and stays on while driving, or when
Warning lights and gauges can one of the gauges shows there may
signal that something is wrong be a problem, check the section that
before it becomes serious enough explains what to do. Waiting to do
to cause an expensive repair or repairs can be costly and even
replacement. Paying attention to the dangerous.
warning lights and gauges could
prevent injury.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Instrument Cluster
English Cluster with Automatic Transmission Shown, Metric and Manual Transmission Similar
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Speedometer Caution
An arrow on the fuel gauge
indicates the side of the vehicle the
The speedometer shows the fuel door is on.
vehicle's speed in either kilometers If the engine is operated with the
per hour (km/h) or miles per rpm’s in the warning area at the A FUEL LEVEL LOW message may
hour (mph). high end of the tachometer, the appear in the Driver Information
vehicle could be damaged, and Center (DIC) and a single chime
Odometer the damage would not be covered sounds. See Fuel System
by the vehicle warranty. Do not Messages 0 116 for more
The odometer shows how far the information.
operate the engine with the rpm’s
vehicle has been driven, in either
in the warning area. Here are four things that some
kilometers or miles.
owners ask about. None of these
show a problem with the fuel gauge:
Trip Odometer Fuel Gauge . At the service station, the fuel
The trip odometer shows how far pump shuts off before the gauge
the vehicle has been driven since reads full.
the trip odometer was last reset.
. It takes a little more or less fuel
The trip odometer is accessed and to fill up than the gauge
reset through the Driver Information indicated. For example, the
Center (DIC). See Driver gauge may have indicated the
Information Center (DIC) 0 110. tank was half full, but it actually
took a little more or less than
Tachometer half the tank's capacity to fill
The tachometer displays the engine the tank.
speed in revolutions per . The gauge moves a little while
minute (rpm). turning a corner or speeding up.
When the ignition is on, the fuel
gauge indicates about how much
fuel is left in the tank.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15

. The gauge takes a few seconds If the vehicle has been operated If the driver safety belt is buckled,
to stabilize after the ignition is under normal driving conditions, pull neither the light nor the chime
turned on, and will go back to off the road, stop the vehicle, and comes on.
empty when the ignition is turn off the engine as soon as
turned off. possible. Passenger Safety Belt
Reminder Light
Engine Coolant Safety Belt Reminders There is a passenger safety belt
Temperature Gauge reminder light near the passenger
Driver Safety Belt Reminder airbag status indicator. See
Light Passenger Sensing System 0 65.
There is a driver safety belt
reminder light on the instrument
cluster.
When the vehicle is started, this

light flashes and a chime may come
on to remind passengers to fasten
When the vehicle is started, this their safety belt. Then the light stays
light flashes and a chime may come on solid until the belt is buckled.
This gauge shows the engine This cycle continues several times if
coolant temperature. on to remind the driver to fasten
their safety belt. Then the light stays the passenger remains or becomes
If the indicator needle moves to the on solid until the belt is buckled. unbuckled while the vehicle is
hot side of the gauge toward the H This cycle may continue several moving.
or shaded area, the engine is times if the driver remains or If the passenger safety belt is
too hot. becomes unbuckled while the buckled, neither the chime nor the
vehicle is moving. light comes on.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
The front passenger safety belt The airbag readiness light comes on Passenger Airbag Status
reminder light and chime may turn for several seconds when the
on if an object is put on the seat vehicle is started. If the light does
Indicator
such as a briefcase, handbag, not come on then, have it fixed The vehicle has a passenger
grocery bag, laptop, or other immediately. sensing system. See Passenger
electronic device. To turn off the Sensing System 0 65 for important
reminder light and/or chime, remove
the object from the seat or buckle
{ Warning safety information. The instrument
panel has a passenger airbag status
the safety belt. If the airbag readiness light stays indicator.
on after the vehicle is started or
Airbag Readiness Light comes on while driving, it means
This light shows if there is an the airbag system might not be
electrical problem with the airbag working properly. The airbags in
system. The system check includes the vehicle might not inflate in a
the airbag sensor(s), passenger crash, or they could even inflate
sensing system, the pretensioners, without a crash. To help avoid United States
the airbag modules, the wiring, and injury, have the vehicle serviced
the crash sensing and diagnostic right away.
module. For more information on the
airbag system, see Airbag System If there is a problem with the airbag
0 59. system, a Driver Information Center
(DIC) message may also come on.
See Airbag System Messages
0 118. Canada
When the vehicle is started, the
passenger airbag status indicator
will light ON and OFF, or the symbol
for on and off, for several seconds
as a system check. Then, after
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
several seconds, the status If the light stays on, or comes on

indicator will light either ON or OFF, { Warning while driving, there could be a
or the on or off symbol to let you problem with the electrical charging
know the status of the front If the airbag readiness light ever system. Have it checked by your
outboard passenger frontal airbag comes on and stays on, it means dealer. Driving while this light is on
and knee airbag. that something may be wrong could drain the battery.
with the airbag system. To help
If the word ON or the on symbol is avoid injury to yourself or others, If a short distance must be driven
lit on the passenger airbag status have the vehicle serviced right with the light on, be sure to turn off
indicator, it means that the front all accessories, such as the radio
away. See Airbag Readiness
outboard passenger frontal airbag and air conditioner.
Light 0 101 for more information,
and knee airbag are allowed to
including important safety
inflate.
information.
Malfunction Indicator
If the word OFF or the off symbol is Lamp (Check Engine
lit on the passenger airbag status Light)
indicator, it means that the Charging System Light
passenger sensing system has This light is part of the vehicle’s
turned off the front outboard emission control on-board
passenger frontal airbag and diagnostic system. If this light is on
passenger knee airbag. while the engine is running, a
malfunction has been detected and
If, after several seconds, both status the vehicle may require service. The
indicator lights remain on, or if there light should come on to show that it
are no lights at all, there may be a is working when the ignition is in
problem with the lights or the The charging system light comes on
ON/RUN with the engine not
passenger sensing system. See briefly when the ignition is turned
running for Key Access or in Service
your dealer for service. on, but the engine is not running, as
Only Mode for Keyless Access. See
a check to show the light is working.
Ignition Positions (Keyless Access)
The light turns off when the engine
0 180 or Ignition Positions (Key
is started. If it does not, have the
Access) 0 182.
vehicle serviced by your dealer.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
If towing a trailer, reduce the

Caution amount of cargo being hauled as
soon as possible.
Modifications to the engine,
transmission, exhaust, intake, If the light continues to flash, find a
or fuel system, or the use of safe place to park. Turn the vehicle
replacement tires that do not off and wait at least 10 seconds
Malfunctions are often indicated by before restarting the engine. If the
meet the original tire
the system before any problem is light is still flashing, follow the
specifications, can cause this light
noticeable. Being aware of the light previous guidelines and see your
and seeking service promptly when to come on. This could lead to
dealer for service as soon as
it comes on may prevent damage. costly repairs not covered by the
possible.
vehicle warranty. This could also
affect the vehicle’s ability to pass If the light is on steady : A
Caution an Emissions Inspection/ malfunction has been detected.
Maintenance test. See Diagnosis and service may be
If the vehicle is driven continually required.
with this light on, the emission Accessories and Modifications
control system may not work as 0 219. Check the following:
well, the fuel economy may be . A loose or missing fuel cap may
lower, and the vehicle may not If the light is flashing : A cause the light to come on. See
run smoothly. This could lead to malfunction has been detected that Filling the Tank 0 209. A few
costly repairs that might not be could damage the emission control driving trips with the cap
covered by the vehicle warranty. system and increase vehicle properly installed may turn the
emissions. Diagnosis and service light off.
may be required. . Poor fuel quality can cause
To help prevent damage, reduce inefficient engine operation and
vehicle speed and avoid hard poor driveability, which may go
accelerations and uphill grades. away once the engine is warmed
up. If this occurs, change the
fuel brand. It may require at
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
least one full tank of the proper The vehicle may not pass Brake System Warning
fuel to turn the light off. See Fuel inspection if:
0 208.
Light
. The light is on when the engine
If the light remains on, see your is running. The vehicle brake system consists
dealer. of two hydraulic circuits. If one
. The light does not come on circuit is not working, the remaining
Emissions Inspection and when the ignition is in ON/RUN circuit can still work to stop the
Maintenance Programs with the engine not running for vehicle. For normal braking
Key Access or in Service Only performance, both circuits need to
If the vehicle requires an Emissions Mode for Keyless Access. be working.
Inspection/Maintenance test, the
test equipment will likely connect to . Critical emission control systems If the warning light comes on, there
the vehicle's Data Link have not been completely is a brake problem. Have the brake
Connector (DLC). diagnosed. If this happens, the system inspected right away.
vehicle would not be ready for
inspection and might require
several days of routine driving
before the system is ready for
inspection. This can happen if
the 12-volt battery has recently
been replaced or run down, or if Metric English
the vehicle has been recently
The DLC is under the instrument serviced. The brake indicator light should
panel to the left of the steering See your dealer if the vehicle will come on briefly as the engine is
wheel. Connecting devices that are not pass or cannot be made ready started. If it does not come on have
not used to perform an Emissions for the test. the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
Inspection/Maintenance test or to
service the vehicle may affect
vehicle operation See Add-On
Electrical Equipment 0 216. See
your dealer if assistance is needed.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Antilock Brake System light is also on, the vehicle does not
{ Warning (ABS) Warning Light have antilock brakes and there is a
problem with the regular brakes.
The brake system might not be See Brake System Warning Light
working properly if the brake 0 104.
system warning light is on.
Driving with the brake system See Brake System Messages 0 115
warning light on can lead to a for all brake‐related DIC messages.
crash. If the light is still on after
the vehicle has been pulled off Up-Shift Light
the road and carefully stopped, The Antilock Brake System (ABS)
have the vehicle towed for light comes on briefly when the
service. engine is started.
If the light does not come on, have it
If the light comes on while driving, a fixed so it will be ready to warn if
chime sounds. Pull off the road and there is a problem.
stop. The pedal might be harder to If the ABS light comes on and stays For manual transmission vehicles,
push or go closer to the floor. on while driving, stop as soon as there is an up-shift light that comes
It might also take longer to stop. possible and turn the ignition off. on in the lower DIC area. It shows
If the light is still on, have the Start the engine again to reset the when to shift to the next higher gear
vehicle towed for service. See system. If the light stays on after for best fuel economy.
Towing the Vehicle 0 291. driving at a speed above 20 km/h
(13 mph), see your dealer for See Manual Transmission 0 195.
service. A chime may also sound
when the light comes on steady.
If the regular brake system warning
light is not on, the vehicle still has
brakes, but not antilock brakes.
If the regular brake system warning
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Power Steering Warning Traction Off Light StabiliTrak® OFF Light

Light
This light comes on briefly while This light comes on briefly while
This light comes on briefly when the starting the engine. If it does not, starting the engine. If it does not,
ignition is turned to ON/RUN as a have the vehicle serviced by your have the vehicle serviced by your
check to show it is working. dealer. If the system is working dealer.
normally, the indicator light then This light comes on when the
If it does not come on have the turns off.
vehicle serviced by your dealer. StabiliTrak system is turned off.
The traction off light comes on when If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction
If this light stays on, or comes on the Traction Control System (TCS) Control System (TCS) is also off.
while driving, the system may not be has been turned off by pressing and
working. If this happens, see your If the StabiliTrak and TCS are off,
releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak the system does not assist in
dealer for service. button. controlling the vehicle. Turn on the
This light and the StabiliTrak OFF TCS and the StabiliTrak systems
light come on when StabiliTrak is and the warning light turns off.
turned off. See Traction Control/Electronic
If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not Stability Control 0 198.
limited. Adjust driving accordingly.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 198.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Traction Control System Tire Pressure Light When the Light Flashes First and
Then Is On Steady
(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light
If the light flashes for about a minute
and then stays on, there may be a
problem with the TPMS. If the
problem is not corrected, the light
will come on at every ignition cycle.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Operation 0 262.
This light comes on briefly when the Monitor System (TPMS), this light
engine is started. comes on briefly when the engine is Engine Oil Pressure Light
started. It provides information
If the light does not come on, have about tire pressures and the TPMS. Caution
the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If the system is working normally, When the Light Is On Steady
Lack of proper engine oil
the indicator light turns off. This indicates that one or more of maintenance can damage the
If the light is on and not flashing, the the tires are significantly engine. Driving with the engine oil
TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak underinflated. low can also damage the engine.
system have been disabled. A DIC A Driver Information Center (DIC) The repairs would not be covered
message may display. Check the tire pressure message may also by the vehicle warranty. Check
DIC messages to determine which display. See Tire Messages 0 119. the oil level as soon as possible.
feature(s) is no longer functioning Stop as soon as possible, and Add oil if required, but if the oil
and whether the vehicle requires inflate the tires to the pressure value level is within the operating range
service. shown on the Tire and Loading and the oil pressure is still low,
If the light is on and flashing, the Information label. See Tire Pressure have the vehicle serviced. Always
TCS and/or the StabiliTrak system 0 260. follow the maintenance schedule
is actively working. for changing engine oil.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 198.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Low Fuel Warning Light Security Light
This light should come on briefly as

the engine is started. If it does not
come on, have the vehicle serviced The security light should come on
by your dealer. briefly as the engine is started. If it
If the light comes on and stays on, it does not come on, have the vehicle
means that oil is not flowing through serviced by your dealer. If the
the engine properly. The vehicle system is working normally, the
could be low on oil and might have indicator light turns off.
some other system problem. See This light comes on for a few If the light stays on and the engine
your dealer. seconds when the ignition is turned
does not start, there could be a
on as a check to indicate it is problem with the theft-deterrent
working. If it does not come on, system. See Immobilizer Operation
have it fixed.
0 39.
The low fuel warning light comes on
and a chime sounds when the
vehicle is low on fuel. The light turns
off when fuel is added to the
fuel tank.
For vehicles with a Driver
Information Center (DIC), see Driver
Information Center (DIC) 0 110 for
more information.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Reduced Engine Power High-Beam On Light The light goes out when the front
fog lamps are turned off. See Front
Light Fog Lamps 0 130 for more
information.
Lamps On Reminder
The high‐beam on light comes on

The reduced engine power light when the high-beam headlamps are
should come on briefly as the in use.
engine is started. If it does not come See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
on, have the vehicle serviced by Changer 0 127 for more information.
your dealer. This light comes on when the
exterior lamps are in use. See
This light, along with the malfunction Front Fog Lamp Light Exterior Lamp Controls 0 127.
indicator lamp, displays when a
noticeable reduction in the vehicle's
performance occurs.
The vehicle can be driven at a
reduced speed when the reduced
engine power light is on but
acceleration and speed might be
reduced. If this light stays on, see For vehicles with front fog lamps,
your dealer as soon as possible for this light comes on when the front
diagnosis and repair. fog lamps are in use.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Cruise Control Light Door Ajar Light Information Displays

Driver Information
Center (DIC)
The DIC displays information about
your vehicle. It also displays
warning messages if a system
For vehicles with cruise control, the If equipped, this light comes on problem is detected. See Vehicle
cruise control light is white when the when a door is open or not securely Messages 0 114. All messages
cruise control is on and ready, and latched. Before driving, check that appear in the DIC display in the
turns green when the cruise control all doors are properly closed. See center of the instrument cluster.
is set and active. Door Ajar Messages 0 115.
DIC Operation and Displays
The light turns off when the cruise
The DIC has different displays
control is turned off. See Cruise
which can be accessed by using the
Control 0 200.
DIC buttons on the turn signal lever.
The DIC displays trip, fuel, and
warning messages if a system
problem is detected.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
DIC Buttons available on every vehicle. The This screen also displays the
following is a list of all possible average vehicle speed of the
menu items: vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h)
Trip 1 or Trip 2, Average Fuel or miles per hour (mph). This
Economy, Average Vehicle average is based on the various
Speed : Displays the current vehicle speeds recorded since the
distance traveled, in either last reset. This display is shown
kilometers (km) or miles (mi), from as c km/h (mph). Reset the
1. SET/CLR: Press to set, the last reset for the trip odometer. average speed by pressing SET/
or press and hold to clear, the The trip odometer can be reset to CLR when it is displayed.
menu item displayed. zero by pressing and holding the Blank Display : Displays no
SET/CLR button while the trip information.
2. w x : Use the band to scroll odometer display is showing.
through the items in Digital Speed : Displays how fast
each menu. Also displays the approximate the vehicle is moving in either
average liters per 100 kilometers kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles
3. MENU: Press to display the (L/100 km) or miles per gallon
Trip/Fuel Menu and the Vehicle per hour (mph). The speedometer
(mpg). This number is based on the cannot be reset.
Information Menu. On some number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded
vehicles, there is also an ECO since the last time this menu item Fuel Used : Displays the
Menu. This button is also used was reset. This number reflects only approximate liters (L) or gallons (gal)
to return to or exit the last the approximate average fuel of fuel that have been used since
screen displayed on the DIC. economy that the vehicle has right last reset. The fuel used can be
now, and will change as driving reset by pressing the SET/CLR
Trip/Fuel Menu (TRIP) Items button while the Fuel Used display
conditions change. This display is
Press MENU on the turn signal is showing.
shown as . c L/100 km (mpg).
lever until the TRIP menu displays. Timer : To start the timer, press
Reset the average consumption by
Use w x to scroll through the pressing SET/CLR when it is SET/CLR while Timer is displayed.
menu items. Not all items are displayed. The display will show the amount of
time that has passed since the timer
was last reset, not including time the
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
ignition is off. Time will continue to and the amount of fuel remaining in models, you will have to select 1, 2,
be counted as long as the ignition is the fuel tank. This display is shown or 3 for the Unit display. 1 is
on, even if another display is being as l . km (mi). Fuel range cannot Imperial units, 2 is US units, and 3
shown on the DIC. The timer will be reset. is metric units. This will change the
record up to 99 hours, 59 minutes, displays on the cluster and DIC to
and 59 seconds (99:59:59) after Also displays the current fuel the type of measurements you
which the display will return to zero. economy in liters per 100 kilometers select.
To stop the timer, press SET/CLR (L/100 km) or miles per
gallon (mpg). This number reflects Tire Pressure : May display a
briefly while Timer is displayed. To vehicle with the approximate
reset the timer to zero, press and only the fuel economy that the
vehicle has right now and changes pressures of all four tires. Tire
hold SET/CLR. pressure is displayed in either
frequently as driving conditions
Navigation : Used for the OnStar or kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds per
change. This display is shown as .
navigation system Turn-by-Turn square inch (psi). On some models,
guidance. See OnStar Overview L/100 km (mpg). This display cannot this display only allows for matching
0 334 or the navigation manual, be reset. of the TPMS sensors. In this case,
if the vehicle has navigation, for Vehicle Information Menu the display will show TIRE LEARN.
more information. (OPTION) Items See Tire Pressure Monitor System
Speed, Fuel Range, 0 261 and Tire Pressure Monitor
Press MENU on the turn signal Operation 0 262.
Instantaneous Fuel Economy : lever until the OPTION menu is
Displays how fast the vehicle is Remaining Oil Life : Displays an
moving in either kilometers per displayed. Use w x to scroll estimate of the oil's remaining useful
hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). through the menu items. Not all life. If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is
The speedometer cannot be reset. items are available on every vehicle. displayed, that means 99% of the
The following is a list of all possible current oil life remains. This display
The center of the page shows the menu items:
approximate distance the vehicle may be shown as : %.
can be driven without refueling. The Units : Move w x to change When the remaining oil life is low,
fuel range estimate is based on an between Metric or US when the Unit the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
average of the vehicle's fuel display is active. Press SET/CLR to message will appear on the display.
economy over recent driving history confirm the setting. On some See Engine Oil Messages 0 116.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
The oil should be changed as soon ECO Drive Assist Menu (ECO) When viewing best AFE, a several
as possible. See Engine Oil 0 225. Items second press and hold of SET/CLR
In addition to the engine oil life will reset the best value. The best
system monitoring the oil life, This menu is only available on some value will show “- - -“ until the
additional maintenance is vehicles. Press MENU on the turn selected distance has been
recommended in the Maintenance signal lever until the ECO menu is traveled.
Schedule in this manual. See displayed. Use w x to scroll
The display provides feedback on
Maintenance Schedule 0 305. through the menu items. Not all
how current driving behavior in the
items are available on every vehicle.
The Oil Life display must be reset bar graph affects the running
The following is a list of all possible
after each oil change. Do not reset average in the left display and how
menu items:
the Oil Life display accidentally at well recent driving compares to the
any time other than when the oil has Best Average Fuel Economy : The best that has been achieved.
just been changed. It cannot be right hand side displays the best
ECO Index : The bar graph on the
reset accurately until the next oil average fuel economy (AFE) that is
left hand side provides feedback on
change. To reset the engine oil life achieved for a selected distance.
the efficiency of current driving
system, see Engine Oil Life System The left hand side displays a
behavior. The graph shows
0 227. running average of fuel economy for
a percentage value that is based on
the most recently traveled selected
Battery Voltage : Displays the current fuel consumption compared
distance. The center bar graph
current battery voltage, if equipped. to what is expected from the vehicle
displays the instantaneous fuel
Battery voltage changes are normal with good and bad driving habits.
economy. Quickly press the SET/
while driving. See Charging System Each box represents 10%, with all
CLR button to display a page for
Light 0 102. If there is a problem boxes filled being 100%. More
selecting one of the distance
with the battery charging system, economical driving will result in
options. Move the up/down arrow to
the DIC will display a message. See being in the ECO box.
choose the selection, and SET/CLR
Battery Voltage and Charging Instantaneous Fuel Economy is also
to change the setting.
Messages 0 114. shown on right hand side. This
display cannot be reset.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Economy Trend : Displays history Vehicle Messages Battery Voltage and

of the Average Fuel Economy from
the last 50 km (30 miles). Each bar Messages displayed on the DIC Charging Messages
represents about 5 km (3 miles) of indicate the status of the vehicle or BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE
driving. The fuel economy will range some action that may be needed to
from 0 – 15 L/100 km (0 – 50 mpg). correct a condition. Multiple This message displays when the
During driving the bars will shift to messages may display one after the vehicle has detected that the battery
always reflect the most recent other. voltage is dropping beyond a
distance on the right side. This reasonable point. The battery saver
The messages that do not require system starts reducing features of
display cannot be reset. immediate action can be the vehicle that may be noticed. At
acknowledged and cleared by the point that features are disabled,
pressing SET/CLR. The messages this message displays. Turn off
that require immediate action cannot unnecessary accessories to allow
be cleared until that action is the battery to recharge.
performed. All messages should be
taken seriously and clearing the LOW BATTERY
messages does not correct the
This message is displayed when the
problem.
battery voltage is low. See Battery -
The following are some of the North America 0 239.
vehicle messages that may be
displayed depending on your SERVICE BATTERY
vehicle content. CHARGING SYSTEM
This message is displayed when
there is a fault in the battery
charging system. Take the vehicle to
your dealer for service.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Brake System Messages Cruise Control Messages TRUNK OPEN

BRAKE FLUID LOW APPLY BRAKE BEFORE This message will display when the
trunk is open. Close the trunk
This message is displayed when the CRUISE completely.
brake fluid level is low. See Brake If this message displays when
Fluid 0 238. attempting to activate cruise control, Engine Cooling System
apply the brake pedal and try again.
RELEASE PARKING BRAKE Messages
This message is displayed as a CRUISE SET TO XXX
A/C OFF DUE TO HIGH
reminder that the parking brake is This message displays when the ENGINE TEMP
on. Release it before you attempt to cruise control is set and shows the
drive. speed it was set to. See Cruise This message displays when the
Control 0 200. engine coolant becomes hotter than
Compass Messages the normal operating temperature.
To avoid added strain on a hot
Door Ajar Messages engine, the air conditioning
CAL
DOOR(S) OPEN compressor automatically turns off.
This message is displayed when the
When the coolant temperature
compass needs to be calibrated. A vehicle symbol will be displayed returns to normal, the air
See Compass 0 94. on the DIC showing which door is conditioning compressor turns back
open along with this message. on. You can continue to drive the
–– Close the door completely. vehicle.
Two dashes will be displayed if the
compass needs service. See your HOOD OPEN If this message continues to appear,
dealer for service. This message will display when the have the system repaired by your
hood is open. Close the hood dealer as soon as possible to avoid
completely. damage to the engine.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
ENGINE OVERHEATED — Engine Oil Messages Engine Power Messages

IDLE ENGINE
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED
This message displays when the
engine coolant temperature is too This message displays when the This message displays when the
hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to engine oil needs to be changed. vehicle's engine power is reduced.
idle until it cools down. When you change the engine oil, be Reduced engine power can affect
sure to reset the Oil Life System. the vehicle's ability to accelerate.
ENGINE OVERHEATED — See Engine Oil Life System 0 227 If this message is on, but there is no
STOP ENGINE and Driver Information Center (DIC) reduction in performance, proceed
This message displays and a 0 110 for information on how to to your destination. The
continuous chime sounds if the reset the system. See Engine Oil performance may be reduced the
engine cooling system reaches 0 225 and Maintenance Schedule next time the vehicle is driven. The
unsafe temperatures for operation. 0 305 for more information. vehicle may be driven at a reduced
Stop and turn off the vehicle as speed while this message is on, but
OIL PRESSURE LOW — STOP maximum acceleration and speed
soon as it is safe to do so to avoid ENGINE
severe damage. This message may be reduced. Anytime this
clears when the engine has cooled This message displays if low oil message stays on, the vehicle
to a safe operating temperature. pressure levels occur. Stop the should be taken to your dealer for
vehicle as soon as safely possible service as soon as possible.
HIGH COOLANT and do not operate it until the cause
TEMPERATURE of the low oil pressure has been Fuel System Messages
This message displays if the coolant corrected. Check the oil as soon as
possible and have the vehicle FUEL LEVEL LOW
temperature is hot. See Engine
Overheating 0 234. serviced by your dealer. This message displays when the
vehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as
soon as possible.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
TIGHTEN GAS CAP USE TRANSMITTER POCKET XXX TURN INDICATOR

This message displays when the TO START FAILURE
fuel cap is not on tight. Tighten the This message displays when trying When one of the turn signals is out,
fuel cap. to start the vehicle if an RKE this message displays to show
transmitter is not detected. The which bulb needs to be replaced.
Key and Lock Messages transmitter battery may be weak. See Bulb Replacement 0 242 and
See “Starting the Vehicle with a Low Replacement Bulbs 0 247 for more
NO REMOTE DETECTED Transmitter Battery” under Remote information on turn signal bulb
This message displays when the Keyless Entry (RKE) System replacement.
transmitter battery is weak on Operation 0 26.
TURN SIGNAL ON
vehicles with Keyless Access. See
“Starting the Vehicle with a Low Lamp Messages This message is displayed if the
Transmitter Battery” under Remote turn signal has been left on. Turn off
Keyless Entry (RKE) System AUTOMATIC LIGHT the turn signal.
Operation 0 26. CONTROL ON
This message is displayed when the Object Detection System
REPLACE BATTERY IN
REMOTE KEY
automatic light control has been Messages
turned on. See Automatic Headlamp
This message displays when the System 0 128. PARK ASSIST OFF
battery in the Remote Keyless Entry This message displays when the
(RKE) transmitter needs to be AUTOMATIC LIGHT
CONTROL OFF Rear Parking Assist (RPA) system
replaced. See “Battery has been turned off or when there is
Replacement” under Remote This message is displayed when the a temporary condition causing the
Keyless Entry (RKE) System automatic light control has been system to be disabled. See Parking
Operation 0 26. turned off. See Automatic Headlamp Assist 0 204.
System 0 128.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
SERVICE PARK ASSIST Ride Control System Safety Belt Messages

This message displays if there is a Messages SHIFTER LOCKED. BUCKLE
problem with the Rear Parking
Assist (RPA) system. Do not use SERVICE TRACTION SEATBELT
this system to help you park. See CONTROL This message displays if the vehicle
Parking Assist 0 204. This message displays when there is equipped with the Safety Belt
is a problem with the Traction Assurance System and the driver
SERVICE SIDE DETECTION and front outboard passenger,
SYSTEM Control System (TCS). See Traction
Control/Electronic Stability Control if present, safety belts are not
If this message appears, the system 0 198. buckled. The vehicle will not shift
needs service. Take the vehicle to out of P (Park). Buckle the safety
your dealer. SERVICE STABILITRAK belt(s) to unlock the shift lever.
This message displays if there is a This system may not allow the
SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT OFF
problem with the StabiliTrak system. vehicle to shift out of P (Park) if an
This message indicates that the See Traction Control/Electronic object - such as a briefcase,
driver has turned the system off. Stability Control 0 198. handbag, grocery bag, laptop,
or other electronic device - is on the
SIDE DETECTION SYSTEM
UNAVAILABLE
Airbag System Messages front outboard passenger seat.
If this happens, remove the object
This message indicates that the SERVICE AIRBAG from the seat or buckle the
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) This message displays if there is a safety belt.
system is disabled because the problem with the airbag system. If the driver or front outboard
sensor is blocked and cannot detect Take the vehicle to your dealer for passenger unbuckles their safety
vehicles in the blind zone. The service. belt while driving, the safety belt
sensor may be blocked by mud, dirt, reminder chime and light(s) will
snow, ice, or slush. This message come on. See Safety Belt
may also activate during heavy rain Reminders 0 100.
or due to road spray. The vehicle
does not need service. For cleaning,
see Exterior Care 0 294.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
SHIFTER UNLOCKED. BRAKE SERVICE POWER STEERING Starting the Vehicle

TO SHIFT This message displays and a chime Messages
This message displays when the may sound when there may be a
Safety Belt Assurance System times problem with the power steering TURN STEERING WHEEL
out and allows the vehicle to be system. If this message displays START VEHICLE AGAIN
shifted out of P (Park) after and a reduction in steering This message displays when you try
30 seconds following brake apply. performance or loss of power to start the vehicle, but the column
See “Safety Belts” and “Child steering assistance is noticed, see remains locked. Try turning the
Restraints” in the Index for your dealer. steering wheel while starting the
information about the importance of vehicle to unlock the steering
proper restraint use.
SERVICE STEERING
COLUMN LOCK column. If the vehicle still does not
This system may not function start, turn the steering wheel the
properly if the airbag readiness light This message displays if there is a other way, and try starting the
is on. See Airbag Readiness Light problem with the steering column vehicle again.
0 101. lock. Take the vehicle to your dealer
for service. Tire Messages
Security Messages SERVICE VEHICLE SOON SERVICE TIRE MONITOR
THEFT ATTEMPTED This message displays if there is a SYSTEM
problem with the vehicle. Take the This message displays if there is a
This message displays if the vehicle
vehicle to your dealer for service. problem with the Tire Pressure
detects a tamper condition.
Monitor System (TPMS). See Tire
Service Vehicle Messages Pressure Monitor Operation 0 262
for more information.
CHANGE TIMING BELT
This message displays when
scheduled maintenance on the
timing belt is required. See your
dealer for service.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE More than one tire pressure Vehicle Reminder
message can be received at a time.
This message displays when the
To read the other messages that
Messages
system is learning new tires. See
may have been sent at the same ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation
time, press the SET/CLR button. WITH CARE
0 262 for more information.
The DIC also shows the tire
TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADD pressure values. See Driver This message displays when ice
AIR TO TIRE Information Center (DIC) 0 110. conditions are possible.
On vehicles with the Tire Pressure STEERING COLUMN IS

Monitor System (TPMS), this
Transmission Messages LOCKED
message displays when the SERVICE TRANSMISSION This message displays when the
pressure in one or more of the steering column is locked.
vehicle's tires is low. This message displays if there is a
problem with the transmission. See
There is also an icon with the your dealer.
warning that will indicate the
location of the low tire. TRANSMISSION HOT — IDLE
ENGINE
The low tire pressure warning light
will also come on. See Tire This message displays and a chime
Pressure Light 0 107. sounds if the transmission fluid in
the vehicle gets hot. Driving with the
If a tire pressure message displays,
transmission fluid temperature high
inflate the tires until the tire pressure
can cause damage to the vehicle.
is equal to the values shown on the
Stop the vehicle and let it idle to
Tire and Loading Information label.
allow the transmission to cool. This
See Tires 0 253, Vehicle Load
message clears when the fluid
Limits 0 176, and Tire Pressure
temperature reaches a safe level.
0 260.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15

.
Vehicle Using the Touch Screen Radio Settings
Press a screen feature to: . Phone Settings
Personalization
. View more feature options. . Navigation Settings
Use the audio system controls to
access the personalization menus . Enable or disable the feature. . Display Settings
for customizing vehicle features. w : Press to scroll up. . Vehicle Settings
The following are all possible x : Press to scroll down. Each menu is detailed in the
personalization features. Depending following information.
on the vehicle, some may not be Back : Press to return to the
available. previous menu. Languages
To access the Select Languages, then select from
Infotainment System Audio
personalization menu: the available language(s).
System Controls
1. Press Config on the Home
Using the Faceplate Time and Date
page on the infotainment
MENU/SELECT Knob system display or CONFIG on Manually set the time and date. See
. Press to enter, select, or activate the faceplate. Clock 0 94.
a highlighted menu option. 2. Select the desired feature to Radio Settings
. Turn to highlight a menu option. display a list of available
options. Select and depending on the radio
. Press to enable or disable a the following may display:
system setting. 3. Select the desired feature
. Auto Volume
setting.
/ BACK . Gracenote Options
Personalization Menus
. Press to exit a menu. . XM Channel Art
The following list of menu items may
. Press to return to a previous be available: . Max Startup Volume
screen.
. Languages . Maximum Startup Volume
. Time and Date . Number of Favorites Pages
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15

. Radio Favorites Select to enable or disable. . Text Scroll Freeze
. RDS Options XM Channel Art . RDS Text
. XM Categories This feature turns the XM Audio RDS
. Software Versions Menu page background on the XM Select to turn RDS on or off. See
Channel display on and off. “RDS (Radio Data System)” in
Auto Volume
Select to enable or disable. AM-FM Radio 0 139.
This feature adjusts the volume to
minimize the effects of unwanted Max Startup Volume or Maximum Text Scroll Freeze
background noise that can result Startup Volume When on, this allows the RDS Text
from changing road surfaces, driving This feature sets the maximum to scroll across the radio screen.
speeds, or open windows. This startup volume. If the vehicle is
feature works best at lower volume Select to enable or disable.
started and the volume is greater
settings where background noise is than this level, the volume is RDS Text
typically louder than the sound adjusted to this level. When on, this allows the RDS
system volume.
Press + or − to increase or information from the station to be
Select Off, Low, Medium, or High. decrease the volume. displayed.
Gracenote Options Number of Favorites Pages or Select to enable or disable.
Select and the following may Radio Favorites XM Categories
display: Press to set the number of favorites This allows which available XM
. Normalization to display. Categories are used and displayed.
Select the desired number. Press to enable or disable available
Normalization
This feature improves voice RDS Options categories.
recognition and media groupings. Select and the following may Software Versions Menu
See “CD Player,” “USB,” “Auxiliary display: Press to display information about
Devices,” and “Bluetooth Audio” in . RDS the system and update software if
the infotainment manual.
available.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Phone Settings “Pairing a Phone/Device” Customize

“Bluetooth” in the infotainment This feature allows the selection of
Select and depending on the radio
manual. what icons will be on the first
the following may display:
. Device List Navigation Settings Home Page.
. See “Navigation Settings” under Select and follow the screen

Pair Device
“Configure Menu” in the prompts.
. Pair Device (Phone) infotainment manual. Sort
. Pair Device (GPS)
Display Settings This feature allows the icons on the
Device List Press and the following may Home Page to be moved.
Select to connect to a different display: Select and follow the screen
phone source, disconnect a phone, . Home Page Menu prompts.
or delete a phone.
. Rear Camera Options Restore Home Page Defaults
Pair Device
. Display Off This feature will restore the Home
Select to pair a new device. See Page to the factory settings.
“Pairing a Phone/Device” in . Map Settings
Select and follow the screen
“Bluetooth” in the infotainment Home Page Menu prompts.
manual.
Select and the following may Rear Camera Options
Pair Device (Phone) or Pair display:
Device (GPS) For more information on Rear
. Customize Camera Options, see Rear Vision
Select to pair a new phone. See
. Sort Camera (RVC) 0 202.
“Pairing a Phone” in “Bluetooth
(Infotainment Controls)” in Bluetooth . Restore Home Page Defaults Display Off
(Infotainment Controls) 0 150 or
Press to turn the display off. The
Bluetooth (Voice Recognition) 0 153
display will return when any radio
or Bluetooth (Overview) 0 148 or
buttons are pressed or the screen is
touched (if equipped).
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Map Settings Auto Fan Speed fog is likely. The auto rear defog
This feature sets the climate control function can be disabled by
See “Map Settings” in “Configure
Menu” in the infotainment manual. fan speed to maintain the interior pressing 1. When off, the feature
temperature. can be turned on by pressing 1.
Vehicle Settings See “Rear Window Defogger” under
Select High, Medium, or Low.
Select and the following may Climate Control Systems 0 162 or
display: Remote Start Auto Heat Seats Automatic Climate Control System
. Climate and Air Quality When on, this feature will turn the 0 164.
heated seats on when using remote Select On or Off.
. Comfort and Convenience start on cold days.
. Collision Detection Systems Comfort and Convenience
Select On or Off.
. Lighting Select and the following may
Auto Defog display:
. Power Door Locks
When turned on and high humidity . Chime Volume
. Remote Lock/Unlock/Start is detected, the climate control
. system may adjust to outside air Chime Volume
Return to Factory Settings?
supply and turn on the air This allows the selection of the
Climate and Air Quality conditioner or the heater. The fan chime volume level.
speed may slightly increase to help
Select and the following may Select Normal or High.
prevent fogging. When high
display:
humidity is no longer detected, the Collision Detection Systems
. Auto Fan Speed system will return to its prior
. operation. Select and the following may
Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
display:
. Auto Defog Select On or Off.
. Park Assist
. Auto Rear Defog Auto Rear Defog
. Side Blind Zone Alert
When on, this feature turns on the
rear defogger at vehicle start when . Rear Cross Traffic Alert
the interior temperature is cold and
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Park Assist Vehicle Locator Lights Select to enable or disable.

This allows the Parking Assist This allows the vehicle locator lights Auto Door Unlock
feature to be turned on or off. See to be turned on or off.
Parking Assist 0 204. This allows selection of which doors
Select On or Off. will automatically unlock when the
Select On or Off. vehicle is shifted into P (Park) with
Exit Lighting
Side Blind Zone Alert an automatic transmission or when
This allows the selection of how the key is removed from the ignition
This allows the Side Blind Zone long the exterior lamps stay on with a manual transmission with
Alert feature to be turned on or off. when leaving the vehicle when it is keyed ignition or when the vehicle is
See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) dark outside. turned off with a manual
0 206. Select Off, 30 Seconds, 1 Minute, transmission with pushbutton start.
Select On or Off. or 2 Minutes. Select All Doors, Driver Door,
Rear Cross Traffic Alert or OFF.
Power Door Locks
This allows the Rear Cross Traffic Select and depending on the radio Delayed Door Lock
Alert feature to be turned on or off. the following may display: When on, this feature will delay the
Select On or Off. See “Rear Cross . Open Door Anti Lock Out locking of the doors. See Delayed
Traffic Alert” in Rear Vision Camera Locking 0 34.
. Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out
(RVC) 0 202. Select to enable or disable.
. Auto Door Unlock
Lighting Remote Lock/Unlock/Start
. Delayed Door Lock
Select and the following may Select and depending on the radio
display: Open Door Anti Lock Out or the following may display:
Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out
. Vehicle Locator Lights . Remote Unlock Feedback
When on, this feature will keep the
. Exit Lighting . Remote Unlock Light Feedback
driver door from locking until the
door is closed. If this feature is . Remote Lock Feedback
turned on, the Delayed Door Lock
. Remote Door Unlock
menu will not be available.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15

. Passive Door Unlock Remote Door Unlock Passive Door Lock
. Passive Door Lock This allows selection of which doors This allows passive locking to be
. Remote Left in Vehicle will unlock on the first press of K on turned on or off and selection of the
the RKE transmitter. type of feedback.
Remote Unlock Feedback or Select Off, On, or On with Horn
Remote Unlock Light Feedback Select Driver Door or All Doors.
Chirp.
When on, the exterior lamps will If Driver Door is selected, all doors
flash when unlocking the vehicle will unlock on the second press Remote Left in Vehicle Alert
with the RKE transmitter. of K within five seconds of the prior This feature sounds an alert when
Depending on the radio select Flash press. the RKE transmitter is left in the
Lights or OFF, or select to enable or vehicle.
Passive Door Unlock
disable. Select Off or On.
This allows selection of which doors
Remote Lock Feedback are unlocked by pressing the button Return to Factory Settings?
This allows selection of what on the outside door handle.
This returns all of the vehicle
feedback is provided when Select All Doors or Driver Door. personalization settings to the
unlocking the vehicle with the RKE factory settings.
transmitter.
Select Yes or No.
Select Lights and Horn, Lights Only,
Horn Only, or Off.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Lighting 127
Lighting Exterior Lighting ; (Parking Lamps) : Turns on the

parking lamps including all lamps,
Exterior Lamp Controls except the headlamps.
Exterior Lighting 5 (Headlamps) : Turns on the
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 127 headlamps together with the parking
Headlamp High/Low-Beam lamps and instrument panel lights.
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 A warning chime sounds if the driver
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 door is opened when the ignition
Daytime Running switch is off and the headlamps
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 are on.
Automatic Headlamp
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 # (Front Fog Lamps) :
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 129 If equipped, press to turn the lamps
Turn and Lane-Change on or off.
The exterior lamp control is to the
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 See Front Fog Lamps 0 130.
left of the steering column on the
Front Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
instrument panel. When the lights are on, ; will be
Interior Lighting There are four positions: lit. See Lamps On Reminder 0 109.
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 O (Off) : Briefly turn to this position Headlamp High/
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 to turn the automatic lamp control
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 off or on again. Low-Beam Changer
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 AUTO (Automatic) : Turns the
Lighting Features headlamps on automatically at
normal brightness, together with the
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
parking lamps, taillamps, license
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Battery Power Protection . . . . . 132 plate lamps, instrument panel lights,
Exterior Lighting Battery and sidemarker lamps.
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
128 Lighting
3 (Headlamp High/Low-Beam Daytime Running The headlamps automatically

Changer) : Push the turn signal change from DRL to the regular
Lamps (DRL) headlamps depending on the
lever away from you and release to
turn the high beams on. DRL can make it easier for others to darkness of the surroundings. The
see the front of your vehicle during other lamps that come on with the
To return to low beams, push the the day. Fully functional DRL are headlamps will also come on.
lever again or pull it toward you and required on all vehicles first sold in
release. When it is bright enough outside,
Canada. the headlamps go off and the DRL
A light sensor on top of the come on.
instrument panel makes the DRL To turn the DRL off or on again, turn
work, so be sure it is not covered. the exterior lamp control to the off
The DRL system makes the position and then release. For
low-beam headlamps come on at a vehicles first sold in Canada, the
reduced brightness when the DRL cannot be turned off.
This indicator light turns on in the following conditions are met:
instrument cluster when the . The ignition is in the ON/ Automatic Headlamp
high-beam headlamps are on. RUN mode. System
. The exterior lamp control is When it is dark enough outside and
Flash-to-Pass
in AUTO. the exterior lamp control is in the
To flash the high beams, pull the . The engine is running. automatic position, the headlamps
turn signal lever all the way toward come on automatically. See Exterior
you. Then release it. . The parking brake is released or Lamp Controls 0 127.
the vehicle is not in P (Park).
When the DRL are on, only the
low-beam headlamps, at a reduced
level of brightness, will be on. The
taillamps, sidemarker, instrument
panel, and other lamps will not
be on.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Lighting 129
Lights On with Wipers | (Hazard Warning Flasher) :

If the windshield wipers are Press and momentarily hold this
activated in daylight with the engine button on the center stack, to make
on, and the exterior lamp control is the front and rear turn signal lamps
in AUTO, the headlamps, parking flash on and off. This warns others
lamps, and other exterior lamps that you are having trouble. Press
come on. The transition time for the and momentarily hold again to turn
lamps coming on varies based on the flashers off.
wiper speed. When the wipers are
The vehicle has a light sensor on not operating, these lamps turn off. Turn and Lane-Change
top of the instrument panel. Make
sure it is not covered, or the Move the exterior lamp control to P Signals
headlamps will be on when they are or ; to disable this feature.
not needed.
The system may also turn on the Hazard Warning Flashers
headlamps when driving through a
parking garage or tunnel. If the
vehicle is started in a dark garage,
the automatic headlamp system
comes on immediately. If it is light
outside when the vehicle leaves the
garage, there is a slight delay Move the lever all the way up or
before the automatic headlamp down to signal a turn.
system changes to the DRL. During
that delay, the instrument cluster An arrow on the instrument cluster
may not be as bright as usual. Make will flash in the direction of the turn
sure the instrument panel or lane change.
illumination control is in the full
bright position. See Instrument
Panel Illumination Control 0 130.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
130 Lighting
Raise or lower the lever until the The ignition must be on to turn on Interior Lighting
arrow starts to flash to signal a lane the fog lamps.
change. The turn signal flashes # (Front Fog Lamps) : Press to
three times. Instrument Panel
turn the fog lamps on or off. An
The lever returns to its starting indicator light on the instrument
Illumination Control
position when it is released. cluster comes on when the fog
If after signaling a turn or lane lamps are on.
change the arrow flashes rapidly or The fog lamps come on together
does not come on, a signal bulb with the parking lamps.
may be burned out. Replace any If the high-beam headlamps are
burned out bulbs. If a bulb is not turned on, the fog lamps will turn off.
burned out, check the fuse. See If the high-beam headlamps are
Fuses and Circuit Breakers 0 248. turned off, the fog lamps will turn
back on again.
Front Fog Lamps This feature controls the brightness
Some localities have laws that
of the instrument panel controls and
require the headlamps to be on
infotainment display screen. The
along with the fog lamps.
thumbwheel is to the left of the
steering column on the instrument
panel.
D (Instrument Panel
Brightness) : Move the
thumbwheel up or down and hold, to
brighten or dim the instrument panel
controls and infotainment display
For vehicles with front fog lamps, screen.
the button is on the outboard side of
the instrument panel.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Lighting 131
Courtesy Lamps Reading Lamps Lighting Features

The courtesy lamps come on
automatically when any door is Entry Lighting
opened and the dome lamp is in the The headlamps, parking lamps,
door position. taillamps, back-up lamps, and most
of the interior lamps turn on briefly
Dome Lamps at night or in areas of limited lighting
when K is pressed on the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
After about 30 seconds the exterior
The reading lamps are in the lamps turn off, and then the dome
overhead console. and remaining interior lamps will dim
to off. Entry lighting can be disabled
m or n (Reading Lamps) : Press manually by changing the ignition
the button near each lamp to turn it
out of the OFF position, or by
on or off.
pressing the RKE transmitter Q
The dome lamp controls are in the button.
headliner. This feature can be changed. See
* (Dome Lamp Override) : Press “Vehicle Locator Lights” under
to turn the lamps off, even when a Vehicle Personalization 0 121.
door is open.
Exit Lighting
I (Door) : Press to turn the lamps
on automatically when a door is The headlamps, taillamps, back-up
opened. lamps, parking lamps, and license
plate lamps come on at night, or in
+ (On) : Press to turn on the dome areas with limited lighting, when the
lamps. key is removed from the ignition.
The dome lamps also come on
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
132 Lighting
when the key is removed from the Battery Power Protection Exterior Lighting Battery
ignition. The exterior lamps and
dome lamps remain on after the The battery saver feature is Saver
door is closed for a set amount of designed to protect the vehicle's The exterior lamps turn off about
time, then automatically turn off. battery. 10 minutes after the ignition is
If equipped with Keyless Access, If some interior lamps are left on turned off, if the parking lamps or
the exterior lamps and dome lamps and the ignition is turned off, the headlamps have been manually left
automatically turn on when the battery rundown protection system on. This protects against draining
driver door is opened after the automatically turns the lamp off after the battery. To restart the 10-minute
ignition is turned off. See Ignition some time. timer, turn the exterior lamp control
Positions (Keyless Access) 0 180 or to the O position and then back to
Ignition Positions (Key Access) the ; or 2 position.
0 182.
To keep the lamps on for more than
The exterior lamps turn off 10 minutes, the ignition must be in
immediately by turning the exterior the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/
lamp control off. START position.
This feature can be changed. See
Vehicle Personalization 0 121.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Infotainment System 133
Infotainment Phone
Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . . 148
Introduction
System Bluetooth (Infotainment
Controls) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Infotainment
Bluetooth (Voice Read the following pages to
Introduction Recognition) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 become familiar with the audio
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 system's features.
Trademarks and License
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . 134
Agreements
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Trademarks and License { Warning
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Taking your eyes off the road for
Radio extended periods could cause a
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 crash resulting in injury or death
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
to you or others. Do not give
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Satellite Radio Antenna . . . . . . 143 extended attention to infotainment
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 144 tasks while driving.
Audio Players This system provides access to

CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
many audio and non-audio listings.
Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
To minimize taking your eyes off the
road while driving, do the following
while the vehicle is parked:
. Become familiar with the
operation and controls of the
audio system.
. Set up the tone, speaker
adjustments, and preset radio
stations.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
134 Infotainment System
For more information, see Defensive The vehicle has Retained Theft-Deterrent Feature
Driving 0 170. Accessory Power (RAP). With RAP,
the audio system can be played The theft-deterrent feature works by
even after the ignition is turned off. learning a portion of the Vehicle
Caution Identification Number (VIN) to the
See Retained Accessory Power
Contact your dealer before adding (RAP) 0 187. infotainment system. The
any equipment. infotainment system does not
The vehicle may have a base radio, operate if it is stolen or moved to a
Adding audio or communication which is included in this manual. different vehicle.
equipment could interfere with the See the infotainment manual for
operation of the engine, radio, information on the connective radio
or other systems, and could and the navigation system, audio
damage them. Follow federal players, phone, and voice
recognition. There is also
rules covering mobile radio and
information on settings and
telephone equipment.
downloadable applications (if
equipped).
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Overview 4. k (Play/Pause)
. CD: Pauses playback, and
stops playback.
5. l (Next/Fast Forward)
. Radio: Seeks the next
station.
. CD: Selects the next track
or fast forwards within a
track.
6. CLOCK
. Opens the clock menu.
7. INFO (Information)
. Radio: Shows available
information about the
current station.
. CD: Shows available
1. O (Power/Volume) 3. g (Previous/Reverse) information about the
current track.
. Turns the system on or off . Radio: Seeks the previous
and adjusts the volume. station. 8. TONE
2. Buttons 1–6 . CD: Selects the previous . Opens the tone menu.
. Radio: Saves and selects track or rewinds within a 9. AS (Autostore)
favorite stations. track. . Radio: Opens the autostore
stations list.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
10. Y (Eject) 15. CONFIG (Configure) Automatic Switch-Off

. Removes a disc from the . Opens the settings menu. If the infotainment system has been
CD slot. 16. CD Slot turned on after the ignition is turned
off, the system will turn off
11. MENU/SEL . Insert a CD. automatically after 10 minutes.
. Turn to open menus, 17. CD/AUX Volume Control
highlight menu items, or set
. Selects the CD player or an
numeric values while in O (Power/Volume) : Turn to adjust
a menu. external audio source. the volume.
. Press to select menu items. 18. BAND 5 / > (Phone/Mute) : Press to
. . Changes the band while mute the infotainment system. Press
Radio: Manually selects
radio stations. listening to the radio. 5 / > again, or turn the O knob to
. Selects the radio when cancel mute.
. CD: Selects tracks.
listening to a different audio Menu System
12. BACK source.
The menu system appears on the
. Menu: Moves one display screen.
level back. Operation
. Character Input: Deletes Controls
Controls
the last character. The MENU/SEL knob and the BACK
The infotainment system is operated button are used to navigate the
13. FAV (Favorite Pages) by using the pushbuttons, menu system.
. Radio: Opens the multifunction knobs, menus shown
on the display, and steering wheel MENU/SEL Knob : Press to:
favorites list.
controls, if equipped. . Enter the menu system.
14. 5 \ > (Phone/Mute) .
Turning the System On or Off Select or activate the highlighted
. Opens the phone menu option.
main menu. O (Power/Volume) : Press to turn
the system on and off. . Confirm a set value.
. Mutes the audio system.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15

. Turn a system setting on or off. Submenus 2. Press the MENU/SEL knob to
Turn to: An arrow on the right-hand edge of confirm the setting.
. Highlight a menu option. the menu indicates that it has a Turning a Function On or Off
submenu with other options.
. Select a value.
Activating a Setting
BACK : Press to:
. Exit a menu.
. Return from a submenu screen
to the previous menu screen.
. Delete the last character in a 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to
sequence. highlight the function.
Selecting a Menu Option 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to 2. Press the MENU/SEL knob to
highlight the setting. turn the function on or off.
2. Press the MENU/SEL knob to Entering a Character Sequence
activate the setting.
Setting a Value
1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to

move the highlighted bar.
2. Press the MENU/SEL knob to 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to
select the highlighted option. highlight the character.
1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to 2. Press the MENU/SEL knob to
change the current value of the select the character.
setting.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Press the BACK button to delete the Adjusting the Fader and Balance 5. Press the BACK button to go
last character in the sequence or 1. Press the TONE button. back to the System
press and hold to delete the entire Configuration menu.
character sequence. 2. Select Fader or Balance.
Auto Volume
Audio Settings 3. Select the value.
The auto volume feature
The audio settings can be set for Press the BACK button to go back automatically adjusts the radio
each radio band and each audio to the Tone Settings menu. volume to compensate for road and
player source. Adjusting the EQ (Equalizer) wind noise as the vehicle speeds up
or slows down, so that the volume
To quickly reset an audio setting If equipped with an equalizer: level is consistent.
value to 0:
1. Press the TONE button. The level of volume compensation
1. Press the TONE button.
2. Select EQ presets. can be selected, or the auto volume
2. Select the audio setting. feature can be turned off.
3. Select the setting.
3. Press and hold the MENU/SEL 1. Press the CONFIG button.
knob until the value changes Press the BACK button to go back
to the Tone Settings menu. 2. Select Radio Settings.
to 0.
System Settings 3. Select Auto Volume.
Press the BACK button to go back
to the Tone Settings menu. 4. Select the setting.
Configuring the Number of
Adjusting the Treble, Midrange, Favorite Pages 5. Press the BACK button to go
and Bass back to the System
To configure the number of available
Configuration menu.
1. Press the TONE button. favorite pages:
1. Press the CONFIG button. Maximum Startup Volume
2. Select Treble, Midrange,
or Bass. 2. Select Radio Settings. The maximum volume played when
the radio is first turned on can
3. Select the value. 3. Select Radio Favorites. be set.
Press the BACK button to go back 4. Select the number of available 1. Press the CONFIG button.
to the Tone Settings menu. favorite pages.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
2. Select Radio Settings. Radio RDS (Radio Data System)

3. Select Maximum Startup The radio may have RDS. The RDS
Volume. AM-FM Radio feature is available for use only on
4. Select the setting. FM stations that broadcast RDS
Control Buttons information. This feature only works
5. Press the BACK button to go when the information from the radio
The buttons used to control the
back to the System station is available. In rare cases, a
radio are:
Configuration menu. radio station could broadcast
BAND : Press to turn the radio on incorrect information that causes the
and choose between AM, FM, and radio features to work improperly.
SiriusXM®, if equipped. If this happens, contact the radio
MENU/SEL : Turn to navigate the station.
available menus and to search for While the radio is tuned to an
stations. FM-RDS station, the station name
INFO : Press to display additional or call letters display.
information that may be available for
Radio Menus
the current song.
Radio menus are available for AM
g or l : Press to search for and FM.
stations.
Turn the MENU/SEL knob to open
FAV : Press to open the favorites
the main radio menu for that band.
list and select the favorites page.
1 to 6 : Press to select preset Selecting a Band
stations. Press the BAND button to choose
AS (Autostore) : Press to open the AM, FM, or SiriusXM, if equipped.
autostore list. The last station that was playing
starts playing again.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Selecting a Station 2. Select AM or FM Station List. The category lists are updated when
All receivable stations in the the station lists are updated.
Seek Tuning current reception area are
displayed. If a station list has Updating Station & Category Lists
If the radio station is not known:
not been created, an automatic If stations stored in the station list
Briefly press g or l to station search is done. can no longer be received:
automatically search for the next
available station. If a station is not 3. Select the station. 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob.
found, the radio switches to a more Category Lists 2. Select Update AM or FM
sensitive search level. If a station Station List, if the stations
still is not found, the frequency that Most stations that broadcast an stored in the station list are no
was last active begins to play. RDS program type code specify the longer received. A station
type of programming transmitted. search will be completed and
If the radio station is known: Some stations change the program the first station in the updated
type code depending on the
Press and hold g or l until the list will play.
content. The system stores the RDS
station on the display is reached, stations sorted by program type in To cancel the station search, press
then release the button. the FM category list. the MENU/SEL knob.
Manual Tuning To search for a programming type Storing a Station as a Favorite
Turn the MENU/SEL knob to select determined by station:
Stations from all bands can be
the frequency on the display. 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob. stored in any order in the favorite
Favorites List 2. Select FM category list. A list pages.
1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob. of all programming types Up to six stations can be stored in
available displays. each favorite page and the number
2. Select Favorites List. of available favorite pages can
3. Select the programming type.
3. Select the station. A list of stations that transmit be set.
Station Lists programming of the selected
type displays.
1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob.
4. Select the station.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Storing Stations 4. Repeat steps 1 and 2 to A service fee is required to receive

To store the station to a position in autostore stations on the other the SiriusXM service. If SiriusXM
the list, press the corresponding radio band. service needs to be reactivated, the
button 1 to 6 until a beep is heard. Press the AS button to alternate radio will display "No Subscription
between the autostore pages 1 and Please Renew" on channel XM1.
Retrieving Stations 2 of the selected radio band. For more information, contact
Press the FAV button to open a SiriusXM at www.siriusxm.com or
AS displays on the radio when using 1-866-635-2349 in the U.S.,
favorite page or to switch to another autostore presets.
favorite page. Briefly press one of or www.xmradio.ca or
the 1 to 6 buttons to retrieve the Autostore does not delete 1-877-209-0079 in Canada.
station. previously stored favorite stations. Control Buttons
Autostore Stations Autostore does not function with The buttons used to control the
SiriusXM radio stations. SiriusXM radio are:
AS (Autostore) : Autostore
searches and stores 12 FM and Satellite Radio BAND : Press to turn the radio on
12 AM stations with the strongest and choose between AM, FM, and
signal on two pages with six Vehicles with a SiriusXM® Satellite SiriusXM.
stations stored on each page. To Radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM
use autostore: Satellite Radio subscription can g or l : Press to go to the
receive SiriusXM programming. previous or next channel.
1. Press BAND to select FM FAV : Press to open the
or AM. SiriusXM Satellite Radio favorites list.
2. Press and hold AS until a beep Service
1 to 6 : Press to select a favorite.
sounds. SEARCH displays on SiriusXM is a satellite radio service
the radio, followed by the based in the 48 contiguous United MENU/SEL : Turn to select a
number of stations found. States and 10 Canadian provinces. channel.
3. The radio will automatically SiriusXM Satellite Radio has a wide INFO : Press to display additional
store the 12 strongest stations variety of programming and information that may be available
found as autostore presets. commercial-free music, coast to about the current song.
coast, and in digital-quality sound.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
k (Play/Pause) : Press to pause Selecting a SiriusXM Channel 2. Select the desired channel.
time shifted content, if equipped. SiriusXM channels can be selected Selecting a Channel Using the
Selecting the SiriusXM Band by using g, l , the MENU/SEL Menu System
knob, or the Menu system. 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob.
Press the BAND button to choose
between the AM, FM, and SiriusXM Selecting a Channel Using g 2. Select XM Category List.
bands. The last channel played in
that band begins to play when that or l 3. Select the category.
band is selected. . Press and release g or l to 4. Select the channel.
SiriusXM Categories go to the previous or next Storing a SiriusXM Channel as
channel. a Favorite
SiriusXM channels are organized in
categories. . Press and hold g or l to Channels from all bands can be
scroll through the previous or stored in any order in the favorite
Removing or Adding Categories next channel until the channel is pages.
Channels in a category that have reached. Up to six channels can be stored in
been removed can still be accessed
Selecting a Channel Using the each favorite page and the number
by using g or l , or the MENU/ MENU/SEL Knob of available favorite pages can
SEL knob. be set.
To select a SiriusXM channel using
To add or remove categories: the MENU/SEL knob: Storing a Channel as a Favorite
1. Press the CONFIG button. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to To store the channel to a position in
2. Select Radio Settings. highlight a SiriusXM channel. The the list, press and hold the
channel is selected after a short corresponding 1 to 6 button until the
3. Select XM Categories. delay. channel can be heard again.
4. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to To select a channel using the
highlight the category. MENU/SEL knob:
5. Press the MENU/SEL knob to 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob and
remove or add the category. select Channel List.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Retrieving Channels AM Cell Phone Usage

Press the FAV button to open a The range for most AM stations is Cell phone usage, such as making
favorite page or to change to greater than for FM, especially at or receiving phone calls, charging,
another favorite page. Briefly press night. The longer range can cause or just having the phone on may
one of the 1 to 6 buttons to retrieve station frequencies to interfere with cause static interference in the
the channel. each other. Static can also occur radio. Unplug the phone or turn it off
when things like storms and power if this happens.
Radio Reception lines interfere with radio reception.
Frequency interference and static
When this happens, try reducing the Satellite Radio Antenna
treble on the radio.
can occur during normal radio The SiriusXM Satellite Radio
reception if items such as phone SiriusXM Satellite Radio antenna is located on the roof of the
chargers, vehicle convenience Service vehicle. Keep the antenna clear of
accessories, and external electronic obstructions for clear radio
devices are plugged into the If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite reception.
accessory power outlet. If there is Radio Service provides digital radio
reception. Tall buildings or hills can If the vehicle has a sunroof, the
interference or static, unplug the
interfere with satellite radio signals, performance of the SiriusXM system
item from the accessory power
causing the sound to fade in and may be affected if the sunroof
outlet.
out. In addition, traveling or standing is open.
FM under heavy foliage, bridges,
FM signals only reach about 16 to garages, or tunnels may cause loss
65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the of the SiriusXM signal for a period
radio has a built-in electronic circuit of time.
that automatically works to reduce
interference, some static can occur,
especially around tall buildings or
hills, causing the sound to fade in
and out.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Multi-Band Antenna Audio Players mixed with water, and clean it. Wipe
the disc from the center to the
The multi-band antenna is on the outer edge.
roof of the vehicle. The antenna is CD Player
used for the AM-FM radio, OnStar, Care of the CD Player
The CD player can play audio CDs
the SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service and MP3 CDs. Do not add a label to a disc, as it
System, and GPS (Global could get caught in the CD player.
Positioning System), if the vehicle The CD player will not play If a label is needed, label the top of
has these features. Keep the 8 cm (3 in) CDs. the recorded disc with a
antenna clear of obstructions for Care of CDs marking pen.
clear reception.
Sound quality can be reduced due Do not use disc lens cleaners
If the vehicle has a sunroof, the to disc quality, recording method, because they could contaminate the
performance of the features listed quality of the music recorded, and lens of the disc optics and damage
above may be affected if the how the disc has been handled. the CD player.
sunroof is open. Handle discs carefully and store
them in their original cases or other Caution
protective cases away from direct
sunlight and dust. If the bottom If a label is added to a CD, more
surface of a disc is damaged, the than one CD is inserted into the
disc may not play properly or at all. slot at a time, or an attempt is
Do not touch the bottom surface of made to play scratched or
a disc while handling it; this could damaged CDs, the CD player
damage the surface. Pick up discs could be damaged. While using
by grasping the outer edges or the the CD player, use only CDs in
edge of the hole and the outer edge. good condition without any label,
If the bottom surface of a disc is load one CD at a time, and keep
dirty, take a soft lint-free cloth, the CD player and the loading slot
or dampen a clean soft cloth in a free of foreign materials, liquids,
mild neutral detergent solution and debris.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Control Buttons Playing a CD or MP3 CD Selecting an MP3 Track

The buttons used to control the CD Press the CD/AUX button if there is Using the control buttons:
player are: a disc in the player; it begins
playing.
. Press g or l to select the
CD/AUX : Press to use the CD previous or next track.
player. Information about the disc and
current track is shown on the Using the CD Menu:
l or g : Press to select tracks or display depending on the data
to fast forward or rewind within a 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob.
track. stored.
2. Select Playlists/Folders.
INFO : Press to display additional Selecting a CD Track 3. Select the playlist or folder.
information about the current track Using the control buttons: 4. Select the track.
that may be available.
. Press g or l to select the Searching for MP3 Tracks
MENU/SEL : Turn to enter previous or next track.
the menu. The search feature may take some
Using the CD Menu: time to display the information after
Y : Press to eject the disc.
1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob. reading the disc due to the amount
Inserting a CD of information stored on the disc.
2. Select Tracks list. FM automatically plays while the
With the printed side facing up,
3. Select the track. disc is being read.
insert a disc into the CD slot until it
is drawn in. Playing Tracks in Random Order Tracks can be searched by:
Removing a CD Turn the MENU/SEL knob and then . Playlists
set Shuffle Songs to On. . Artists
Press Y.
Fast Forward and Rewind . Albums
The disc is pushed out of the
CD slot. Press and hold l or g to fast . Song Titles
If the disc is not removed after it is forward or rewind within the current . Genres
ejected, it is pulled back in after a track.
. Folder View
few seconds.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
To search for tracks: Adjusting the Volume Connecting an iPod

1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob. Turn the O knob to adjust the Connect the iPod to the USB port.
2. Select Search. volume of the infotainment system Searching for a Track
after the volume level has been set
3. Select: Playlists, Artists, on the portable audio device. Tracks that are found can be
Albums, Song Titles, Genres, searched for by:
or Folder View. USB Port . Playlists
4. Select the track. For vehicles with a USB port, the . Artists
following devices may be connected
Auxiliary Devices and controlled by the infotainment . Albums
system. . Song Titles
If equipped, the AUX inputs are in
the center console and allow . iPods . Podcasts
portable devices to connect to the . PlaysForSure Devices (PFDs) . Genres
vehicle using the 3.5 mm (1/8 in)
auxiliary jack or USB port. . USB Drives . Audio Books
Portable devices are controlled by . Zunes® . Composers
using the menu system described in Not all iPods, PFDs, USB drives, To search for tracks:
Operation 0 136. and Zunes are compatible with the
infotainment system. Devices are 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob.
3.5 mm Jack
also charged while plugged into the 2. Select Search.
Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to USB port.
the auxiliary input jack to use a 3. Select: Playlists, Artists,
portable audio player. Connecting and Controlling Albums, Song Titles, Podcasts,
an iPod Genres, Audio Books,
Playback of an audio device that is or Composers.
connected to the 3.5 mm jack can Not all iPods can be controlled by
only be controlled using the controls the infotainment system. 4. Select the track.
on the device.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Shuffle Searching for a Track Repeat Functionality

Turn the MENU/SEL knob and set Tracks can be searched for by: Turn the MENU/SEL knob and set
Shuffle Songs (Random) to On or . Playlists Repeat to On or Off.
Off, then press the BACK button to Repeat On : Repeats the current
return to the main screen. . Artists
track.
On : Plays tracks in the current . Albums
Repeat Off : Starts playback from
folder in random order. . Song Titles the beginning of the current track
Off : Plays tracks in the current . Podcasts after the last track finishes.
folder in sequential order.
. Genres Connecting and Controlling a
Repeat USB Drive
To search for tracks:
Turn the MENU/SEL knob and set The infotainment system can only
Repeat to On or Off, then press the 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob.
play back .mp3 and .wma files from
BACK button to return to the main 2. Select Search. a USB drive.
screen. 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Only the first 10,000 songs are
On : Repeats the current track. Albums, Song Titles, Podcasts, recognized on the device.
Off : Starts playback from the or Genres.
When a device is not supported, the
beginning of the current track after 4. Select the track. message “No supported data found.
the last track finishes. You can safely disconnect the
Shuffle Functionality
Connecting and Controlling a device” appears.
Turn the MENU/SEL knob and set
PlaysForSure Device (PFD) Shuffle Songs (Random) to On Connecting a USB Drive
or Zune or Off. Connect the USB drive to the
Connecting a PFD or Zune On : Plays current tracks in random USB port.
Connect the PFD or Zune to the order.
USB port. Off : Plays current tracks in
sequential order.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Searching for a Track 4. Select the track. Phone

It is normal for the search feature to Shuffle Functionality
take some time to display the
Turn the MENU/SEL knob and set Bluetooth (Overview)
information after reading the device
due to the amount of information Shuffle Songs (Random) to On For vehicles equipped with
stored. or Off. Bluetooth capability, the system can
On : Plays current tracks in random interact with many cell phones,
Files that do not have any meta allowing:
data stored in the ID3 tag display as order.
Unknown. Off : Plays current tracks in . Placement and receipt of calls in
sequential order. a hands-free mode.
Tracks can be searched for by:
. Sharing of the cell phone’s
. Playlists* Repeat Functionality
address book or contact list with
. Artists Turn the MENU/SEL knob and set the vehicle.
Repeat to On or Off.
. Albums To minimize driver distraction,
Repeat On : Repeats the current before driving, and with the vehicle
. Song Titles track. parked:
. Genres Repeat Off : Starts playback from . Become familiar with the
. Folder View the beginning of the current track features of the cell phone.
after the last track finishes. Organize the phone book and
*This only displays if a playlist is
found on the device. contact lists clearly and delete
duplicate or rarely used entries.
To search for tracks: If possible, program speed dial
1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob. or other shortcuts.
2. Select Search. . Review the controls and
operation of the infotainment
3. Select: Playlists, Artists, system.
Albums, Song Titles, Genres,
or Folder View.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15

. Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. recognition are used to control the Infotainment System Controls
The system may not work with system. The system can be used If equipped, the infotainment system
all cell phones. See “Pairing” in while in ON/RUN or ACC/ allows certain controls to be
this section. ACCESSORY. The range of the selected on the infotainment display.
. If the cell phone has voice Bluetooth system can be up to 9.1 m See OnStar Overview 0 334.
dialing capability, learn to use (30 ft). Not all phones support all
functions and not all phones work For information about how to
that feature to access the navigate the menu system using the
address book or contact list. See with the Bluetooth system. See
www.gm.com/bluetooth for more infotainment controls. See
“Voice Pass-Thru” in this Operation 0 136.
section. information about compatible
phones. 5 \ > (Phone/Mute) : Press to
. See “Storing and Deleting Phone
Bluetooth Controls enter the Phone main menu. Press
Numbers” in this section. to mute the audio system.
Use the buttons located on the
{ Warning infotainment system and the Voice Recognition
steering wheel to operate the The voice recognition system uses
When using a cell phone, it can Bluetooth system. commands to control the system
be distracting to look too long or and dial phone numbers.
too often at the screen of the Steering Wheel Controls
phone or the infotainment system. b / g (Push To Talk) : Press to Noise : The system may not
Taking your eyes off the road too answer incoming calls, confirm recognize voice commands if there
long or too often could cause a system information, and start voice is too much background noise.
crash resulting in injury or death. recognition. When to Speak : A tone sounds to
Focus your attention on driving. $ / i (End Call/Mute) : Press to indicate that the system is ready for
end a call, reject a call, or cancel an a voice command. Wait for the tone
operation. and then speak.
Vehicles with a Bluetooth system
can use a Bluetooth-capable cell How to Speak : Speak clearly in a
phone with a Hands-Free Profile to calm and natural voice.
make and receive phone calls. The
infotainment system and voice
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Audio System pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth to the system. To link to a
phone is not connected, calls will be different paired phone, see
When using the Bluetooth system,
made using OnStar Hands-Free “Linking to a Different Phone”
sound comes through the vehicle's
Calling, if available. See Operation later in this section.
front audio system speakers and
0 136.
overrides the audio system. Use the Pairing a Phone
VOL/ O knob during a call to Pairing Information 1. Press the CONFIG button.
change the volume level. The . A Bluetooth phone with MP3
adjusted volume level remains in 2. Select Phone Settings.
capability cannot be paired to
memory for later calls. The system the vehicle as a phone and an 3. Select Bluetooth.
maintains a minimum volume level. MP3 player at the same time. 4. Select Pair Device (Phone).
Other Information . Up to five cell phones can be A four-digit Personal
paired to the Bluetooth system. Identification Number (PIN)
See Radio Frequency Statement appears on the display. The
0 331. . The pairing process is disabled
PIN is used in Step 6.
when the vehicle is moving.
Bluetooth (Infotainment 5. Start the pairing process on the
. Pairing only needs to be
cell phone to be paired to the
Controls) completed once, unless the vehicle. See the cell phone
pairing information on the cell manufacturer's user guide for
For information about how to phone changes or the cell phone
navigate the menu system using the information on this process.
is deleted from the system.
infotainment controls, see Operation 6. Locate the device named “Your
0 136. . Only one paired cell phone can
Vehicle” in the list on the cell
be connected to the Bluetooth phone. Follow the instructions
Pairing system at a time. on the cell phone to enter the
A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone . If multiple paired cell phones are PIN provided in Step 4. After
must be paired to the Bluetooth within range of the system, the the PIN is successfully entered,
system and then connected to the system connects to the first the system prompts you to
vehicle before it can be used. See available paired cell phone in the provide a name for the paired
your cell phone manufacturer's user order that they were first paired cell phone. This name will be
guide for Bluetooth functions before
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
used to indicate which phones Linking to a Different Phone contact your wireless provider to
are paired and connected to To link to a different phone, the new find out if this feature is supported
the vehicle. The system phone must be in the vehicle and by your phone.
responds with “<Phone name> available to be connected to the When a cell phone supports the
has been successfully paired” Bluetooth system before the phone book feature, the Phone
after the pairing process is process is started. Book and Call Lists menus are
complete. automatically available.
1. Press the CONFIG button.
7. Repeat Steps 1–6 to pair The Phone Book menu allows you
additional phones. 2. Select Phone Settings.
to access the phone book stored in
Listing All Paired and Connected 3. Select Bluetooth. the cell phone to make a call.
Phones 4. Select Device List. The Call Lists menu allows you to
1. Press the CONFIG button. 5. Select the new phone to link to access the phone numbers from the
and follow the on screen Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls, and
2. Select Phone Settings. Missed Calls menus on your cell
prompts.
3. Select Bluetooth. phone to make a call.
If delete is selected, the
4. Select Device List. highlighted phone will be To make a call using the Phone
deleted. Book menu:
Deleting a Paired Phone
1. Press the CONFIG button. Making a Call Using 1. Press 5 \ > once or twice
Phone Book (depending on the radio).
2. Select Phone Settings.
For cell phones that support the 2. Select Phone Book.
3. Select Bluetooth.
phone book feature, the Bluetooth 3. Search through the list by
4. Select Device List. system can use the contacts stored selecting the letter group the
5. Select the phone to delete and on your cell phone to make calls. phone book entry begins with,
follow the on screen prompts. See your cell phone phone or press the MENU/SEL knob
manufacturer's user guide or to scroll through the entire list
of names/numbers in the
phone book.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
4. Select the name or number you Accepting or Declining a Call Switching Between Calls (Call
want to call. Waiting Calls Only)
When an incoming call is received,
To make a call using the Call the infotainment system mutes and To switch between calls:
Lists menu: a ring tone is heard in the vehicle. 1. Turn or press the MENU/
1. Press 5 \ > once or twice Accepting a Call SEL knob.
(depending on the radio). Turn the MENU/SEL knob to 2. Select Switch Call from
2. Select Call Lists. “Answer” and press the MENU/SEL the menu.
knob to accept the call. Conference Calling
3. Select the Incoming Calls,
Outgoing Calls, or Missed Declining a Call Conference calling and three-way
Calls list. calling must be supported on the
Turn the MENU/SEL knob to
4. Select the name or number you “Decline” and press the MENU/SEL Bluetooth phone and enabled by the
want to call. knob to decline the call. wireless service carrier to work.
Making a Call Call Waiting To start a conference while in a
current call:
To make a call: Call waiting must be supported on
the Bluetooth phone and enabled by 1. Turn or press the MENU/
1. Press 5 \ > once or twice the wireless service carrier to work. SEL knob.
(depending on the radio). 2. Select Enter Number.
Accepting a Call
2. Enter the character sequence. 3. Enter the character sequence
See “Entering a Character Turn the MENU/SEL knob to
then select Call. See “Entering
Sequence” in Operation 0 136. “Answer” and press the MENU/SEL
a Character Sequence” in
knob to accept the call.
3. Select Call to start dialing the Operation 0 136.
number. Declining a Call 4. After the call has been placed,
Turn the MENU/SEL knob to turn or press the MENU/SEL
“Decline” and press the MENU/SEL knob and choose Merge Calls.
knob to decline the call.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
5. To add more callers to the 2. Enter the character sequence. Pairing Information
conference call, repeat See “Entering a Character . A Bluetooth phone with MP3
Steps 1–4. The number of Sequence” in Operation 0 136. capability cannot be paired to
callers that can be added is the vehicle as a phone and an
limited by your wireless service Bluetooth (Voice MP3 player at the same time.
carrier.
Recognition) . Up to five cell phones can be
Ending a Call paired to the Bluetooth system.
Using Voice Recognition
Turn or press the MENU/SEL knob . The pairing process is disabled
To use voice recognition, press the
and select Hang Up. when the vehicle is moving.
b / g button on the steering wheel.
Muting a Call Use the commands below for the . Pairing only needs to be
various voice features. For completed once, unless the
To Mute a Call additional information, say “Help” pairing information on the cell
Turn or press the MENU/SEL knob while you are in a voice phone changes or the cell phone
and select Mute Call. recognition menu. is deleted from the system.
To Cancel Mute Pairing . Only one paired cell phone can
be connected to the Bluetooth
Turn or press the MENU/SEL knob A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone system at a time.
and select Mute Call. must be paired to the Bluetooth
system and then connected to the . If multiple paired cell phones are
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency vehicle before it can be used. See within range of the system, the
(DTMF) Tones your cell phone manufacturer's user system connects to the first
The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can guide for Bluetooth functions before available paired cell phone in the
send numbers during a call. This is pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth order that they were first paired
used when calling a menu-driven phone is not connected, calls will be to the system. To link to a
phone system. made using OnStar Hands-Free different paired phone, see
Calling, if available. See Operation “Linking to a Different Phone”
1. Turn or press the MENU/SEL 0 136. later in this section.
knob and select Enter Number.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Pairing a Phone responds with “<Phone name> 2. Say “Bluetooth.”

has been successfully paired”
1. Press b / g. The system after the pairing process is
3. Say “Delete.” The system asks
responds “Ready,” followed by for which phone to delete.
complete.
a tone. 4. Say the name of the phone you
6. Repeat Steps 1–5 to pair want to delete.
2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command additional phones.
can be skipped. Connecting to a Different Phone
Listing All Paired and Connected
3. Say “Pair.” The system Phones To connect to a different cell phone,
responds with instructions and the Bluetooth system looks for the
a four-digit Personal The system can list all cell phones next available cell phone in the
Identification Number (PIN). paired to it. If a paired cell phone is order in which all available cell
The PIN is used in Step 5. also connected to the vehicle, the phones were paired. Depending on
system responds with “is connected” which cell phone you want to
4. Start the pairing process on the after that phone name.
cell phone that you want to connect to, you may have to use
pair. For help with this process, 1. Press b / g. The system this command several times.
see your cell phone responds “Ready,” followed by 1. Press b / g. The system
manufacturer's user guide. a tone. responds “Ready,” followed by
5. Locate the device named “Your 2. Say “Bluetooth.” a tone.
Vehicle” in the list on the cell
phone. Follow the instructions 3. Say “List.” 2. Say “Bluetooth.”
on the cell phone to enter the Deleting a Paired Phone 3. Say “Change phone.”
PIN provided in Step 3. After . If another cell phone is
If the phone name you want to
the PIN is successfully entered, found, the response will be
delete is unknown, see “Listing All
the system prompts you to “<Phone name> is now
Paired and Connected Phones.”
provide a name for the paired connected.”
cell phone. This name will be 1. Press b / g. The system
used to indicate which phones . If another cell phone is not
responds “Ready,” followed by
are paired and connected to a tone. found, the original phone
the vehicle. The system remains connected.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Storing and Deleting Phone 2. Say “Store.” directions given by the system
Numbers 3. Say the phone number or to save a name tag for this
group of numbers you want to number.
The system can store up to 30
phone numbers as name tags in the store all at once with no Using the “Delete” Command
Hands-Free Directory that is shared pauses, then follow the
between the Bluetooth and OnStar directions given by the system 1. Press b / g. The system
systems. to save a name tag for this responds “Ready,” followed by
number. a tone.
The following commands are used
to delete and store phone numbers. Using the “Digit Store” Command 2. Say “Delete.”
Store : This command will store a If an unwanted number is 3. Say the name tag you want to
phone number, or a group of recognized by the system, say delete.
numbers as a name tag. “Clear” at any time to clear the last Using the “Delete All Name Tags”
number. Command
Digit Store : This command allows
a phone number to be stored as a To hear all of the numbers This command deletes all stored
name tag by entering the digits one recognized by the system, say name tags in the Hands Free
at a time. “Verify” at any time. Calling Directory and the
Delete : This command is used to 1. Press b / g. The system Destinations Directory.
delete individual name tags. responds “Ready,” followed by To delete all name tags:
Delete All Name Tags : This a tone.
1. Press b / g. The system
command deletes all stored name 2. Say “Digit Store.” responds “Ready,” followed by
tags in the Hands-Free Calling
3. Say each digit, one at a time, a tone.
Directory and the Destinations
Directory. that you want to store. After 2. Say “Delete all name tags.”
each digit is entered, the
Using the “Store” Command system repeats back the digit it
heard followed by a tone. After
1. Press b / g. The system the last digit has been entered,
responds “Ready,” followed by say “Store,” and then follow the
a tone.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Listing Stored Numbers Using the “Dial” or “Call” If an unwanted number is

Command recognized by the system, say
The list command will list all stored
“Clear” at any time to clear the last
numbers and name tags. 1. Press b / g. The system number.
Using the “List” Command responds “Ready,” followed by
a tone. To hear all of the numbers
1. Press b / g. The system recognized by the system, say
2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” “Verify” at any time.
responds “Ready,” followed by
a tone. 3. Say the entire number without
1. Press b / g. The system
pausing or say the name tag.
2. Say “Directory.” responds “Ready,” followed by
Once connected, the person called a tone.
3. Say “Hands Free Calling.” will be heard through the audio
speakers. 2. Say “Digit Dial.”
4. Say “List.”
3. Say each digit, one at a time,
Making a Call Calling 911 Emergency
that you want to dial. After
Calls can be made using the 1. Press b / g. The system each digit is entered, the
following commands. responds “Ready,” followed by system repeats back the digit it
a tone. heard followed by a tone. After
Dial or Call : The dial or call the last digit has been entered,
command can be used 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” say “Dial.”
interchangeably to dial a phone
3. Say “911.” Once connected, the person called
number or a stored name tag.
4. Say “Dial” or “Call.” will be heard through the audio
Digit Dial : This command allows a speakers.
phone number to be dialed by Using the “Digit Dial” Command
entering the digits one at a time. Using the “Re-dial” Command
The digit dial command allows a
Re-dial : This command is used to phone number to be dialed by 1. Press b / g. The system
dial the last number used on the cell entering the digits one at a time. responds “Ready,” followed by
phone. After each digit is entered, the a tone.
system repeats back the digit it
heard followed by a tone.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
2. After the tone, say “Re-dial.” . Press $ / i to disconnect the To mute a call, press b / g , and
The system dials the last current call and switch to the call then say “Mute Call.”
number called from the on hold.
connected cell phone. To cancel mute, press b / g , and
Once connected, the person called
Three-Way Calling then say “Un-mute Call.”
will be heard through the audio Three-way calling must be Transferring a Call
speakers. supported on the cell phone and
enabled by the wireless service Audio can be transferred between
Receiving a Call carrier. the Bluetooth system and the cell
When an incoming call is received, phone.
the audio system mutes and a ring
1. While on a call, press b / g. The cell phone must be paired and
tone is heard in the vehicle. 2. Say “Three-way call.” connected with the Bluetooth
system before a call can be
. Press b / g to answer the call. 3. Use the dial or call command
transferred. The connection process
to dial the number of the third
. Press $ / i to ignore a call. party to be called. can take up to two minutes after the
ignition is turned to ON/RUN.
Call Waiting 4. Once the call is connected,
To Transfer Audio from the
Call waiting must be supported on press b / g to link all callers
Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone
the cell phone and enabled by the together.
During a call with the audio in the
wireless service carrier. Ending a Call vehicle:
. Press b / g to answer an $ / i to end a call.
Press 1. Press b / g.
incoming call when another call
is active. The original call is Muting a Call 2. Say “Transfer Call.”
placed on hold. During a call, all sounds from inside To Transfer Audio to the Bluetooth
. Press b / g again to return to the vehicle can be muted so that the System from a Cell Phone
the original call. person on the other end of the call
During a call with the audio on the
cannot hear them.
. To ignore the incoming call, no cell phone, press b / g. The audio
action is required. transfers to the vehicle. If the audio
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
does not transfer to the vehicle, use Dual Tone Multi-Frequency Trademarks and
the audio transfer feature on the cell (DTMF) Tones
phone. See your cell phone License Agreements
manufacturer's user guide for more The Bluetooth system can send
numbers and the numbers stored as The Bluetooth® word mark and
information.
name tags during a call. You can logos are owned by the Bluetooth®
Voice Pass-Thru use this feature when calling a SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks
menu-driven phone system. by General Motors is under license.
Voice pass-thru allows access to the Other trademarks and trade names
Account numbers can also be
voice recognition commands on the are those of their respective owners.
stored for use.
cell phone. See your cell phone
manufacturer's user guide to see if Sending a Number or Name Tag
the cell phone supports this feature. During a Call
To access contacts stored in the cell 1. Press b / g. The system
phone: responds “Ready,” followed by
1. Press b / g. The system a tone.
responds “Ready,” followed by 2. Say “Dial.”
a tone. Manufactured under license under
3. Say the number or name tag U.S. Patent #'s: 5,451,942;
2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command to send. 5,956,674; 5,974,380; 5,978,762;
can be skipped. 6,487,535 & other U.S. and
Clearing the System worldwide patents issued &
3. Say “Voice.” The system
responds “OK, accessing Unless information is deleted out of pending. DTS and the Symbol are
<phone name>.” the in-vehicle Bluetooth system, it registered trademarks and DTS
will be retained indefinitely. This Digital Surround and the DTS logos
The cell phone's normal prompt includes all saved name tags in the are trademarks of DTS Inc. All
messages will go through their cycle phone book and phone pairing Rights Reserved.
according to the phone's operating information. For information on how
instructions. to delete this information, see the
previous sections on “Storing and
Deleting Phone Numbers.”
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15

. USA Customers — See
www.siriusxm.com or call
1-866-635-2349.
. Canadian Customers — See
www.xmradio.ca or call
1-877-209-0079.
Manufactured under license from Fees and Taxes — Subscription fee, It is prohibited to copy, decompile,
Dolby Laboratories. Dolby and the taxes, one time activation fee, and disassemble, reverse engineer,
double-D symbol are trademarks of other fees may apply. Subscription hack, manipulate, or otherwise
Dolby Laboratories. fee is consumer only. All fees and make available any technology or
programming subject to change. software incorporated in receivers
Subscriptions subject to Customer compatible with the SiriusXM®
Agreement available at Satellite Radio System or that
www.siriusxm.com. XM® service support the SiriusXM website, the
only available in the 48 contiguous Online Service or any of its content.
United States and Canada*. Furthermore, the AMBER voice
*Canada — Some deterioration of compression software included in
“Made for iPod and iPhone” means service may occur in extreme this product is protected by
that an electronic accessory has northern latitudes. This is beyond intellectual property rights including
been designed to connect the control of SiriusXM® Satellite patent rights, copyrights, and trade
specifically to iPod and has been Radio. Explicit Language Notice — secrets of Digital Voice
certified by the developer to meet Channels with frequent explicit Systems, Inc.
Apple performance standards. language are indicated with an “XL” General Requirements:
preceding the channel name.
iPod is a trademark of Apple Channel blocking is available for 1. A License Agreement from
Computer, Inc., registered in the SiriusXM Satellite Radio receivers SiriusXM® is required for any
U.S. and other countries. by notifying SiriusXM at: product that incorporates
SiriusXM Technology and/or for
use of any of the SiriusXM
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
marks to be manufactured, to this product and service. See the “Gracenote Software”) enables this
distributed or marketed in the Gracenote website for a application to perform disc and/or
SiriusXM Service Area. non-exhaustive list of applicable file identification and obtain
2. For products to be distributed, Gracenote patents. Gracenote and music-related information, including
marketed and/or sold in CDDB, MusicID, Media VOCS, the name, artist, track, and title
Canada, a separate agreement Gracenote logo and logotype, and information (“Gracenote Data”) from
is required with Canadian the “Powered by Gracenote” logo online servers or embedded
Satellite Radio Inc. (operating are either registered trademarks or databases (collectively, “Gracenote
as XM Canada). trademarks of Gracenote in the Servers”) and to perform other
United States and/or other functions. You may use Gracenote
countries. Data only by means of the intended
If you require more information End-User functions of this
regarding the use of the Gracenote application or device. You agree that
Service, visit: www.gracenote.com/ you will use Gracenote Data, the
corporate. Gracenote Software, and Gracenote
Servers for your own personal
For the data provided by non-commercial use only. You agree
Music and video recognition Gracenote® Music Recognition not to assign, copy, transfer or
technology and related data are Service, the content is not transmit the Gracenote Software or
provided by Gracenote®. Gracenote necessarily guaranteed 100%. any Gracenote Data to any third
is the industry standard in music Regarding the use of Gracenote party.
recognition technology and related Music Recognition Service, when YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR
content delivery. For more this product is used, it is necessary EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, THE
information, visit to agree to the following articles. GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR
www.gracenote.com. GRACENOTE SERVERS, EXCEPT
Gracenote® End User License
CD, DVD, Blu-ray Disc, and music AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED
and video-related data from This application or device contains HEREIN. You agree that your
Gracenote, Inc., copyright © 2000 to software from Gracenote, Inc. of non-exclusive license to use the
present Gracenote. One or more Emeryville, California (“Gracenote”). Gracenote Data, the Gracenote
patents owned by Gracenote apply The software from Gracenote (the Software, and Gracenote Servers
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
will terminate if you violate these The Gracenote Software and each non-infringement. Gracenote does
restrictions. If your license item of Gracenote Data are licensed not warrant the results that will be
terminates, you agree to cease any to you “AS IS.” Gracenote makes no obtained by your use of the
and all use of the Gracenote Data, representations or warranties, Gracenote software or any
the Gracenote Software, and express or implied, regarding the Gracenote server. In no case will
Gracenote Servers. accuracy of any Gracenote Data Gracenote be liable for any
Gracenote reserves all rights in from in the Gracenote Servers. consequential or incidental
Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Gracenote reserves the right to damages or for any lost profits or
Software, and the Gracenote delete data from the Gracenote lost revenues.
Servers, including all ownership Servers or to change data
rights. categories for any cause that
Under no circumstances will Gracenote deems sufficient.
Gracenote become liable for any No warranty is made that the
payment to you for any information Gracenote Software or Gracenote
that you provide. You agree that Servers are error-free or that
Gracenote, Inc. may enforce its functioning of Gracenote Software
rights under this Agreement against or Gracenote Servers will be
you directly in its own name. uninterrupted.
The Gracenote service uses a Gracenote is not obligated to
unique identifier to track queries for provide you with new enhanced or
statistical purposes. additional data types or categories
The purpose of a randomly that Gracenote may provide in the
assigned numeric identifier is to future and is free to discontinue its
allow the Gracenote service to services at any time.
count queries without knowing Gracenote disclaims all warranties
anything about who you are. For express or implied, including, but
more information, see the web page not limited to, implied warranties of
for the Gracenote Privacy Policy for merchantability, fitness for a
the Gracenote service. particular purpose, title, and
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
162 Climate Controls
Climate Controls Climate Control 7. Defrost

8. Defog
Systems
Climate Control Systems The heating, cooling, defrosting, and
Climate Control Systems . . . . . 162 ventilation for the vehicle can be Vehicles with Air Conditioning
Automatic Climate Control controlled with these systems.
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Vehicles without Air Conditioning
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
1. Temperature Control
2. Bi-level Air Mode
1. Temperature Control 3. Floor Air Mode
2. Bi-level Air Mode 4. Vent Air Mode
3. Floor Air Mode 5. Fan Control
4. Vent Air Mode 6. Driver and Passenger Heated
5. Fan Control Seats (If Equipped)
6. Driver and Passenger Heated 7. Defrost
Seats (If Equipped) 8. Air Conditioning
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Climate Controls 163
9. Defog For best results, clear all snow and Rear Window Defogger
ice from the windshield before
10. Recirculation
defrosting.
1 (Rear Defogger) : Press to turn
11. Rear Window Defogger the rear window defogger on or off.
Do not drive the vehicle until all An indicator light on the button
9 (Fan Control) : Turn to increase windows are clear. comes on to show that the rear
or decrease the fan speed. window defogger is on.
Air Conditioning
Temperature Control : Turn to The defogger only works when the
increase or decrease the # (Air Conditioning, If ignition is in ON/RUN. The defogger
temperature. Equipped) : Press to turn the air turns off if the ignition is in the ACC/
conditioning on or off. If the fan is ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF
Air Delivery Mode Control : To turned off or the outside
change the current mode, press one position.
temperature falls below freezing, the
of the following: air conditioning compressor will Do not drive the vehicle until all
F (Vent) : Air is directed to the not work. windows are clear.
instrument panel outlets. h (Recirculation, If Equipped) : If equipped with heated outside
* (Bi-level) : Air is directed to the Press to turn on the recirculation. rearview mirrors, they turn on when
instrument panel outlets and the An indicator light comes on. Air is the rear window defogger button is
floor outlets. recirculated inside the vehicle. on and help to clear fog or frost from
It helps to quickly cool the air inside the surface of the mirrors. See
7 (Floor) : Air is directed to the Heated Mirrors 0 41.
the vehicle and reduce the entry of
floor outlets.
outside air and odors.
W (Defog) : Clears the windows of To improve fuel efficiency and to Caution
fog or moisture. Air is directed to the
cool the vehicle faster, recirculation
windshield and floor outlets. Do not use a razor blade or sharp
may be automatically selected in
0 (Defrost) : Clears the warm weather. The recirculation object to clear the inside rear
windshield of fog or frost more window. Do not adhere anything
light will not come on. Press h to
quickly. Air is directed to the to the defogger grid lines in the
select recirculation; press it again to rear glass. These actions may
windshield and side window outlets. select outside air.
(Continued)
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
1. Temperature Control To place the system in automatic

Caution (Continued) mode do the following:
damage the rear defogger. 3. AUTO (Automatic Operation) 1. Press AUTO.
Repairs would not be covered by 2. Set the temperature. Allow the
the vehicle warranty. 4. Defrost
system time to stabilize. Then
5. Fan Control adjust the temperature as
Heated Seats (If Equipped) : Press 6. Driver and Passenger Heated needed for best comfort.
to turn the heated seats on or off. Seats (If Equipped) To improve fuel efficiency and to
See Heated Front Seats 0 49 7. Air Conditioning cool the vehicle faster, recirculation
may be automatically selected in
Automatic Climate 8. MODE (Air Delivery Mode) warm weather. The recirculation
Control System 9. Recirculation light will not come on. Press h to
10. Power select recirculation; press it again to
If equipped, the heating, cooling, select outside air.
and ventilation for the vehicle can Automatic Operation
be controlled with this system. English units can be changed to
The system automatically controls metric units through the Driver
the fan speed, air delivery, air Information Center (DIC). See
conditioning, and recirculation in Driver Information Center (DIC)
order to heat or cool the vehicle to 0 110.
the desired temperature.
Manual Operation
When the indicator light is on, the
system is in full automatic operation. O (Power) : Press to turn the
If the air delivery mode or fan climate control system on or off.
setting is manually adjusted, the Fan Control : Turn the knob
auto indicator turns off and displays clockwise or counterclockwise to
will show the selected settings. increase or decrease the fan speed.
The selected fan speed is indicated
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
by a number on the display screen. 0 (Defrost) : Clears the Auto Defog : The climate control
Press AUTO to return to automatic windshield of fog or frost more system may have a sensor to
operation. quickly. Air is directed to the automatically detect high humidity
MODE (Air Delivery Mode) : Press windshield. inside the vehicle. When high
humidity is detected, the climate
to change the direction of the # (Air Conditioning) : Press to control system may adjust to
airflow. The current mode appears turn the automatic air conditioning
in the display screen. Automatic outside air supply and turn on the
on or off. If the fan is turned off or air conditioner. If the climate control
operation is canceled and manual the outside temperature falls below
mode is initiated. Press AUTO to system does not detect possible
freezing, the air conditioning window fogging, it returns to normal
return to automatic operation. compressor will not run. operation. To turn Auto Defog off or
To change the current mode, select Press AUTO to return to automatic on, see “Climate and Air Quality”
one of the following: operation and the air conditioner under Vehicle Personalization
Y (Vent) : Air is directed to the runs as needed. When the indicator 0 121.
instrument panel outlets. light is on, the air conditioner runs
automatically to cool the air inside Rear Window Defogger
\ (Bi-level) : Air is divided the vehicle or to dry the air needed = (Rear Window Defogger) :
between the instrument panel to defog the windshield faster. Press to turn the rear window
outlets and the floor outlets. defogger on or off. An indicator light
h (Recirculation) : Press to turn
C (Tri-Level) : Air is divided on recirculation. An indicator light on the button comes on to show that
between the windshield, instrument comes on. Air is recirculated to the rear window defogger is on.
panel, and floor outlets. quickly cool the inside of the vehicle The defogger only works when the
[ (Floor) : Air is directed to the and reduce the entry of outside air ignition is in ON/RUN. The defogger
floor outlets. and odors. turns off if the ignition is in the ACC/
ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF
- (Defog) : Clears the windows of Automatic Air Recirculation :
position.
fog or moisture. Air is directed to the When the AUTO indicator light is
windshield and floor outlets. on, the air is automatically The rear window defogger can be
recirculated as needed to help set to automatic operation. See
quickly cool the inside of the “Climate and Air Quality” under
vehicle. Vehicle Personalization 0 121.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
When Auto Rear Defog is selected, Heated Seats (If Equipped) : Press Sensors
the rear window defogger turns on to turn the heated seats on or off.
The solar sensor, on top of the
automatically when the interior See Heated Front Seats 0 49.
instrument panel near the
temperature is cold and the outside Remote Start Climate Control windshield, monitors the solar heat.
temperature is about 5 °C (40 °F) Operation : If equipped, the climate
and below. The auto rear defogger The climate control system uses the
control system may run. The driver’s
turns off automatically. At higher sensor information to adjust the
previous settings are used to heat
speeds, the rear window defogger temperature, fan speed,
or cool the vehicle. During extreme
may stay on continuously. recirculation, and air delivery mode
cold temperatures, for manual
for best comfort.
If equipped with heated outside operation, set the temperature
rearview mirrors, they turn on when control to high heat and the fan If the sensor is covered, the
the rear window defogger button is control to medium speed instead of automatic climate control system
on and help to clear fog or frost from high for better results. The rear may not work properly.
the surface of the mirrors. See defog and front heated seats may
Heated Mirrors 0 41. come on if it is cold outside. The
indicators do not come on. See
Caution Remote Vehicle Start 0 32 and
Heated Front Seats 0 49.
Do not try to clear frost or other
material from the inside of the
front windshield and rear window
with a razor blade or anything
else that is sharp. This may
damage the rear window
defogger grid and affect the
radio's ability to pick up stations
clearly. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Air Vents Operation Tips Maintenance

. Clear away any ice, snow,
Adjustable air vents are in the
center and on the side of the
or leaves from air inlets at the Passenger Compartment
base of the windshield that could
instrument panel.
block the flow of air into the
Air Filter
vehicle. The filter reduces dust, pollen, and
. Keep the path under the front other airborne irritants from outside
seats clear of objects to help air that is pulled into the vehicle.
circulate the air inside of the The filter should be replaced as part
vehicle more effectively. of routine scheduled maintenance.
See Maintenance Schedule 0 305.
. Use of non-GM approved hood
deflectors can adversely affect See your dealer regarding
the performance of the system. replacement of the filter.
Check with your dealer before
adding equipment to the outside Service
of the vehicle. All vehicles have a label underhood
that identifies the refrigerant used in
Move the slats (1) to change the the vehicle. The refrigerant system
direction of the airflow. should only be serviced by trained
Use the thumbwheels (2) near the and certified technicians. The air
air vents to open or close off the conditioning evaporator should
airflow. never be repaired or replaced by
one from a salvage vehicle.
Additional air vents are located It should only be replaced by a new
beneath the windshield, driver and evaporator to ensure proper and
passenger side door windows, and safe operation.
in the footwells. These are fixed and
cannot be adjusted. During service, all refrigerants
should be reclaimed with proper
equipment. Venting refrigerants
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
directly to the atmosphere is harmful

to the environment and may also
create unsafe conditions based on
inhalation, combustion, frostbite,
or other health-based concerns.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Driving and Operating 169
Driving and Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Side Blind Zone
Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Operating Parking over Things
That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Fuel
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Engine Exhaust California Fuel
Driving Information Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Running the Vehicle While Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 209
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Automatic Transmission Filling a Portable Fuel
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 191 Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Trailer Towing
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Manual Transmission General Towing Information . . . 211
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 173 Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . 195 Driving Characteristics and
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 174 Brakes Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Antilock Brake Trailer Towing (Fuel Economy
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 175 System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Model) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Trailer Towing (Except Fuel
Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Economy Model) . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Starting and Operating Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 180 Ride Control Systems
Ignition Positions (Keyless Traction Control/Electronic Conversions and Add-Ons
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Add-On Electrical
Ignition Positions (Key Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Cruise Control
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Retained Accessory Driver Assistance Systems
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . 202
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
170 Driving and Operating

.
Driving Information Become familiar with vehicle
features before driving, such as
Refer to the infotainment section for
more information on using that
programming favorite radio system and the navigation system,
Distracted Driving stations and adjusting climate if equipped, including pairing and
Distraction comes in many forms control and seat settings. using a cell phone.
and can take your focus from the Program all trip information into
task of driving. Exercise good any navigation device prior to Defensive Driving
judgment and do not let other driving.
Defensive driving means “always
activities divert your attention away . Wait until the vehicle is parked expect the unexpected.” The first
from the road. Many local to retrieve items that have fallen step in driving defensively is to wear
governments have enacted laws to the floor. the safety belt. See Safety Belts
regarding driver distraction. Become
. Stop or park the vehicle to tend 0 52.
familiar with the local laws in
your area. to children. . Assume that other road users
. Keep pets in an appropriate (pedestrians, bicyclists, and
To avoid distracted driving, always
carrier or restraint. other drivers) are going to be
keep your eyes on the road, hands
careless and make mistakes.
on the wheel, and mind on the drive. . Avoid stressful conversations Anticipate what they might do
. Do not use a phone in while driving, whether with a and be ready.
demanding driving situations. passenger or on a cell phone.
. Allow enough following distance
Use a hands-free method to
between you and the driver in
place or receive necessary { Warning front of you.
phone calls.
Taking your eyes off the road too . Focus on the task of driving.
. Watch the road. Do not read,
long or too often could cause a
take notes, or look up
crash resulting in injury or death.
information on phones or other
Focus your attention on driving.
electronic devices.
. Designate a front seat
passenger to handle potential
distractions.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Drunk Driving Braking Once the power assist is used up, it

can take longer to stop and the
Death and injury associated with Braking action involves perception brake pedal will be harder to push.
drinking and driving is a global time and reaction time. Deciding to
tragedy. push the brake pedal is perception Steering
time. Actually doing it is
{ Warning reaction time. Electric Power Steering
Average driver reaction time is The vehicle has electric power
Drinking and then driving is very about three-quarters of a second. In steering, it does not have power
dangerous. Your reflexes, that time, a vehicle moving at steering fluid. Regular maintenance
perceptions, attentiveness, and 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m is not required.
judgment can be affected by even (66 ft), which could be a lot of
a small amount of alcohol. You distance in an emergency. If power steering assist is lost due
can have a serious — or even to a system malfunction, the vehicle
Helpful braking tips to keep in mind can be steered, but may require
fatal — collision if you drive after
include: increased effort. See your dealer if
drinking.
. Keep enough distance between there is a problem.
Do not drink and drive or ride with you and the vehicle in front If the steering wheel is turned until it
a driver who has been drinking. of you. reaches the end of its travel, and is
Ride home in a cab; or if you are held in that position for an extended
. Avoid needless heavy braking.
with a group, designate a driver period of time, power steering assist
who will not drink. . Keep pace with traffic. may be reduced.
If the engine ever stops while the If the steering assist is used for an
Control of a Vehicle vehicle is being driven, brake extended period of time, power
normally but do not pump the assist may be reduced.
Braking, steering, and accelerating brakes. Doing so could make the
are important factors in helping to pedal harder to push down. If the Normal use of the power steering
control a vehicle while driving. engine stops, there will be some assist should return when the
power brake assist but it will be system cools down.
used when the brake is applied.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
See specific vehicle steering Off-Road Recovery 3. Turn the steering wheel to go
messages under Vehicle Messages straight down the roadway.
0 114.
Curve Tips
Loss of Control
. Take curves at a reasonable Skidding
speed. There are three types of skids that
. Reduce speed before entering a correspond to the vehicle's three
curve. control systems:
. Maintain a reasonable steady . Braking Skid — wheels are not
speed through the curve. rolling.
. Wait until the vehicle is out of . Steering or Cornering Skid —
the curve before accelerating too much speed or steering in a
gently into the straightaway. curve causes tires to slip and
The vehicle's right wheels can drop lose cornering force.
Steering in Emergencies off the edge of a road onto the
shoulder while driving. Follow . Acceleration Skid — too much
. There are some situations when throttle causes the driving
these tips:
steering around a problem may wheels to spin.
be more effective than braking. 1. Ease off the accelerator and
then, if there is nothing in the Defensive drivers avoid most skids
. Holding both sides of the by taking reasonable care suited to
way, steer the vehicle so that it
steering wheel allows you to turn existing conditions, and by not
straddles the edge of the
180 degrees without removing pavement. overdriving those conditions. But
a hand. skids are always possible.
2. Turn the steering wheel about
. Antilock Brake System (ABS) If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
one-eighth of a turn, until the
allows steering while braking. these suggestions:
right front tire contacts the
pavement edge. . Ease your foot off the
accelerator pedal and steer the
way you want the vehicle to go.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
The vehicle may straighten out. Always drive slower in these types Hydroplaning
Be ready for a second skid if it of driving conditions and avoid
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
occurs. driving through large puddles and
can build up under the vehicle's
. Slow down and adjust your deep-standing or flowing water.
tires so they actually ride on the
driving according to weather water. This can happen if the road is
conditions. Stopping distance { Warning wet enough and you are going fast
can be longer and vehicle enough. When the vehicle is
control can be affected when Wet brakes can cause crashes. hydroplaning, it has little or no
traction is reduced by water, They might not work as well in a contact with the road.
snow, ice, gravel, or other quick stop and could cause
pulling to one side. You could There is no hard and fast rule about
material on the road. Learn to
lose control of the vehicle. hydroplaning. The best advice is to
recognize warning clues — such
slow down when the road is wet.
as enough water, ice, or packed After driving through a large
snow on the road to make a puddle of water or a car/vehicle Other Rainy Weather Tips
mirrored surface — and slow wash, lightly apply the brake
down when you have any doubt. Besides slowing down, other wet
pedal until the brakes work weather driving tips include:
. Try to avoid sudden steering, normally. . Allow extra following distance.
acceleration, or braking,
including reducing vehicle speed Flowing or rushing water creates . Pass with caution.
by shifting to a lower gear. Any strong forces. Driving through
flowing water could cause the . Keep windshield wiping
sudden changes could cause
vehicle to be carried away. If this equipment in good shape.
the tires to slide.
happens, you and other vehicle . Keep the windshield washer fluid
Remember: Antilock brakes help occupants could drown. Do not reservoir filled.
avoid only the braking skid.
ignore police warnings and be . Have good tires with proper
very cautious about trying to drive tread depth. See Tires 0 253.
Driving on Wet Roads through flowing water.
Rain and wet roads can reduce . Turn off cruise control.
vehicle traction and affect your
ability to stop and accelerate.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Hill and Mountain Roads Winter Driving

{ Warning
Driving on steep hills or through Driving on Snow or Ice
mountains is different than driving Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include: or with the ignition off is Snow or ice between the tires and
dangerous. This can cause the road creates less traction or
. Keep the vehicle serviced and in grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can
good shape. overheating of the brakes and
loss of steering. Always have the occur at about 0 °C (32 °F) when
. Check all fluid levels and brakes, freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid
engine running and the vehicle
tires, cooling system, and driving on wet ice or in freezing rain
in gear.
transmission. until roads can be treated.
. Shift to a lower gear when going . For Slippery Road Driving:
Drive at speeds that keep the
down steep or long hills. vehicle in its own lane. Do not . Accelerate gently. Accelerating
swing wide or cross the too quickly causes the wheels to
{ Warning center line. spin and makes the surface
. Be alert on top of hills; under the tires slick.
Using the brakes to slow the
vehicle on a long downhill slope something could be in your lane . Turn on Traction Control. See
can cause brake overheating, can (e.g., stalled car, accident). Traction Control/Electronic
reduce brake performance, and . Pay attention to special road Stability Control 0 198.
could result in a loss of braking. signs (e.g., falling rocks area, . The Antilock Brake System
Shift the transmission to a lower winding roads, long grades, (ABS) improves vehicle stability
gear to let the engine assist the passing or no-passing zones) during hard stops, but the
brakes on a steep downhill slope. and take appropriate action. brakes should be applied sooner
than when on dry pavement.
See Antilock Brake System
(ABS) 0 196.
. Allow greater following distance
and watch for slippery spots. Icy
patches can occur on otherwise
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
clear roads in shaded areas. To save fuel, run the engine for
The surface of a curve or an Warning (Continued) short periods to warm the vehicle
overpass can remain icy when and then shut the engine off and
the surrounding roads are clear. carbon monoxide (CO), which partially close the window. Moving
Avoid sudden steering cannot be seen or smelled. It can about to keep warm also helps.
maneuvers and braking while cause unconsciousness and even
death. If it takes time for help to arrive,
on ice. when running the engine, push the
. Turn off cruise control. If the vehicle is stuck in snow: accelerator pedal slightly so the
. Clear snow from the base of engine runs faster than the idle
Blizzard Conditions speed. This keeps the battery
the vehicle, especially any
Stay with the vehicle unless there is blocking the exhaust pipe. charged to restart the vehicle and to
help nearby. If possible, use signal for help with the headlamps.
. Open a window about 5 cm Do this as little as possible, to
Roadside Assistance. See Roadside
Assistance Program 0 325. To get (2 in) on the vehicle side save fuel.
help and keep everyone in the that is away from the wind,
to bring in fresh air.
vehicle safe: If the Vehicle Is Stuck
. Turn on the hazard warning . Fully open the air outlets on
Slowly and cautiously spin the
flashers. or under the instrument
wheels to free the vehicle when
panel.
. Tie a red cloth to an outside stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
. Adjust the climate control
mirror. If stuck too severely for the traction
system to circulate the air
system to free the vehicle, turn the
inside the vehicle and set
{ Warning the fan speed to the highest
traction system off and use the
rocking method. See Traction
setting. See “Climate
Snow can trap engine exhaust Control/Electronic Stability Control
Control Systems.”
under the vehicle. This may 0 198.
cause exhaust gases to get For more information about CO,
inside. Engine exhaust contains see Engine Exhaust 0 190.
(Continued)
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
causes a rocking motion that could

{ Warning free the vehicle. If that does not get Warning (Continued)
the vehicle out after a few tries, it
If the vehicle's tires spin at high might need to be towed out. If the maximum front or rear Gross
speed, they can explode, and you vehicle does need to be towed out, Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
or others could be injured. The see Towing the Vehicle 0 291. This can cause systems to
vehicle can overheat, causing an break and change the way the
engine compartment fire or other Vehicle Load Limits vehicle handles. This could
damage. Spin the wheels as little cause loss of control and a
as possible and avoid going It is very important to know how
crash. Overloading can also
above 56 km/h (35 mph). much weight the vehicle can
reduce stopping distance,
carry. This weight is called the
damage the tires, and shorten
vehicle capacity weight and
Rocking the Vehicle to Get the life of the vehicle.
includes the weight of all
it Out
occupants, cargo, and all
Turn the steering wheel left and nonfactory-installed options.
right to clear the area around the Two labels on the vehicle may
front wheels. Turn off any traction show how much weight it may
system. Shift back and forth
between R (Reverse) and a low
properly carry, the Tire and
forward gear, spinning the wheels Loading Information label and
as little as possible. To prevent the Certification label.
transmission wear, wait until the
wheels stop spinning before shifting { Warning
gears. Release the accelerator
pedal while shifting, and press Do not load the vehicle any
lightly on the accelerator pedal heavier than the Gross
when the transmission is in gear. Vehicle Weight Rating
Slowly spinning the wheels in the (GVWR), or either the
forward and reverse directions
(Continued)
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Tire and Loading Information equipment tires (3) and the 3. Subtract the combined
Label recommended cold tire inflation weight of the driver and
pressures (4). For more passengers from XXX kg or
information on tires and inflation XXX lbs.
see Tires 0 253 and Tire 4. The resulting figure equals
Pressure 0 260. the available amount of
There is also important loading cargo and luggage load
information on the Certification capacity. For example, if the
label. It may show the Gross "XXX" amount equals
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) 1400 lbs. and there will be
and the Gross Axle Weight five 150 lb passengers in
Rating (GAWR) for the front and your vehicle, the amount of
rear axle. See “Certification available cargo and luggage
Label Example Label” later in this section. load capacity is 650 lbs.
A vehicle-specific Tire and (1400-750 (5 x 150) =
“Steps for Determining Correct
Loading Information label is 650 lbs.)
Load Limit–
attached to the vehicle's center 5. Determine the combined
1. Locate the statement "The
pillar (B-pillar). The Tire and weight of luggage and cargo
combined weight of
Loading Information label shows being loaded on the vehicle.
occupants and cargo should
the number of occupant seating That weight may not safely
never exceed XXX kg or
positions (1), and the maximum exceed the available cargo
XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s
vehicle capacity weight (2) in and luggage load capacity
placard.
kilograms and pounds. calculated in Step 4.
2. Determine the combined
The Tire and Loading
weight of the driver and
Information label also shows the
passengers that will be
tire size of the original
riding in your vehicle.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
6. If your vehicle will be towing

a trailer, load from your
trailer will be transferred to
your vehicle. Consult this
manual to determine how
this reduces the available
cargo and luggage load
capacity of your vehicle.”
See Trailer Towing (Except Fuel
Economy Model) 0 214 or Trailer
Towing (Fuel Economy Model)
0 214 for important information Example 1 Example 2
on towing a trailer, towing safety
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight
rules, and trailering tips.
for Example 1 = 453 kg for Example 2 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs). (1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant 2. Subtract Occupant
Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)
× 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs). × 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs).
3. Available Occupant and 3. Available Cargo Weight
Cargo Weight = 317 kg = 113 kg (250 lbs).
(700 lbs).
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
weight of the driver, passengers,

and cargo should never exceed { Warning
the vehicle's capacity weight. Things inside the vehicle can
Certification Label strike and injure people in a
sudden stop or turn, or in a
crash.
. Put things in the cargo
area of the vehicle. In the
cargo area, put them as
far forward as possible.
Example 3
Try to spread the weight
evenly.
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight . Never stack heavier
for Example 3 = 453 kg things, like suitcases,
(1,000 lbs). inside the vehicle so that
2. Subtract Occupant Label Example some of them are above
Weight @ 91 kg A vehicle-specific Certification the tops of the seats.
(200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg label is attached to the vehicle's . Do not leave an
(1,000 lbs). center pillar (B-pillar). The label unsecured child restraint
3. Available Cargo Weight may show the gross weight in the vehicle.
= 0 kg (0 lbs). capacity of the vehicle, called
. Secure loose items in the
Refer to the vehicle's Tire and the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR). The GVWR includes vehicle.
Loading Information label for
specific information about the the weight of the vehicle, all . Do not leave a seat
vehicle's capacity weight and occupants, fuel, and cargo. folded down unless
seating positions. The combined needed.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Starting and Caution (Continued)

The transmitter must be in the
vehicle for the system to operate.
Operating breaking-in guideline every
If the pushbutton start is not
working, the vehicle may be near a
time you get new brake
New Vehicle Break-In linings.
strong radio antenna signal causing
interference to the Keyless Access
Following break-in, engine speed system. See Remote Keyless Entry
Caution (RKE) System Operation 0 26.
and load can be gradually
The vehicle does not need an increased. To shift out of P (Park), the vehicle
elaborate break-in. But it will must be in ACC/ACCESSORY or
perform better in the long run if Ignition Positions ON/RUN and the brake pedal must
you follow these guidelines: be applied.
(Keyless Access)
. Do not drive at any one Stopping the Engine/OFF (No
constant speed, fast or slow, Indicator Lights) : When the
for the first 805 km (500 mi). vehicle is stopped, press the
Do not make full-throttle ENGINE START/STOP button once
starts. Avoid downshifting to to turn the engine off.
brake or slow the vehicle. If the vehicle is in P (Park), the
. Avoid making hard stops for ignition will turn off, and Retained
the first 322 km (200 mi) or The vehicle may be equipped with Accessory Power (RAP) will remain
so. During this time the new an electronic keyless ignition with active. See Retained Accessory
brake linings are not yet pushbutton start. Power (RAP) 0 187.
broken in. Hard stops with If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the
new linings can mean Pressing the button cycles it through
three modes: ACC/ACCESSORY, ignition will return to ACC/
premature wear and earlier ACCESSORY and the Driver
replacement. Follow this ON/RUN/START, and Stopping the
Engine/OFF. Information Center (DIC) will display
(Continued) the message SHIFT TO PARK in
the Driver Information Center (DIC).
See Transmission Messages 0 120.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
When the vehicle is shifted into ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator

P (Park), the ignition system will { Warning Light) : This mode is for driving and
switch to OFF. starting. With the ignition off, and
Turning off the vehicle while the brake pedal applied, pressing
Do not turn the engine off when the moving may cause loss of power
vehicle is moving. This will cause a the button once will place the
assist in the brake and steering ignition system in ON/RUN/START.
loss of power assist in the brake systems and disable the airbags.
and steering systems and disable Once engine cranking begins,
While driving, only shut the release the button. Engine cranking
the airbags. vehicle off in an emergency. will continue until the engine starts.
If the vehicle must be shut off in an See Starting the Engine 0 184. The
emergency: ignition will then remain in ON/RUN.
If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,
1. Brake using a firm and steady and must be shut off while driving, Service Only Mode
pressure. Do not pump the press and hold the ENGINE START/
brakes repeatedly. This may STOP button for longer than This power mode is available for
deplete power assist, requiring two seconds, or press twice in service and diagnostics, and to
increased brake pedal force. five seconds. verify the proper operation of the
malfunction indicator lamp as may
2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber be required for emission inspection
This can be done while the Indicator Light) : This mode allows purposes. With the vehicle off, and
vehicle is moving. After shifting you to use some electrical the brake pedal not applied,
to N (Neutral), firmly apply the accessories when the engine is off. pressing and holding the button for
brakes and steer the vehicle to more than five seconds will place
With the ignition off, pressing the
a safe location. the vehicle in Service Only Mode.
button one time without the brake
3. Come to a complete stop. Shift pedal applied will place the ignition The instruments and audio systems
to P (Park) with an automatic system in ACC/ACCESSORY. will operate as they do in ON/RUN,
transmission, or Neutral with a but the vehicle will not be able to be
The ignition will switch from ACC/ driven. The engine will not start in
manual transmission. Turn the
ACCESSORY to OFF after Service Only Mode. Press the
ignition to LOCK/OFF.
five minutes to prevent battery button again to turn the vehicle off.
4. Set the parking brake. See rundown.
Parking Brake 0 197.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Ignition Positions (Key The key must be fully extended to If the vehicle must be shut off in an
start the vehicle. emergency:
Access)
To shift out of P (Park), turn the 1. Brake using a firm and steady
ignition to ON/RUN and apply the pressure. Do not pump the
brake pedal. brakes repeatedly. This may
0 (STOPPING THE ENGINE/LOCK/ deplete power assist, requiring
OFF) : When the vehicle is stopped, increased brake pedal force.
turn the ignition switch to LOCK/ 2. Shift the vehicle to Neutral.
OFF to turn the engine off. Retained This can be done while the
Accessory Power (RAP) will remain vehicle is moving. After shifting
active. See Retained Accessory to Neutral, continue to firmly
Power (RAP) 0 187. apply the brakes and steer the
This is the only position from which vehicle to a safe location.
the key can be removed. This locks 3. Come to a complete stop. Shift
the ignition and automatic to P (Park) with an automatic
The ignition switch has four different transmission. The steering wheel transmission, or Neutral with a
positions. may also lock, if equipped. manual transmission. Turn the
Do not turn the engine off when the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
Caution vehicle is moving. This will cause a 4. Set the parking brake. See
loss of power assist in the brake Parking Brake 0 197.
Using a tool to force the key to and steering systems and disable
turn in the ignition could cause
damage to the switch or break the
the airbags. { Warning
key. Use the correct key, make Turning off the vehicle while
sure it is all the way in, and turn it moving may cause loss of power
only with your hand. If the key assist in the brake and steering
cannot be turned by hand, see
(Continued)
your dealer.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
verify the proper operation of the Key Lock Release

Warning (Continued) malfunction indicator lamp as may
be required for emission inspection
systems and disable the airbags. purposes. The transmission is also
While driving, only shut the unlocked in this position on
vehicle off in an emergency. automatic transmission vehicles.
The battery could be drained if the
If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, key is left in the ACC/ACCESSORY
and must be shut off while driving, or ON/RUN position with the engine
turn the ignition to ACC/ off. The vehicle might not start if the
ACCESSORY. battery is allowed to drain for an
1 (ACC/ACCESSORY) : This extended period of time.
position provides power to some of 3 (START) : This position starts the
the electrical accessories. It unlocks engine. When the engine starts,
the steering wheel and ignition. To release the key. The ignition switch Vehicles with an automatic
move the key from ACC/ will return to ON/RUN for normal transmission are equipped with an
ACCESSORY to LOCK/OFF, push driving. electronic key lock release system.
in the key and then turn it to The key lock release is designed to
LOCK/OFF. A warning tone sounds when the prevent ignition key removal unless
driver door is opened if the ignition the shift lever is in P (Park).
2 (ON/RUN) : The ignition switch is still in ACC/ACCESSORY and the
stays in this position when the key is in the ignition. The key lock release is always
engine is running. This position can functional except in the case of an
be used to operate the electrical If the ignition becomes difficult to uncharged or low voltage (less than
accessories, including the turn, see Keys 0 24. 9-volt) battery. If the vehicle has an
ventilation fan and 12-volt power uncharged battery or a battery with
outlet, as well as to display some low voltage, try charging or jump
warning and indicator lights. This starting the battery. See Jump
position can also be used for Starting - North America 0 288.
service and diagnostics, and to
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
If charging or jump starting the

battery does not work, locate the Caution Caution
hole below the ignition lock. Insert a
flat bladed tool or another key from Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the Cranking the engine for long
the key chain into the opening. vehicle is moving. If you do, you periods of time, by returning the
When the lever can be felt, actuate could damage the transmission. ignition to the START position
the lever toward the driver, and Shift to P (Park) only when the immediately after cranking has
remove the key from the ignition. vehicle is stopped. ended, can overheat and damage
the cranking motor, and drain the
Starting the Engine Manual Transmission battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
between each try, to let the
Place the transmission in the The shift lever should be in Neutral cranking motor cool down.
proper gear. and the parking brake engaged.
Hold the clutch pedal down to the
Caution floor and start the engine. 2. If the engine does not start
after five to 10 seconds,
Engine Starting Procedure (Key especially in very cold weather
If you add electrical parts or
Access) (below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could
accessories, you could change
the way the engine operates. Any 1. With your foot off the be flooded with too much
resulting damage would not be accelerator pedal, turn the gasoline. Push the accelerator
covered by the vehicle warranty. ignition key to START. When pedal all the way to the floor
the engine starts, let go of the and hold it there as you hold
See Add-On Electrical Equipment
key. The idle speed will go the key in START for a
0 216.
down as the engine warms. Do maximum of 15 seconds. Wait
not race the engine at least 15 seconds between
Automatic Transmission immediately after starting it. each try, to allow the cranking
Move the shift lever to P (Park) or Allow the oil to warm up and motor to cool. When the engine
lubricate all moving parts. starts, let go of the key and
N (Neutral). To restart the vehicle
accelerator. If the vehicle starts
when it is already moving, use
briefly but then stops again,
N (Neutral) only.
repeat the procedure. This
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
clears the extra gasoline from message will display. See each try, to allow the cranking
the engine. Do not race the Driver Information Center (DIC) motor to cool down. When the
engine immediately after 0 110 and Remote Keyless engine starts, let go of the
starting it. Operate the engine Entry (RKE) System Operation button, and the accelerator.
and transmission gently until 0 26. If the vehicle starts briefly but
the oil warms up and lubricates then stops again, do the same
all moving parts. Caution thing. This clears the extra
gasoline from the engine. Do
Engine Starting Procedure not race the engine
(Keyless Access) Cranking the engine for long
periods of time, by returning the immediately after starting it.
1. With the Keyless Access ignition to the START position Operate the engine and
system, the RKE transmitter immediately after cranking has transmission gently until the oil
must be in the vehicle. Press ended, can overheat and damage warms up and lubricates all
the ENGINE START/STOP the cranking motor, and drain the moving parts.
button with the brake pedal battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
applied. When the engine
between each try, to let the Engine Heater
begins cranking, let go of the
cranking motor cool down. The engine heater, if equipped, can
button.
help in cold weather conditions at or
The idle speed will go down as below −18 °C (0 °F) for easier
the engine gets warm. Do not 2. If the engine does not start
after five to 10 seconds, starting and better fuel economy
race the engine immediately during engine warm-up. Plug in the
after starting it. especially in very cold weather
(below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could heater at least four hours before
If the RKE transmitter is not in be flooded with too much starting the vehicle. An internal
the vehicle, if there is gasoline. Try pushing the thermostat in the plug end of the
interference, or the RKE accelerator pedal all the way to engine’s cord will prevent engine
battery is low, a Driver the floor and holding it there as heater operation at temperatures
Information Center (DIC) you press the ENGINE START/ above −18 °C (0 °F).
STOP button, for up to a
maximum of 15 seconds. Wait
at least 15 seconds between
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
To Use the Heater

1. Turn off the engine.
{ Warning Warning (Continued)
Improper use of the heater cord it overheat and cause a fire,
or an extension cord can damage property damage, electric
the cord and may result in shock, and injury.
overheating and fire. . Do not operate the vehicle
. Plug the cord into a with the heater cord
three-prong electrical utility permanently attached to the
receptacle that is protected vehicle. Possible heater
by a ground fault detection cord and thermostat
function. An ungrounded damage could occur.
outlet could cause an . While in use, do not let the
electric shock. heater cord touch vehicle
. Use a weatherproof, parts or sharp edges. Never
1.4L Engine Shown, 1.8L Similar heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated close the hood on the
2. Open the hood and unwrap the extension cord if needed. heater cord.
electrical cord. The electrical Failure to use the . Before starting the vehicle,
cord is located on the recommended extension unplug the cord, reattach
passenger side of the engine cord in good operating the cover to the plug, and
compartment, behind the air condition, or using a securely fasten the cord.
cleaner. damaged heater or Keep the cord away from
extension cord, could make any moving parts.
Check the heater cord for
damage. If it is damaged, do (Continued)
not use it. See your dealer for 4. Before starting the engine, be
a replacement. Inspect the sure to unplug and store the
cord for damage yearly. cord as it was before to keep it
3. Plug it into a normal, grounded
110-volt AC outlet.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
away from moving engine 10 minutes, or until the driver door is

parts. If you do not it could be opened or the key is removed from Warning (Continued)
damaged. the ignition.
It is dangerous to get out of the
The length of time the heater should vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
remain plugged in depends on Shifting Into Park in P (Park) with the parking brake
several factors. Ask a dealer in the Use this procedure to shift into firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
area where you will be parking the P (Park):
vehicle for the best advice on this. Do not leave the vehicle when the
1. Hold the brake pedal down and engine is running. If you have left
set the parking brake. the engine running, the vehicle
Retained Accessory
See Parking Brake 0 197 for can move suddenly. You or others
Power (RAP) could be injured. To be sure the
more information.
These vehicle accessories may be vehicle will not move, even when
2. Hold the button on the shift
used for up to 10 minutes after the you are on fairly level ground,
lever and push the lever toward
engine is turned off: always set the parking brake and
the front of the vehicle into
. Audio System P (Park). move the shift lever to P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park 0 187.
. Power Windows 3. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. If you are towing a trailer, see
. Sunroof Leaving the Vehicle with the Driving Characteristics and
The power windows and sunroof will Engine Running Towing Tips 0 211.
continue to work for up to
10 minutes or until any door is
opened. The radio will work when
{ Warning If you have to leave the vehicle with
the engine running, the vehicle must
the key is in ON/RUN or ACC/ It can be dangerous to leave the be in P (Park) and the parking
ACCESSORY. Once the key is vehicle with the engine running. brake set.
turned from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF, It could overheat and catch fire.
the radio will continue to work for Release the button and check that
(Continued) the shift lever cannot be moved out
of P (Park).
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Torque Lock . Prevent movement of the shift 3. Move the shift lever to the
lever out of P (Park) unless the desired position.
Torque lock is when the weight of
ignition is in ON/RUN and the If the shift lever still cannot be
the vehicle puts too much force on
brake pedal is applied. moved from P (Park), see “Shift
the parking pawl in the
transmission. This happens when The shift lock release is always Lock Manual Release.”
parking on a hill and shifting the functional except in the case of an This vehicle may have the Safety
transmission into P (Park) is not uncharged or low voltage (less than Belt Assurance System, which may
done properly and then it is difficult 9-volt) battery. prevent the vehicle from shifting out
to shift out of P (Park). To prevent If the vehicle has an uncharged of P (Park). See Safety Belt
torque lock, set the parking brake battery or a battery with low voltage, Messages 0 118.
and then shift into P (Park). To find try charging or jump starting the
out how, see “Shifting Into Park” battery. See Jump Starting - North Shift Lock Manual Release
listed previously. America 0 288 The automatic transmission has an
If torque lock does occur, the To shift out of P (Park): electric park lock. The key must be
vehicle may need to be pushed in the ON/RUN position, and the
uphill by another vehicle to relieve 1. Apply the brake pedal. brake pedal pressed so the shift
the parking pawl pressure, so you 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN. lever can be moved from the
can shift out of P (Park). P (Park) position. If the battery has
3. Press the shift lever button. lost power, the shift lever cannot be
Shifting out of Park 4. Move the shift lever to the moved from P (Park) unless the shift
desired position. lock manual release is disengaged
This vehicle is equipped with an manually.
automatic transmission shift lock If still unable to shift out of P (Park):
control system. The shift lock is To access the shift lock manual
1. Fully release the shift lever
designed to: release:
button.
. Prevent ignition key removal 1. Apply the parking brake.
2. Hold the brake pedal down and
unless the shift lever is in press the shift lever button
P (Park) with the shift lever again.
button fully released.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
3. Insert a tool into the opening as Parking over Things

far as it will go and move the
shift lever out of P (Park) at the
That Burn
same time. If P (Park) is
selected again, the shift lever { Warning
will be locked again. Have the
cause of the problem fixed by Things that can burn could touch
your dealer. hot exhaust parts under the
vehicle and ignite. Do not park
4. Close the cover. over papers, leaves, dry grass,
or other things that can burn.
Parking
If the vehicle has a manual
2. Open the cover to the right of
transmission, before getting out of
the shift lever.
the vehicle, move the shift lever into
R (Reverse), and firmly apply the
parking brake. Once the shift lever
has been placed into R (Reverse)
with the clutch pedal pressed in,
turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF, and
release the clutch.
If parking on a hill, or if the vehicle
is pulling a trailer, see Driving
Characteristics and Towing Tips
0 211.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Engine Exhaust Warning (Continued)

Running the Vehicle
While Parked
{ Warning . There are holes or openings
in the vehicle body from
It is better not to park with the
engine running.
Engine exhaust contains carbon damage or aftermarket
monoxide (CO) which cannot be modifications that are not If the vehicle is left with the engine
seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed. running, follow the proper steps to
can cause unconsciousness and be sure the vehicle will not move.
If unusual fumes are detected or
even death. See Shifting Into Park 0 187 and
if it is suspected that exhaust is Engine Exhaust 0 190. If the vehicle
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle: has a manual transmission, see
. The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the Parking 0 189.
with poor ventilation windows completely down. If parking on a hill and pulling a
(parking garages, tunnels, . Have the vehicle repaired trailer, see Driving Characteristics
deep snow that may block immediately. and Towing Tips 0 211.
underbody airflow or tail
pipes). Never park the vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed
. The exhaust smells or
area such as a garage or a
sounds strange or different.
building that has no fresh air
. The exhaust system leaks ventilation.
due to corrosion or damage.
. The vehicle exhaust system
has been modified,
damaged, or improperly
repaired.
(Continued)
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Automatic Warning (Continued)

Transmission could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle will not move, even when
you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and
move the shift lever to P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park 0 187 and
Driving Characteristics and
Towing Tips 0 211.
Make sure the shift lever is fully in

P : This position locks the drive P (Park) before starting the engine.
wheels. It is the best position to use The vehicle has an automatic
when starting the engine because transmission shift lock control
The selected gear is also shown in the vehicle cannot move easily. system. The regular brake must be
the instrument cluster. fully applied first and then the shift
{ Warning lever button pressed before shifting
from P (Park) when the ignition key
It is dangerous to get out of the is in ON/RUN. If you cannot shift out
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully of P (Park), ease pressure on the
in P (Park) with the parking brake shift lever, then push the shift lever
firmly set. The vehicle can roll. all the way into P (Park) as you
maintain brake application. Then
Do not leave the vehicle when the press the shift lever button and
engine is running. If you have left move the shift lever into another
the engine running, the vehicle gear. See Shifting out of Park 0 188.
can move suddenly. You or others
R : Use this gear to back up.
(Continued)
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
D : This position is for normal

Caution { Warning driving. It provides the best fuel
economy. If more power is needed
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the Shifting into a drive gear while the for passing, and the vehicle is:
vehicle is moving forward could engine is running at high speed is
damage the transmission. The dangerous. Unless your foot is . Going less than 56 km/h
repairs would not be covered by firmly on the brake pedal, the (35 mph), push the accelerator
the vehicle warranty. Shift to vehicle could move very rapidly. pedal about halfway down.
R (Reverse) only after the vehicle You could lose control and hit . Going about 56 km/h (35 mph) or
is stopped. people or objects. Do not shift more, push the accelerator all
into a drive gear while the engine the way down.
To rock the vehicle back and forth to is running at high speed.
get out of snow, ice, or sand without Caution
damaging the transmission, see If
If the vehicle accelerates slowly,
the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 175. Caution or does not shift gears, the
N : In this position, the engine does transmission could be damaged.
not connect with the wheels. To Shifting out of P (Park) or
Have the vehicle serviced
restart the engine when the vehicle N (Neutral) with the engine
right away.
is already moving, use N (Neutral) running at high speed may
only. Also, use N (Neutral) when the damage the transmission. The
vehicle is being towed. repairs would not be covered by
The vehicle has an automatic the vehicle warranty. Be sure the
neutral shift feature which allows the engine is not running at high
transmission to automatically shift to speed when shifting the vehicle.
N (Neutral) when the vehicle is
stopped with a forward gear
engaged. The reduced load on the
engine improves vehicle fuel
economy.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Manual Mode 2. Press the shift lever forward (+)

to upshift or rearward (−) to
Driver Shift Control (DSC) downshift. An M and the
current gear will be displayed
All Models Except Fuel Economy
in the DIC.
Model
While using the DSC feature, the
Caution vehicle will have firmer, quicker
shifting. Use DSC for sport driving
Driving with the engine at a high or when climbing or descending
rpm without upshifting while using hills, to stay in gear longer, or to
Driver Shift Control (DSC), could downshift for more power or engine
damage the vehicle. Always braking.
1. Move the shift lever from
upshift when necessary while The transmission will only allow
D (Drive) to the left into the (+)
using DSC. shifting into gears appropriate for
or (−) manual position.
vehicle speed and engine
revolutions per minute (rpm). The
DSC allows you to shift an
transmission will not automatically
automatic transmission similar to a
shift to the next lower gear if the
manual transmission.
engine rpm is too high, nor to the
next higher gear when the maximum
engine rpm is reached.
If shifting is prevented for any
reason, the currently selected gear
will flash multiple times, indicating
that the transmission has not shifted
gears.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
While in the DSC mode, the and vehicle speed. The shift gear, press the shift lever
transmission will automatically position indicator within the Driver forward (+) to upshift or shift into
downshift when the vehicle comes Information Center (DIC) will display D (Drive).
to a stop. This will allow for more a number next to the M indicating M (Manual Mode) will prevent
power during take-off. the highest available gear under shifting to a lower gear range if the
When accelerating the vehicle from manual mode and the driving engine speed is too high. If vehicle
a stop in snowy and icy conditions, conditions when manual mode was speed is not reduced within the time
you may want to shift into second selected. allowed, the lower gear range shift
gear. A higher gear allows the 1. Move the shift lever from will not be completed. Slow the
vehicle to gain more traction on D (Drive) to the left into the (+) vehicle, then press the shift lever
slippery surfaces. or (−) manual position. rearward (−) to downshift to the
2. Press the shift lever forward (+) desired lower gear range.
Electronic Range Select
(ERS) Mode to upshift or rearward (−) to While using the ERS, cruise control
downshift. An M and the can be used.
Fuel Economy Model current gear will be displayed
in the DIC.
Caution When shifting to M (Manual Mode),
the transmission will shift to the
If the vehicle is driven at a high range of the current gear. For this
rpm without upshifting while using range, the highest gear available is
Electronic Range Select (ERS), displayed next to the M in the DIC.
the vehicle could be damaged. See Driver Information Center (DIC)
Always upshift when necessary 0 110 for more information. All gears
while using ERS. below that number are available to
use. For example, when 4 (Fourth)
ERS allows for the selection of the is shown next to the M, 1 (First)
range of gear positions. Use this through 4 (Fourth) gears are shifted
mode when driving downhill or automatically. To shift to 5 (Fifth)
towing a trailer to limit the top gear
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Manual Transmission Caution

3 (Third), 4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth), and
6 (Sixth) : Shift into 3 (Third),
Shift Pattern 4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth), and 6 (Sixth) the
Do not rest your foot on the clutch same way as for 2 (Second). Slowly
pedal while driving or while let up on the clutch pedal as the
stopped. The pressure can cause accelerator pedal Is pressed.
premature wear in the clutch. The
repairs would not be covered by For the best fuel economy, use
the vehicle warranty. 6 (Sixth) gear whenever vehicle
speed and driving conditions allow.
All Models Fuel Economy
Except Fuel Model 1 (First) : Press the clutch pedal
Economy Model fully to the pedal stop and shift into
1 (First). Then slowly let up on the
These are the shift patterns for the clutch pedal as the accelerator
6-speed manual transmissions. pedal is pressed.
To operate the transmissions: If the vehicle comes to a complete
stop and it is hard to shift into An up-shift light in the instrument
Caution 1 (First), put the shift lever in Neutral cluster indicates when to shift to the
and let up on the clutch. Press the next higher gear for the best fuel
Do not rest your hand on the shift clutch pedal back down. Then shift economy.
lever while driving. The pressure into 1 (First). During normal driving, upshifts
could cause premature wear in should occur between 1300 and
2 (Second) : Press the clutch pedal
the transmission. The repairs fully to the pedal stop while letting 2500 rpm, and downshifts should
would not be covered by the up on the accelerator pedal and occur between 1500 and 1000 rpm.
vehicle warranty. shifting into 2 (Second). Then, To stop, let up on the accelerator
slowly let up on the clutch pedal as pedal and press the brake pedal.
the accelerator pedal is pressed. Just before the vehicle stops, press
the clutch pedal and the brake
pedal, and shift to Neutral.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Neutral : Use this position when Brakes

you start or idle the engine. The { Warning
shift lever is in Neutral when it is
centered in the shift pattern, not in If you skip a gear when Antilock Brake
any gear. downshifting, you could lose System (ABS)
control of the vehicle. You could
injure yourself or others. Do not This vehicle has ABS, an advanced
shift down more than one gear at electronic braking system that helps
a time when downshifting. prevent a braking skid.
When the vehicle begins to drive
away, ABS checks itself.
A momentary motor or clicking noise
Caution might be heard while this test is
going on, and it might even be
Do not skip gears while noticed that the brake pedal moves
upshifting. This can cause a little. This is normal.
premature wear in the
transmission. The repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty.
R (Reverse) : To back up, with the
vehicle at a complete stop, press
down the clutch pedal. Then pull up
the ring on the shift lever, and shift
into R (Reverse). Let up on the If there is a problem with ABS, this
clutch pedal slowly while pressing warning light stays on. See Antilock
the accelerator pedal. Brake System (ABS) Warning Light
0 105.
If the gear does not engage, shift
the transmission to Neutral, release If driving safely on a wet road and it
the clutch pedal, and press it back becomes necessary to slam on the
down. Repeat the gear selection. brakes and continue braking to
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
avoid a sudden obstacle, a Using ABS To apply the parking brake, pull up
computer senses the wheels are on the parking brake handle. It is
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
slowing down. If one of the wheels not necessary to push in on the
the brake pedal down firmly and let
is about to stop rolling, the computer release button while applying the
ABS work. You may hear the ABS
will separately work the brakes at parking brake. If the ignition is in the
pump or motor operating and feel
each wheel. ON/RUN position, the brake system
the brake pedal pulsate. This is
ABS can change the brake pressure warning light will come on. See
normal.
to each wheel, as required, faster Brake System Warning Light 0 104.
than any driver could. This can help Braking in Emergencies To release the parking brake:
you steer around the obstacle while ABS allows you to steer and brake 1. Hold the brake pedal down.
braking hard. at the same time. In many
emergencies, steering can help 2. Pull the parking brake handle
As the brakes are applied, the up until you can press the
computer keeps receiving updates more than even the very best
braking. release button.
on wheel speed and controls
braking pressure accordingly. 3. Hold the release button in as
Remember: ABS does not change
Parking Brake you move the brake handle all
the way down.
the time needed to get a foot up to
the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too Caution
close to the vehicle in front of you,
Driving with the parking brake on
there will not be enough time to
apply the brakes if that vehicle can overheat the brake system
suddenly slows or stops. Always and cause premature wear or
leave enough room up ahead to damage to brake system parts.
stop, even with ABS. Make sure that the parking brake
is fully released and the brake
warning light is off before driving.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Driving with the parking brake Minor brake pedal pulsation or Ride Control Systems
applied will cause a warning chime pedal movement during this time is
to sound and the RELEASE normal and the driver should
PARKING BRAKE message to continue to apply the brake pedal as Traction Control/
appear in the DIC. The message will the driving situation dictates. The Electronic Stability
remain on until the parking brake is Brake Assist feature will Control
released or the vehicle is stopped. automatically disengage when the
If parking on a hill, or if the vehicle brake pedal is released or brake System Operation
is pulling a trailer, see Driving pedal pressure is quickly
The vehicle has a Traction Control
decreased.
Characteristics and Towing Tips System (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, an
0 211. electronic stability control system.
These systems help limit wheel slip
Brake Assist and assist the driver in maintaining
control, especially on slippery road
The Brake Assist feature is conditions.
designed to assist the driver in
stopping or decreasing vehicle TCS activates if it senses that any
speed in emergency driving of the drive wheels are spinning or
conditions. This feature uses the beginning to lose traction. When this
stability system hydraulic brake happens, TCS applies the brakes to
control module to supplement the the spinning wheels and reduces
power brake system under engine power to limit wheel spin.
conditions where the driver has StabiliTrak activates when the
quickly and forcefully applied the vehicle senses a difference between
brake pedal in an attempt to quickly the intended path and the direction
stop or slow down the vehicle. The the vehicle is actually traveling.
stability system hydraulic brake StabiliTrak selectively applies
control module increases brake braking pressure to any one of the
pressure at each corner of the
vehicle until the ABS activates.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
vehicle wheel brakes to assist the 2. Turn the engine off and wait
driver in keeping the vehicle on the 15 seconds.
intended path. 3. Start the engine.
If cruise control is being used and
traction control or StabiliTrak begins Drive the vehicle. If d comes on
to limit wheel spin, cruise control will and stays on, the vehicle may need
disengage. Cruise control may be The indicator light for both systems more time to diagnose the problem.
turned back on when road is in the instrument cluster. This If the condition persists, see your
conditions allow. light will: dealer.
Both systems come on . Flash when TCS is limiting Turning the Systems Off
automatically when the vehicle is wheel spin. and On
started and begins to move. The . Flash when StabiliTrak is
systems may be heard or felt while activated.
they are operating or while
performing diagnostic checks. This . Turn on and stay on when either
is normal and does not mean there system is not working.
is a problem with the vehicle. If either system fails to turn on or to
It is recommended to leave both activate, a message displays in the
systems on for normal driving Driver Information Center (DIC), The button for TCS and StabiliTrak
conditions, but it may be necessary and d comes on and stays on to is on the center console, beside the
to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets indicate that the system is inactive shift lever.
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. and is not assisting the driver in
See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 175 maintaining control. The vehicle is Caution
and “Turning the Systems Off and safe to drive, but driving should be
On” later in this section. adjusted accordingly. Do not repeatedly brake or
accelerate heavily when TCS is
If d comes on and stays on: off. The vehicle driveline could be
1. Stop the vehicle. damaged.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
To turn off only TCS, press and Cruise Control See Traction Control/Electronic
release the g button. The traction Stability Control 0 198. When road
If equipped with cruise control, the conditions allow you to safely use it
off light i displays in the instrument vehicle can maintain a speed of again, the cruise control can be
cluster. To turn TCS on again, press about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more turned on.
and release the g button. The without keeping your foot on the
If the brakes are applied, the cruise
traction off light i displayed in the accelerator. Cruise control does not
control shuts off.
instrument cluster will turn off. work at speeds below 40 km/h
(25 mph).
If TCS is limiting wheel spin when
the g button is pressed, the system { Warning
will not turn off until the wheels stop
spinning. Cruise control can be dangerous
To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak, where you cannot drive safely at
press and hold the g button until a steady speed. Do not use
cruise control on winding roads or
the traction off light i and in heavy traffic.
StabiliTrak OFF light g come on
Cruise control can be dangerous
and stay on in the instrument
on slippery roads. On such roads,
cluster. To turn TCS and StabiliTrak
fast changes in tire traction can
on again, press and release the g cause excessive wheel slip, and
button. The traction off light i and you could lose control. Do not use 1 (On/Off) : Press to turn the
StabiliTrak OFF light g in the cruise control on slippery roads. cruise control system on and off.
instrument cluster turn off. A white indicator comes on in the
instrument cluster when cruise is
Adding accessories can affect the The vehicle has a Traction Control turned on.
vehicle performance. See System (TCS) or StabiliTrak system
Accessories and Modifications that begins to limit wheel spin while RES/+ (Resume/Accelerate) : If
0 219. using cruise control and the cruise there is a set speed in memory,
control will automatically disengage. move the thumbwheel up briefly to
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
resume to that speed or hold The cruise control indicator on the . To increase vehicle speed in
upward to accelerate. If cruise instrument cluster turns green after small increments, move the
control is already active, use to cruise control has been set to the thumbwheel up toward RES/+
increase vehicle speed. desired speed. See Instrument briefly. For each press, the
SET/− (Set/Coast) : Move the Cluster 0 98. vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h
thumbwheel down briefly to set the (1 mph) faster.
Resuming a Set Speed
speed and activate cruise control. The speedometer reading can be
If cruise control is already active, If the cruise control is set at a displayed in either English or metric
use to decrease speed. desired speed and then the brakes units. See Driver Information Center
or clutch for manual transmissions (DIC) 0 110. The increment value
* (Cancel) : Press to disengage are applied or * is pressed, the used depends on the units
cruise control without erasing the cruise control is disengaged without
set speed from memory. displayed.
erasing the set speed from memory.
Setting Cruise Control Reducing Speed While Using
Once the vehicle reaches about Cruise Control
If * is on when not in use, SET/- or 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, move the
thumbwheel up toward RES/+ If the cruise control system is
RES/+ could get bumped and go already activated:
into cruise when not desired. Keep briefly. The vehicle returns to the
* off when cruise control is not previous set speed. . Move the thumbwheel toward
being used. Increasing Speed While Using SET/− and hold until the desired
Cruise Control lower speed is reached, then
1. Press 1 to turn the cruise release it.
system on. If the cruise control system is
. To decrease the vehicle speed in
already activated:
2. Get up to the desired speed. small increments, move the
. Move the thumbwheel up toward thumbwheel toward SET/−
3. Move the thumbwheel down RES/+ and hold it until the briefly. For each press, the
and release it. desired speed is reached, then vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h
4. Remove foot from the release it. (1 mph) slower.
accelerator.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
The speedometer reading can be speed down. If the brake pedal is Driver Assistance
displayed in either English or metric applied, cruise control will
units. See Driver Information Center disengage. Systems
(DIC) 0 110. The increment value
Ending Cruise Control
used depends on the units Rear Vision
displayed. There are four ways to end cruise
control:
Camera (RVC)
Passing Another Vehicle While If equipped, the RVC system can
Using Cruise Control . Step lightly on the brake pedal
or clutch for a manual assist the driver when backing up by
Use the accelerator pedal to transmission. displaying a view of the area behind
increase the vehicle speed. When the vehicle.
you take your foot off the pedal, the . Press *.
vehicle slows down to the previous
set cruise control speed. While
. Shift the transmission to { Warning
pressing the accelerator pedal or N (Neutral).
The camera(s) do not display
shortly following the release to . To turn off cruise control, children, pedestrians, bicyclists,
override cruise control, briefly press 1. crossing traffic, animals, or any
moving the thumbwheel toward other object outside of the
SET/− will result in cruise control set Erasing Speed Memory
cameras’ field of view, below the
to the current vehicle speed. The cruise control set speed is bumper, or under the vehicle.
Using Cruise Control on Hills erased from memory if 1 is pressed Shown distances may be different
or if the ignition is turned off. from actual distances. Do not
How well cruise control works on
hills depends on the vehicle speed, drive or park the vehicle using
load, and the steepness of the hills. only these camera(s). Always
When going up steep hills, you check behind and around the
might have to step on the vehicle before driving. Failure to
accelerator pedal to maintain the use proper care may result in
vehicle speed. When going injury, death, or vehicle damage.
downhill, you might have to brake or
shift to a lower gear to keep your
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
An image appears on the The RVC system may also have a or right side behind the vehicle. The
infotainment screen when the guideline overlay that can help the RCTA system will not work properly
vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). driver align the vehicle when if ice, snow, mud, or anything else
The infotainment screen goes to the backing into a parking spot. builds up on the rear bumper
previous screen after approximately To turn the symbols or guidelines on sensors.
10 seconds once the vehicle is or off: Use caution while backing up when
shifted out of R (Reverse). towing a trailer, as the RCTA
1. Shift into P (Park).
To return to the previous screen detection zones that extend out
sooner, do one of the following: 2. Press the CONFIG button to from the back of your vehicle do not
enter the configure menu move further back when a trailer is
. Press a hard key on the
options. towed.
infotainment system.
3. Select Display. RCTA can be turned on or off
. Shift into P (Park).
4. Select Rear Camera Options. through vehicle personalization. See
Symbols and Guidelines “Collision Detection Systems” under
5. Select Symbols or Guidelines. Vehicle Personalization 0 121.
The system may have a feature that When a checkmark appears
lets the driver view caution symbols next to the feature, it is Rear Vision Camera Error
on the infotainment screen while turned on. Messages
using the RVC. The Rear Parking
Assist (RPA) system must not be Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) SERVICE REAR VISION CAMERA
disabled to use the caution symbols. SYSTEM : This message can
On vehicles with the RCTA, a display when the system is not
The error message Rear Parking warning triangle with a left or right
Assist Symbols Unavailable may operating properly.
pointing arrow may also display on
display if RPA has been disabled the RVC screen to warn of traffic If any other problem occurs or if a
and the symbols have been coming from the left or the right. problem persists, see your dealer.
turned on. Three beeps will also sound from
The symbols appear and may cover the left or right, depending on the
an object when viewing the direction of the detected vehicle.
infotainment screen when an object This system detects objects coming
is detected by the RPA system. from up to 20 m (65 ft) from the left
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Rear Vision Camera Location When the System Does Not

Seem to Work Properly
The RVC system may not work
properly or display a clear image if:
. It is dark.
. The sun or the beam of
headlamps are shining directly
into the camera lens.
. Ice, snow, mud, or anything else
builds up on the camera lens.
Clean the lens, rinse it with
1. View displayed by the water, and wipe it with a soft
camera. cloth.
The camera is above the license
. The back of the vehicle is in an
plate.
accident. The position and
The area displayed by the camera is mounting angle of the camera
limited. It does not display objects can change or the camera can
that are close to either corner or be affected. Be sure to have the
under the bumper and can vary camera and its position and
depending on vehicle orientation or mounting angle checked at your
road conditions. Displayed images dealer.
may be closer or farther than they
appear. Parking Assist
1. View displayed by the
The following illustrations show the If equipped, the Rear Parking Assist
camera.
field of view that the camera (RPA) system assists the driver with
provides. 2. Corner of the rear bumper.
parking and avoiding objects while
in R (Reverse). RPA operates at
speeds less than 8 km/h (5 mph).
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
The sensors on the rear bumper An obstacle detection is indicated When the System Does Not
detect objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) by beeps. The time between the Seem to Work Properly
behind the vehicle, and at least beeps becomes shorter as the
20 cm (8 in) off the ground. The vehicle gets closer to the obstacle. The following messages may be
distance objects can be detected When the distance is less than displayed on the DIC:
may be less during warmer or humid 30 cm (12 in), the beeping is a SERVICE PARKING ASSIST : If
weather. continuous beep for five seconds. this message occurs, check the
following conditions:
Turning the System On and Off
{ Warning The RPA system can be turned on
. The sensors are not clean. Keep
the vehicle's rear bumper free of
The parking assist system does and off using the infotainment mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush.
not detect children, pedestrians, system controls. See Vehicle For cleaning instructions, see
bicyclists, animals, or objects Personalization 0 121. Exterior Care 0 294.
below the bumper or that are too When the system is off, PARK . The parking assist sensors are
close or too far from the vehicle. ASSIST OFF displays on the Driver
It is not available at speeds covered by frost or ice. Frost or
Information Center (DIC). The ice can form around and behind
greater than 8 km/h (5 mph). To message disappears after a short the sensors and may not always
prevent injury, death, or vehicle period of time. be seen; this can occur after
damage, even with parking assist, washing the vehicle in cold
RPA defaults to the on setting each
always check the area around the time the vehicle is started. weather. The message may not
vehicle and check all mirrors clear until the frost or ice has
before backing. Turn off RPA when towing a trailer.
melted.
If the above conditions do not exist,
How the System Works take the vehicle to your dealer to
RPA comes on automatically when repair the system.
the shift lever is moved into
R (Reverse). A single beep sounds
to indicate the system is working.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
PARK ASSIST OFF : If the RPA SBZA warning display will light up in SBZA Detection Zones
system does not activate due to a the corresponding outside side
temporary condition, the message mirror and will flash if the turn signal
displays on the DIC. This can occur is on.
under the following conditions:
. The driver has disabled the { Warning
system.
SBZA does not alert the driver to
. An object was hanging out of the vehicles rapidly approaching
trunk during the last drive cycle. outside of the side blind zones,
Once the object is removed, pedestrians, bicyclists,
RPA will return to normal or animals. It may not provide
operation.
alerts when changing lanes under
. The bumper is damaged. Take all driving conditions. Failure to
the vehicle to your dealer to use proper care when changing The SBZA sensor covers a zone of
repair the system. lanes may result in injury, death, approximately one lane over from
. Other conditions, such as or vehicle damage. Before both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m
vibrations from a jackhammer or making a lane change, always (11 ft). The height of the zone is
the compression of air brakes on check mirrors, glance over your approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)
a very large truck, are affecting shoulder, and use the turn and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. This
system performance. signals. zone starts at approximately the
middle of the vehicle and goes back
5 m (16 ft).
Side Blind Zone
Alert (SBZA) How the System Works
If equipped, the SBZA system is a The SBZA symbol lights up in the
lane-changing aid that assists side mirrors when the system
drivers with avoiding crashes that detects a moving vehicle in the next
occur with moving vehicles in the lane over that is in the side blind
side blind zone (or spot) areas. The zone. This indicates it may be
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
unsafe to change lanes. Before If SBZA is disabled by the driver, SBZA may not operate when the
making a lane change, check the the SBZA mirror displays will not SBZA sensors in the left or right
SBZA display, check mirrors, glance light up. corners of the rear bumper are
over your shoulder, and use the turn covered with mud, dirt, snow, ice,
signals. When the System Does Not or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. For
Seem to Work Properly cleaning instructions, see "Washing
SBZA displays may not come on the Vehicle" under Exterior Care
when passing a vehicle quickly, for 0 294. If the DIC displays the
a stopped vehicle, or when towing a system unavailable message after
trailer. The SBZA detection zones cleaning both sides of the vehicle
that extend back from the side of toward the rear corners of the
Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror the vehicle do not move further back vehicle, see your dealer.
Display Display when a trailer is towed. Use caution If the SBZA displays do not light up
while changing lanes when towing a when vehicles are in the blind zone
When the vehicle is started, both trailer. SBZA may alert to objects and the system is clean, the system
outside mirror SBZA displays will attached to the vehicle, such as a may need service. Take the vehicle
briefly come on to indicate the trailer, bicycle, or object extending to your dealer.
system is operating. When the out to either side of the vehicle. This
vehicle is in a forward gear, the left is normal system operation; the When SBZA is disabled for any
or right side mirror display will light vehicle does not need service. reason other than the driver turning
up if a moving vehicle is detected in it off, the Side Blind Zone Alert On
that blind zone. If the turn signal is SBZA may not always alert the option will not be available on the
activated in the same direction of a driver to vehicles in the side blind personalization menu.
detected vehicle, this display will zone, especially in wet conditions.
flash as an extra warning not to The system does not need to be Radio Frequency Information
change lanes. serviced. The system may light up See Radio Frequency Statement
due to guardrails, signs, trees, 0 331.
SBZA can be disabled through shrubs, and other non-moving
vehicle personalization. See objects. This is normal system
“Collision Detection Systems” under operation; the vehicle does not need
Vehicle Personalization 0 121. service.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Fuel octane rating below 87, as it may

cause engine damage and will lower Caution
Use of the recommended fuel is an fuel economy.
important part of the proper Do not use fuel containing
maintenance of this vehicle. When Use of Seasonal Fuels methanol. It can corrode metal
driving in the U.S. and Canada, to Use summer and winter fuels in the parts in the fuel system and also
help keep the engine clean and appropriate season. The fuels damage plastic and rubber parts.
maintain optimum vehicle industry automatically modifies the That damage would not be
performance, we recommend using fuel for the appropriate season. covered under the vehicle
TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines. If fuel is left in the vehicle tank for warranty.
See www.toptiergas.com for a list of long periods of time, driving or
TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines. starting could be affected. Drive the Some gasolines, mainly high octane
vehicle until the fuel is at one-half racing gasolines, can contain an
tank or less, then refuel with the octane-enhancing additive called
current seasonal fuel. methylcyclopentadienyl manganese
Prohibited Fuels tricarbonyl (MMT). Do not use
gasolines and/or fuel additives with
Gasolines containing oxygenates MMT as they can reduce spark plug
such as ethers and ethanol, as well life and affect emission control
as reformulated gasolines, are system performance. The
available in some cities. If these malfunction indicator lamp may turn
gasolines comply with the on. If this occurs, see your dealer
previously described specification, for service.
then they are acceptable to use.
However, E85 (85% ethanol) and
Use regular unleaded gasoline other fuels containing more than
meeting ASTM specification D4814 15% ethanol must be used only in
with a posted octane rating of 87 or FlexFuel vehicles.
higher. Do not use gasoline with an
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
California Fuel Fuels in Foreign Filling the Tank

Requirements Countries
If the vehicle is certified to meet If planning to drive in countries { Warning
California Emissions Standards, it is outside the U.S. or Canada, the Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn
designed to operate on fuels that proper fuel might be hard to find. violently and can cause injury or
meet California specifications. See Check regional auto club or fuel death.
the underhood emission control retail brand websites for availability
label. If this fuel is not available in in the country where driving. Never . To help avoid injuries to you
states adopting California Emissions use leaded gasoline, fuel containing and others, read and follow
Standards, the vehicle will operate methanol, manganese, or any other all the instructions on the
satisfactorily on fuels meeting fuel not recommended. Costly fuel pump island.
federal specifications, but emission repairs caused by use of improper . Turn off the engine when
control system performance might fuel would not be covered by the refueling.
be affected. The malfunction vehicle warranty.
indicator lamp could turn on and the . Keep sparks, flames, and
vehicle may not pass a smog-check Fuel Additives smoking materials away
test. See Malfunction Indicator from fuel.
Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 102. To keep fuel systems clean, TOP . Do not leave the fuel pump
If this occurs, return to your TIER Detergent Gasoline is
unattended.
authorized dealer for diagnosis. If it recommended. See Fuel 0 208.
. Do not use a cell phone
is determined that the condition is If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is
caused by the type of fuel used, while refueling.
not available, one bottle of Fuel
repairs may not be covered by the System Treatment PLUS added to . Do not reenter the vehicle
vehicle warranty. the fuel tank at every engine oil while pumping fuel.
change, can help. Fuel System . Keep children away from
Treatment PLUS is the only the fuel pump and never let
gasoline additive recommended by children pump fuel.
General Motors. It is available at
your dealer. (Continued)
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
The fuel cap is behind a hinged fuel Do not top off or overfill the tank.
Warning (Continued) door on the passenger side of the Wait a few seconds before removing
vehicle. To open the fuel door, push the nozzle. Clean fuel from painted
. Fuel can spray out if the fuel and release the rearward center surfaces as soon as possible. See
cap is opened too quickly. edge of the door. Exterior Care 0 294.
This spray can happen if the
tank is nearly full, and is Turn the fuel cap counterclockwise
more likely in hot weather. to remove. Reinstall the cap by { Warning
Open the fuel cap slowly turning it clockwise until it clicks.
If a fire starts while you are
and wait for any hiss noise
refueling, do not remove the
to stop then unscrew the { Warning nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by
cap all the way.
Overfilling the fuel tank by more shutting off the pump or by
than three clicks of a standard fill notifying the station attendant.
nozzle may cause: Leave the area immediately.
. Vehicle performance issues,
including engine stalling and
damage to the fuel system. Caution
. Fuel spills.
If a new fuel cap is needed, be
. Potential fuel fires. sure to get the right type of cap
from your dealer. The wrong type
If the cap is not properly installed, of fuel cap may not fit properly,
the malfunction indicator lamp will may cause the malfunction
come on. See Malfunction Indicator indicator lamp to light, and could
Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 102. damage the fuel tank and
emissions system. See
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light) 0 102.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Filling a Portable Fuel Warning (Continued) Trailer Towing

Container
. Fill the container no more General Towing
{ Warning than 95% full to allow for
expansion.
Information
Filling a portable fuel container . Only use towing equipment that has
Do not smoke, light
while it is in the vehicle can cause been designed for the vehicle.
matches, or use lighters
fuel vapors that can ignite either Contact your dealer or trailering
while pumping fuel.
by static electricity or other dealer for assistance with preparing
. Avoid using cell phones or the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read
means. You or others could be
other electronic devices. the entire section before towing a
badly burned and the vehicle
trailer.
could be damaged. Always:
For towing a disabled vehicle, see
. Use approved fuel Towing the Vehicle 0 291. For
containers. towing the vehicle behind another
. Remove the container from vehicle such as a motor home, see
the vehicle, trunk, or pickup Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 291.
bed before filling.
. Place the container on the Driving Characteristics
ground. and Towing Tips
. Place the nozzle inside the Driving with a Trailer
fill opening of the container
before dispensing fuel, and When towing a trailer:
keep it in contact with the fill . Become familiar with the state
opening until filling is and local laws that apply
complete. specifically to trailer towing.
(Continued)
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15

. Do not tow a trailer during the Before starting, check all trailer hitch
first 800 km (500 mi), to prevent Warning (Continued) parts and attachments, safety
damage to the engine, axle or chains, electrical connectors, lamps,
other parts. When towing a trailer: tires and mirrors. If the trailer has
. . Do not drive with the electric brakes, start the
Then, during the first 800 km
(500 mi) trailer towing, do not liftgate, trunk/hatch, combination moving and then apply
drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and or rear-most window open. the trailer brake controller by hand
do not make starts at full throttle. . Fully open the air outlets on to be sure the brakes work.
. Vehicles with automatic or under the instrument During the trip, check occasionally
transmissions can tow in D panel. to be sure that the load is secure
(Drive) but M (Manual Mode) is . Also adjust the Climate and the lamps and any trailer
recommended. See Manual brakes still work.
Control system to a setting
Mode 0 193. Use a lower gear if that brings in only outside Towing with a Stability Control
the transmission shifts too often. air. See “Climate Control System
For vehicles with a manual Systems” in the Index.
transmission, it is better not to When towing, the sound of the
For information about carbon stability control system might be
use the highest gear.
monoxide, see Engine Exhaust heard. The system is reacting to the
. Turn off Parking Assist when 0 190. vehicle movement caused by the
towing. trailer, which mainly occurs during
Towing a trailer requires a certain cornering. This is normal when
{ Warning amount of experience. The towing heavier trailers.
When towing a trailer, exhaust combination you are driving is Following Distance
longer and not as responsive as the
gases may collect at the rear of Stay at least twice as far behind the
vehicle itself. Get acquainted with
the vehicle and enter if the vehicle ahead as you would when
the handling and braking of the rig
liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most before setting out for the open road. driving the vehicle without a trailer.
window is open. This can help to avoid situations
(Continued) that require heavy braking and
sudden turns.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Passing When turning with a trailer, make brakes might have to be used so
wider turns than normal so the much that they would get hot and no
More passing distance is needed
trailer will not strike soft shoulders, longer work well.
when towing a trailer. Because the
curbs, road signs, trees or other The vehicle can tow in D (Drive).
rig is longer, it is necessary to go
objects. Use the turn signal well in Use a lower gear if the transmission
farther beyond the passed vehicle
advance and avoid jerky or sudden shifts too often.
before returning to the lane.
maneuvers.
Backing Up When towing at high altitude on
Turn Signals When Towing a steep uphill grades, engine coolant
Hold the bottom of the steering Trailer boils at a lower temperature than at
wheel with one hand. To move the normal altitudes. If the engine is
trailer to the left, move your hand to The turn signal indicators on the
instrument cluster flash whenever turned off immediately after towing
the left. To move the trailer to the at high altitude on steep uphill
right, move your hand to the right. signaling a turn or lane change.
Properly hooked up, the trailer grades, the vehicle could show
Always back up slowly and, signs similar to engine overheating.
if possible, have someone lamps also flash, telling other
drivers the vehicle is turning, To avoid this, let the engine run
guide you. while parked, preferably on level
changing lanes or stopping.
Making Turns ground, with the transmission in
When towing a trailer, the arrows on P (Park) for a few minutes before
the instrument cluster flash for turns turning the engine off. If the
Caution even if the bulbs on the trailer are overheat warning comes on, see
burned out. Check occasionally to Engine Overheating 0 234.
Making very sharp turns while be sure the trailer bulbs are still
trailering could cause the trailer to working.
come in contact with the vehicle.
The vehicle could be damaged. Driving on Grades
Avoid making very sharp turns Reduce speed and shift to a lower
while trailering. gear before starting down a long or
steep downgrade. If the
transmission is not shifted down, the
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Parking on Hills with an automatic transmission lubricant, belts, cooling system and
or into reverse gear for brake system. Inspect these before
{ Warning vehicles with a manual
transmission.
and during the trip.
Check periodically to see that all
Parking the vehicle on a hill with 5. Release the brake pedal. hitch nuts and bolts are tight.
the trailer attached can be
dangerous. If something goes Leaving After Parking on a Hill Engine Cooling When Trailer
wrong, the rig could start to move. 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal Towing
People can be injured, and both while you: The cooling system may temporarily
the vehicle and the trailer can be . Start the engine. overheat during severe operating
damaged. When possible, always conditions. See Engine Overheating
park the rig on a flat surface. . Shift into a gear. 0 234.
. Release the parking brake.
If parking the rig on a hill: 2. Let up on the brake pedal.
Trailer Towing (Fuel
1. Press the brake pedal, but do 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is
Economy Model)
not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn clear of the chocks. The vehicle is neither designed nor
the wheels into the curb if intended to tow a trailer.
facing downhill or into traffic if 4. Stop and have someone pick
facing uphill. up and store the chocks.
Trailer Towing (Except
2. Have someone place chocks Maintenance When Trailer Fuel Economy Model)
under the trailer wheels. Towing
Before pulling a trailer, there are
3. When the wheel chocks are in The vehicle needs service more three important considerations that
place, release the brake pedal often when pulling a trailer. See the have to do with weight:
until the chocks absorb Maintenance Schedule 0 305.
the load. Things that are especially important . The weight of the trailer.
in trailer operation are automatic . The weight of the trailer tongue.
4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then
transmission fluid, engine oil, axle
apply the parking brake and . The total weight on your
shift into P (Park) for vehicles vehicle's tires.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Weight of the Trailer Weight of the Trailer Tongue

How heavy can a trailer safely be? The tongue load (1) of any trailer is
It should never weigh more than an important weight to measure
454 kg (1,000 lb). But even that can because it affects the total gross
be too heavy. weight of the vehicle. The Gross
Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the
It depends on how the rig is used. curb weight of the vehicle, any
For example, speed, altitude, road cargo carried in it, and the people
grades, outside temperature, and who will be riding in the vehicle.
how much the vehicle is used to pull If there are a lot of options,
a trailer are all important. It can equipment, passengers, or cargo in
depend on any special equipment the vehicle, it will reduce the tongue
on the vehicle, and the amount of weight the vehicle can carry, which The trailer tongue (1) should weigh
tongue weight the vehicle can carry. will also reduce the trailer weight the 10 to 15 percent of the total loaded
See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue” vehicle can tow. If towing a trailer, trailer weight (2).
later in this section. the tongue load must be added to
After loading the trailer, weigh the
Maximum trailer weight is calculated the GVW because the vehicle will
trailer and then the tongue,
assuming only the driver is in the be carrying that weight, too. See
separately, to see if the weights are
tow vehicle and it has all the Vehicle Load Limits 0 176.
proper. If they are not, adjustments
required trailering equipment. The might be made by moving some
weight of additional optional items around in the trailer.
equipment, passengers, and cargo
in the tow vehicle must be
subtracted from the maximum trailer
weight.
Ask your dealer for trailering
information or advice.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Total Weight on Your Vehicle's carbon monoxide (CO) from the Conversions and
Tires exhaust can get into the vehicle.
See Engine Exhaust 0 190. Add-Ons
Be sure the vehicle's tires are
inflated to the upper limit for cold Safety Chains
tires. These numbers can be found Add-On Electrical
Always attach chains between the Equipment
on the Tire and Loading Information
vehicle and the trailer. Cross the
label. See Vehicle Load Limits
safety chains under the tongue of
0 176. Make sure not to go over the
GVW limit for the vehicle, including
the trailer to help prevent the tongue { Warning
from contacting the road if it
the weight of the trailer tongue. The Data Link Connector (DLC) is
becomes separated from the hitch.
Leave enough slack so the rig can used for vehicle service and
Towing Equipment turn. Never allow safety chains to Emission Inspection/Maintenance
drag on the ground. testing. See Malfunction Indicator
Hitches Lamp (Check Engine Light)
Use the correct hitch equipment. Trailer Brakes 0 102. A device connected to the
See your dealer or a hitch dealer for Does the trailer have its own Data Link Connector (DLC)—
assistance. brakes? Be sure to read and follow such as an aftermarket fleet or
. The rear bumper on the vehicle the instructions for the trailer brakes driver-behavior tracking device—
is not intended for hitches. Do so they are installed, adjusted, and may interfere with vehicle
not attach rental hitches or other maintained properly. systems. This could affect vehicle
bumper-type hitches to it. Use Because the vehicle has antilock operation and cause a crash.
only a frame-mounted hitch that brakes, do not tap into the vehicle's Such devices may also access
does not attach to the bumper. brake system. If this is done, both information stored in the vehicle’s
. Will any holes be made in the brake systems will not work well or systems.
body of the vehicle when the at all.
trailer hitch is installed? If so,
seal the holes when the hitch is
removed. If the holes are not
sealed, dirt, water, and deadly
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Caution
Some electrical equipment can
damage the vehicle or cause
components to not work and
would not be covered by the
warranty. Always check with your
dealer before adding electrical
equipment.
Add-on equipment can drain the

vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
vehicle is not operating.
The vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to add anything
electrical to the vehicle, see
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle 0 69 and Adding Equipment
to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
0 69.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
218 Vehicle Care
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Vehicle Care Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Battery - North America . . . . . . 239
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 239 Wheels and Tires
General Information Automatic Transmission Shift Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 219 Lock Control Function All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
California Proposition Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Ignition Transmission Lock Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
California Perchlorate Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 255
Materials Requirements . . . . . 219 Park Brake and P (Park) Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Accessories and Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 240 Tire Terminology and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 241 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Vehicle Checks Headlamp Aiming Tire Pressure Monitor
Doing Your Own Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Tire Pressure Monitor
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Bulb Replacement Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Engine Compartment Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Headlamps, Front Turn Signal When It Is Time for New
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 227 and Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . 242 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Automatic Transmission Taillamps, Turn Signal, Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 Sidemarker, Stoplamps, and Different Size Tires and
Manual Transmission Fluid . . . 229 Back-Up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 246 Uniform Tire Quality
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 229 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Wheel Alignment and Tire
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Electrical System
Electrical System Overload . . . 247 Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 234 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 271
Overheated Engine Protection Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 248
Engine Compartment Fuse Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 219
Tire Sealant and General Information harm. Engine exhaust, many parts
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 and systems, many fluids, and
Storing the Tire Sealant and For service and parts needs, visit some component wear by-products
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 your dealer. You will receive contain and/or emit these
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 genuine GM parts and GM-trained chemicals.
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 287 and supported service people.
See Battery - North America 0 239
Jump Starting Genuine GM parts have one of and Jump Starting - North America
Jump Starting - North these marks: 0 288.
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
California Perchlorate
Towing the Vehicle
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Materials Requirements
Recreational Vehicle Certain types of automotive
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 applications, such as airbag
initiators, safety belt pretensioners,
Appearance Care
and lithium batteries contained in
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
may contain perchlorate materials.
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Special handling may be necessary.
For additional information, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
perchlorate.
California Proposition
65 Warning Accessories and
WARNING: Most motor vehicles, Modifications
including this one, contain and/or Adding non-dealer accessories or
emit chemicals known to the State making modifications to the vehicle
of California to cause cancer and can affect vehicle performance and
birth defects or other reproductive safety, including such things as
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
220 Vehicle Care
airbags, braking, stability, ride and Vehicle Checks Keep a record with all parts receipts
handling, emissions systems, and list the mileage and the date of
aerodynamics, durability, and any service work performed. See
electronic systems like antilock Doing Your Own Maintenance Records 0 316.
brakes, traction control, and stability Service Work
control. These accessories or Caution
modifications could even cause
malfunction or damage not covered
{ Warning Even small amounts of
by the vehicle warranty. It can be dangerous to work on contamination can cause damage
Damage to vehicle components your vehicle if you do not have to vehicle systems. Do not allow
resulting from modifications or the the proper knowledge, service contaminants to contact the fluids,
installation or use of non-GM manual, tools, or parts. Always reservoir caps, or dipsticks.
certified parts, including control follow owner manual procedures
module or software modifications, is and consult the service manual
not covered under the terms of the for your vehicle before doing any Hood
vehicle warranty and may affect service work. To open the hood:
remaining warranty coverage for
affected parts.
If doing some of your own service
GM Accessories are designed to work, use the proper service
complement and function with other manual. It tells you much more
systems on the vehicle. See your about how to service the vehicle
dealer to accessorize the vehicle than this manual can. To order the
using genuine GM Accessories proper service manual, see Service
installed by a dealer technician. Publications Ordering Information
Also, see Adding Equipment to the 0 330.
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 69. This vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 69.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 221
1. Pull up on the hood release must click into place when

handle. It is located inside the returning it to the retainer to
vehicle to the left of the prevent hood damage.
steering column. 2. Lower the hood 30 cm (12 in)
above the vehicle and release
it so it fully latches. Check to
make sure the hood is closed
and repeat the process if
necessary.
3. Lift the hood and release the

hood prop from its retainer,
located above the radiator.
Securely place the hood prop
into the slot on the underside of
2. Go to the front of the vehicle the hood.
and push the secondary hood To close the hood:
release handle toward the
driver side of the vehicle. 1. Before closing the hood, be
sure all the filler caps are on
properly. Then, lift the hood to
relieve pressure on the hood
prop. Remove the hood prop
from the slot on the underside
of the hood and return the prop
to its retainer. The prop rod
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
222 Vehicle Care
Engine Compartment Overview
1.4L L4 Engine
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 223
1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 11. Windshield Washer Fluid

0 229. Reservoir. See “Adding
2. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Washer Fluid” under
“Checking Engine Oil” under Washer Fluid 0 236.
Engine Oil 0 225.
3. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of
View). See Cooling System
0 231.
4. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See
“When to Add Engine Oil”
under Engine Oil 0 225.
5. Remote Negative (-)
Grounding Point. See Jump
Starting - North America
0 288.
6. Brake/Clutch Fluid
Reservoir. See Brake Fluid
0 238 and Hydraulic Clutch
0 229.
7. Battery - North America
0 239.
8. Engine Coolant Surge Tank
and Pressure Cap. See
Engine Coolant 0 231.
9. Remote Positive (+)
Terminal. See Jump Starting
- North America 0 288.
10. Engine Compartment Fuse
Block 0 248.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
224 Vehicle Care
1.8L L4 Engine
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 225
1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 11. Windshield Washer Fluid Checking Engine Oil
0 229. Reservoir. See “Adding
It is a good idea to check the engine
2. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Washer Fluid” under
oil level at each fuel fill. In order to
“Checking Engine Oil” under Washer Fluid 0 236.
get an accurate reading, the vehicle
Engine Oil 0 225.
must be on level ground. The
3. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of Engine Oil engine oil dipstick handle is a loop.
View). See Cooling System See Engine Compartment Overview
To ensure proper engine
0 231. 0 222 for the location of the engine
performance and long life, careful
4. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See attention must be paid to engine oil. oil dipstick.
“When to Add Engine Oil” Following these simple, but
under Engine Oil 0 225. Obtaining an accurate oil level
important steps will help protect reading is essential:
5. Remote Negative (-) your investment:
Grounding Point. See Jump 1. If the engine has been running
Starting - North America . Always use engine oil approved recently, turn off the engine and
0 288. to the proper specification and of allow several minutes for the oil
6. Brake/Clutch Fluid the proper viscosity grade. See to drain back into the oil pan.
Reservoir. See Brake Fluid “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” Checking the oil level too soon
0 238 and Hydraulic Clutch in this section. after engine shutoff will not
0 229. . Check the engine oil level provide an accurate oil level
7. Battery - North America regularly and maintain the reading.
0 239. proper oil level. See “Checking
8. Engine Coolant Surge Tank Engine Oil” and “When to Add
Engine Oil” in this section.
{ Warning
and Pressure Cap. See
Cooling System 0 231. . Change the engine oil at the The engine oil dipstick handle
9. Remote Positive (+) appropriate time. See Engine Oil may be hot; it could burn you.
Terminal. See Jump Starting Life System 0 227. Use a towel or glove to touch the
- North America 0 288. dipstick handle.
. Always dispose of engine oil
10. Engine Compartment Fuse
Block 0 248. properly. See “What to Do with
Used Oil” in this section.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
226 Vehicle Care
2. Pull out the dipstick and wipe it Selecting the Right Engine Oil
with a clean paper towel or Caution
Selecting the right engine oil
cloth, then push it back in all
Do not add too much oil. Oil depends on both the proper oil
the way. Remove it again,
levels above or below the specification and viscosity grade.
keeping the tip down, and
acceptable operating range See Recommended Fluids and
check the level.
shown on the dipstick are harmful Lubricants 0 314.
When to Add Engine Oil to the engine. If you find that you Specification
have an oil level above the
operating range, i.e., the engine Ask for and use engine oils that
has so much oil that the oil level meet the dexos1™ specification.
gets above the cross-hatched Engine oils that have been
area that shows the proper approved by GM as meeting the
operating range, the engine could dexos1 specification are marked
be damaged. You should drain with the dexos1 approved logo. See
If the oil is below the cross-hatched out the excess oil or limit driving www.gmdexos.com.
area at the tip of the dipstick, add of the vehicle and seek a service
1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil professional to remove the
and then recheck the level. See excess amount of oil.
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in
this section for an explanation of
See Engine Compartment Overview
what kind of oil to use. For engine
0 222 for the location of the engine
oil crankcase capacity, see
oil fill cap.
Capacities and Specifications 0 318.
Add enough oil to put the level Caution
somewhere in the proper operating
range. Push the dipstick all the way Failure to use the recommended
back in when through. engine oil can result in engine
damage not covered by the
(Continued)
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 227
Engine Oil Additives/Engine trash or pouring it on the ground,

Caution (Continued) Oil Flushes into sewers, or into streams or
bodies of water. Recycle it by taking
vehicle warranty. Check with your Do not add anything to the oil. The it to a place that collects used oil.
dealer or service provider on recommended oils meeting the
whether the oil is approved to the dexos specification are all that is
needed for good performance and
Engine Oil Life System
dexos1 specification.
engine protection. When to Change Engine Oil
Viscosity Grade Engine oil system flushes are not This vehicle has a computer system
recommended and could cause that indicates when to change the
Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade engine damage not covered by the
engine oil. engine oil and filter. This is based
vehicle warranty. on a combination of factors which
Cold Temperature Operation: In an include engine revolutions, engine
area of extreme cold, where the What to Do with Used Oil
temperature, and miles driven.
temperature falls below −29 °C Used engine oil contains certain Based on driving conditions, the
(−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be elements that can be unhealthy for mileage at which an oil change is
used. An oil of this viscosity grade your skin and could even cause indicated can vary considerably. For
will provide easier cold starting for cancer. Do not let used oil stay on the oil life system to work properly,
the engine at extremely low your skin for very long. Clean your the system must be reset every time
temperatures. When selecting an oil skin and nails with soap and water, the oil is changed.
of the appropriate viscosity grade, or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
always select an oil of the correct properly dispose of clothing or rags When the system has calculated
specification. See “Specification” containing used engine oil. See the that oil life has been diminished, it
earlier in this section. manufacturer's warnings about the indicates that an oil change is
use and disposal of oil products. necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE
OIL SOON DIC message comes on.
Used oil can be a threat to the See Engine Oil Messages 0 116.
environment. If you change your Change the oil as soon as possible
own oil, be sure to drain all the oil within the next 1 000 km (600 mi).
from the filter before disposal. Never It is possible that, if driving under
dispose of oil by putting it in the the best conditions, the oil life
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
228 Vehicle Care
system might indicate that an oil How to Reset the Engine Oil Automatic Transmission
change is not necessary for up to a Life System
year. The engine oil and filter must
Fluid
be changed at least once a year Reset the system whenever the
engine oil is changed so that the How to Check Automatic
and, at this time, the system must Transmission Fluid
be reset. Your dealer has trained system can calculate the next
service people who will perform this engine oil change. To reset the It is not necessary to check the
work and reset the system. It is also system: transmission fluid level.
important to check the oil regularly 1. Using the DIC MENU button A transmission fluid leak is the only
over the course of an oil drain and thumbwheel, scroll until reason for fluid loss. If a leak
interval and keep it at the proper you reach REMAINING OIL occurs, take the vehicle to your
level. dealer and have it repaired as soon
LIFE on the DIC (: % for
as possible.
If the system is ever reset Canada).
accidentally, the oil must be The vehicle is not equipped with a
2. Press the SET/CLR button to
changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) transmission fluid level dipstick.
reset the oil life at 100%. When
since the last oil change. There is a special procedure for
prompted, use the thumbwheel
Remember to reset the oil life checking and changing the
to highlight YES or NO. Press
system whenever the oil is changed. transmission fluid. Because this
the SET/CLR button to confirm.
procedure is difficult, this should be
Be careful not to reset the oil life done at the dealer. Contact the
display accidentally at any time dealer for additional information.
other than after the oil is changed.
Change the fluid at the intervals
It cannot be reset accurately.
listed in Maintenance Schedule
If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON 0 305, and be sure to use the fluid
DIC message comes back on when listed in Recommended Fluids and
the vehicle is started, the engine oil Lubricants 0 314.
life system has not reset. Repeat
the procedure.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 229
Manual Transmission When to Check and What Do not remove the cap to check the
to Use fluid level or to top off the fluid level.
Fluid Remove the cap only when
How to Check Manual necessary to add the proper fluid
Transmission Fluid until the level reaches the MIN line.
It is not necessary to check the Engine Air Cleaner/Filter

manual transmission fluid level.
A transmission fluid leak is the only The engine air cleaner/filter is in the
reason for fluid loss. If a leak engine compartment on the
occurs, take the vehicle to your The brake/hydraulic clutch fluid passenger side of the vehicle. See
dealer and have it repaired as soon reservoir cap has either a symbol or Engine Compartment Overview
as possible. See Recommended text specifying the type of brake 0 222 for location.
Fluids and Lubricants 0 314 for the fluid. The common brake/clutch fluid
reservoir is filled with GM approved When to Inspect the Engine Air
proper fluid to use.
DOT 3 brake fluid as indicated on Cleaner/Filter
Hydraulic Clutch the reservoir cap. See Engine For intervals on changing and
Compartment Overview 0 222 for inspecting the engine air cleaner/
For vehicles with a manual reservoir location. filter, see Maintenance Schedule
transmission, it is not necessary to 0 305.
regularly check brake/clutch fluid How to Check and Add Fluid
unless there is a leak suspected. Visually check the brake/clutch fluid How to Inspect the Engine Air
Adding fluid will not correct a leak. reservoir to make sure the fluid level Cleaner/Filter
A fluid loss in this system could is at the MIN (minimum) line on the
indicate a problem. Have the Do not start the engine or have the
side of the reservoir. The brake/ engine running with the engine air
system inspected and repaired. hydraulic clutch fluid system should cleaner/filter housing open. Before
be closed and sealed. removing the engine air cleaner/
filter, make sure that the engine air
cleaner/filter housing and nearby
components are free of dirt and
debris. Remove the engine air
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
230 Vehicle Care
cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake

the engine air cleaner/filter (away { Warning
from the vehicle), to release loose
dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air Operating the engine with the air
cleaner/filter for damage, and cleaner/filter off can cause you or
replace if damaged. Do not clean others to be burned. The air
the engine air cleaner/filter or cleaner not only cleans the air; it
components with water or helps to stop flames if the engine
compressed air. backfires. Use caution when
working on the engine and do not
To inspect or replace the engine air
drive with the air cleaner/filter off.
cleaner/filter:
1.8L L4 Engine
1. Remove the six screws that Caution
secure the cover.
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt
2. Lift off the cover. can easily get into the engine,
3. Inspect or replace the engine which could damage it. Always
air cleaner/filter. have the air cleaner/filter in place
4. Align the air cleaner/filter when you are driving.
correctly.
5. Install the cover by lowering it
over the air cleaner/filter and
1.4L L4 Engine secure with the six screws.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 231
Cooling System
{ Warning Caution
The cooling system allows the
engine to maintain the correct An electric engine cooling fan Using coolant other than
working temperature. under the hood can start up even DEX-COOL® can cause
when the engine is not running premature engine, heater core,
and can cause injury. Keep or radiator corrosion. In addition,
hands, clothing, and tools away the engine coolant could require
from any underhood electric fan. changing sooner. Any repairs
vehicle warranty. Always use
DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant
{ Warning in the vehicle.
Heater and radiator hoses, and
other engine parts, can be very Engine Coolant
hot. Do not touch them. If you do,
you can be burned. The cooling system in the vehicle is
1.4L L4 Engine Shown, 1.8L L4 filled with DEX-COOL engine
Engine Similar Do not run the engine if there is a coolant. This coolant is designed to
leak. If you run the engine, it remain in the vehicle for 5 years or
1. Engine Cooling Fan (Out could lose all coolant. That could 240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever
of View) cause an engine fire, and you occurs first.
2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank could be burned. Get any leak
The following explains the cooling
and Pressure Cap fixed before you drive the vehicle. system and how to check and add
coolant when it is low. If there is a
problem with engine overheating,
see Engine Overheating 0 234.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
232 Vehicle Care
What to Use . Gives boiling protection up to or bodies of water. Have the coolant
129 °C (265 °F), engine changed by an authorized service
{ Warning temperature. center, familiar with legal
requirements regarding used
. Protects against rust and
Adding only plain water or some corrosion. coolant disposal. This will help
other liquid to the cooling system protect the environment and your
. Will not damage aluminum parts. health.
can be dangerous. Plain water
and other liquids, can boil before . Helps keep the proper engine Checking Coolant
the proper coolant mixture will. temperature.
The coolant warning system is set The vehicle must be on a level
surface when checking the coolant
for the proper coolant mixture. Caution
level.
With plain water or the wrong
mixture, the engine could get too If improper coolant mixture, Check to see if coolant is visible in
hot but you would not get the inhibitors, or additives are used in the coolant surge tank. If the coolant
overheat warning. The engine the vehicle cooling system, the inside the coolant surge tank is
could catch fire and you or others engine could overheat and be boiling, do not do anything else until
could be burned. Use a 50/ damaged. Too much water in the it cools down. If coolant is visible
50 mixture of clean, drinkable mixture can freeze and crack but the coolant level is not at the
water and DEX-COOL coolant. engine cooling parts. The repairs indicated mark, add a 50/50 mixture
would not be covered by the of clean, drinkable water and
vehicle warranty. Use only the DEX-COOL coolant at the coolant
Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, proper mixture of engine coolant surge tank, but be sure the cooling
drinkable water and DEX-COOL system is cool before this is done.
for the cooling system. See
coolant. If using this mixture, See Engine Overheating 0 234.
Recommended Fluids and
nothing else needs to be added.
This mixture: Lubricants 0 314. The coolant surge tank is located in
the engine compartment on the
. Gives freezing protection down driver side of the vehicle. See
to −37 °C (−34 °F), outside Never dispose of engine coolant by
Engine Compartment Overview
temperature. putting it in the trash, pouring it on
0 222.
the ground, or into sewers, streams,
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 233
How to Add Coolant to the

Coolant Surge Tank Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
under pressure, and if you turn overheat warning. The engine
Caution the coolant surge tank pressure could catch fire and you or others
cap — even a little — they can could be burned. Use a 50/
This vehicle has a specific
come out at high speed. Never 50 mixture of clean, drinkable
coolant fill procedure. Failure to
turn the cap when the cooling water and DEX-COOL coolant.
follow this procedure could cause
system, including the coolant
the engine to overheat and be
surge tank pressure cap, is hot.
severely damaged.
Wait for the cooling system and
coolant surge tank pressure cap Caution
If no problem is found, check to see to cool if you ever have to turn In cold weather, water can freeze
if coolant is visible in the coolant the pressure cap. and crack the engine, radiator,
surge tank. If coolant is visible but
heater core, and other parts. Use
the coolant level is not at the
indicated level mark, add a 50/ the recommended coolant and
50 mixture of clean, drinkable water { Warning the proper coolant mixture.
and DEX-COOL coolant at the
coolant surge tank, but be sure the Adding only plain water or some
other liquid to the cooling system
cooling system, including the
coolant surge tank pressure cap, is can be dangerous. Plain water { Warning
cool before you do it. and other liquids, can boil before You can be burned if you spill
the proper coolant mixture will. coolant on hot engine parts.
{ Warning The coolant warning system is set
for the proper coolant mixture.
Coolant contains ethylene glycol
and it will burn if the engine parts
Steam and scalding liquids from a With plain water or the wrong are hot enough. Do not spill
hot cooling system can blow out mixture, the engine could get too coolant on a hot engine.
and burn you badly. They are hot but you would not get the
(Continued) (Continued)
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
234 Vehicle Care
1. Remove the coolant surge tank the coolant surge tank until the
pressure cap when the cooling level reaches the indicated
system, including the coolant level mark.
surge tank pressure cap and 5. Replace the pressure cap. Be
upper radiator hose, is no sure the pressure cap is
longer hot. hand-tight.
Turn the pressure cap slowly Check the level in the coolant surge
counterclockwise about tank when the cooling system has
one-quarter of a turn. If you cooled down. If the coolant is not at
hear a hiss, wait for that to the proper level, repeat
stop. This will allow any Steps 1-3 and reinstall the pressure
pressure still left to be vented cap. If the coolant still is not at the
out the discharge hose. 1.4L L4 Engine Shown, 1.8L L4
proper level when the system cools
2. Keep turning the pressure cap Engine Similar down again, see your dealer.
slowly and remove it. 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with
the proper DEX-COOL coolant Engine Overheating
mixture to the indicated
level mark. There is an engine coolant
temperature gauge on the vehicle
4. With the coolant surge tank instrument cluster to warn of engine
pressure cap off, start the overheating. See Engine Coolant
engine and let it run until the Temperature Gauge 0 100.
upper radiator hose can be felt
getting hot. Watch out for the If the decision is made not to lift the
engine cooling fan. hood when this warning appears,
get service help right away. See
By this time, the coolant level Roadside Assistance Program
inside the coolant surge tank 0 325.
may be lower. If the level is
lower, add more of the proper
DEX-COOL coolant mixture to
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 235
If the decision is made to lift the If Steam Is Coming from the too serious. Sometimes the engine
hood, make sure the vehicle is Engine Compartment can get a little too hot when the
parked on a level surface. vehicle:
Check to see if the engine cooling { Warning . Climbs a long hill on a hot day.
fan is running. If the engine is . Stops after high-speed driving.
overheating, the fan should be Steam from an overheated engine
running. If it is not, do not continue can burn you badly, even if you . Idles for long periods in traffic.
to run the engine and have the just open the hood. Stay away . Tows a trailer.
vehicle serviced. from the engine if you see or hear
steam coming from it. Just turn it If the overheat warning is displayed
off and get everyone away from with no sign of steam:
Caution
the vehicle until it cools down. 1. Turn the air conditioning off.
Running the engine without Wait until there is no sign of 2. Turn the heater on to the
coolant may cause damage or a steam or coolant before you open highest temperature and to the
fire. Vehicle damage would not be the hood. highest fan speed. Open the
covered by the vehicle warranty. windows as necessary.
If you keep driving when the
See Overheated Engine
engine is overheated, the liquids 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off
Protection Operating Mode 0 236
in it can catch fire. You or others the road, shift to P (Park) or
for information on driving to a
could be badly burned. Stop the N (Neutral) and let the
safe place in an emergency.
engine if it overheats, and get out engine idle.
of the vehicle until the engine If the temperature overheat gauge is
is cool. no longer in the overheat zone or an
overheat warning no longer
If No Steam Is Coming from displays, the vehicle can be driven.
the Engine Compartment Continue to drive the vehicle slowly
for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe
If an engine overheat warning is vehicle distance from the vehicle in
displayed but no steam can be seen front. If the warning does not come
or heard, the problem may not be
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
236 Vehicle Care
back on, continue to drive normally indicate an overheat condition below freezing, use a fluid that has
and have the cooling system exists. Driving extended distances sufficient protection against
checked for fill and function. and/or towing a trailer in the freezing.
If the warning continues, pull over, overheat protection mode should be
avoided. Adding Washer Fluid
stop, and park the vehicle
right away.
Caution
If there is no sign of steam, idle the
engine for three minutes while After driving in the overheated
parked. If the warning is still engine protection operating
displayed, turn off the engine until it mode, the engine oil will be
cools down. See “Overheated severely degraded. Any repairs
Engine Protection Operating Mode” performed before the engine is Open the cap with the washer
following. symbol on it. Add washer fluid until
cool may cause engine damage.
Allow the engine to cool before the tank is full. See Engine
Overheated Engine attempting any repair. Repair the Compartment Overview 0 222 for
Protection reservoir location.
cause of coolant loss, change the
Operating Mode oil, and reset the oil life system.
See Engine Oil 0 225. Caution
This emergency operating mode
allows the vehicle to be driven to a . Do not use engine coolant
safe place in an emergency Washer Fluid (antifreeze) in the
situation. If an overheated engine windshield washer. It can
condition exists, an overheat What to Use damage the windshield
protection mode which alternates When windshield washer fluid is washer system and paint.
firing groups of cylinders helps needed, be sure to read the . Do not mix water with
prevent engine damage. In this manufacturer's instructions before ready-to-use washer fluid.
mode, a significant loss in power use. If operating the vehicle in an Water can cause the
and engine performance will be area where the temperature may fall
noticed. The temperature gauge will (Continued)
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 237
proper sequence to torque

Caution (Continued) { Warning specifications in Capacities and
Specifications 0 318.
solution to freeze and The brake wear warning sound
damage the washer fluid means that soon the brakes will If the vehicle has rear drum brakes,
tank and other parts of the not work well. That could lead to they do not have wear indicators,
washer system. a crash. When the brake wear but if a rear brake rubbing noise is
warning sound is heard, have the heard, have the rear brake linings
. When using concentrated
vehicle serviced. inspected immediately. Rear brake
washer fluid, follow the drums should be removed and
manufacturer instructions for inspected each time the tires are
adding water. removed for rotation or changing.
. Fill the washer fluid tank Caution Drum brakes have an inspection
only three-quarters full when hole to inspect lining wear during
it is very cold. This allows Continuing to drive with worn-out scheduled maintenance. When the
for fluid expansion if brake pads could result in costly front brake pads are replaced, have
freezing occurs, which could brake repair. the rear brakes inspected, too.
damage the tank if it is Brake linings should always be
completely full. replaced as complete axle sets.
Some driving conditions or climates
can cause a brake squeal when the Brake Pedal Travel
Brakes brakes are first applied or lightly
applied. This does not mean See your dealer if the brake pedal
Disc brake pads have built-in wear something is wrong with the brakes. does not return to normal height,
indicators that make a high-pitched or if there is a rapid increase in
warning sound when the brake pads Properly torqued wheel nuts are
pedal travel. This could be a sign
are worn and new pads are needed. necessary to help prevent brake
that brake service may be required.
The sound can come and go or be pulsation. When tires are rotated,
heard all the time the vehicle is inspect brake pads for wear and Replacing Brake System Parts
moving, except when applying the evenly tighten wheel nuts in the
Always replace brake system parts
brake pedal firmly. with new, approved replacement
parts. If this is not done, the brakes
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
238 Vehicle Care
may not work properly. The braking . A fluid leak in the brake/clutch When the brake/clutch fluid falls to a
performance expected can change hydraulic system. Have the low level, the brake warning light
in many other ways if the wrong brake/clutch hydraulic system comes on. See Brake System
replacement brake parts are fixed. With a leak, the brakes will Warning Light 0 104.
installed or parts are improperly not work well. Brake fluid absorbs water over time.
installed. Always clean the brake fluid Replace brake fluid at the specified
reservoir cap and the area around intervals to prevent increased
Brake Fluid the cap before removing it. stopping distance. See Maintenance
Do not top off the brake/clutch fluid. Schedule 0 305.
Adding fluid does not correct a leak. What to Add
If fluid is added when the linings are
worn, there will be too much fluid Use only GM approved DOT 3
when new brake linings are brake fluid from a clean, sealed
installed. Add or remove fluid, as container. See Recommended
necessary, only when work is done Fluids and Lubricants 0 314.
The brake/clutch master cylinder on the brake/clutch hydraulic
reservoir is filled with DOT 3 brake system. { Warning
fluid as indicated on the reservoir
cap. See Engine Compartment The wrong or contaminated brake
Overview 0 222 for the location of { Warning fluid could result in damage to the
the reservoir. If too much brake fluid is added, it brake system. This could result in
There are only two reasons why the can spill on the engine and burn, the loss of braking leading to a
brake fluid level in the reservoir may if the engine is hot enough. You possible injury. Always use the
go down: or others could be burned, and proper brake fluid.
. Normal brake lining wear. When the vehicle could be damaged.
new linings are installed, the Add brake fluid only when work is
fluid level goes back up. done on the brake/clutch
hydraulic system.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 239
Caution Warning (Continued)

Starter Switch Check
If brake fluid is spilled on the the State of California to cause { Warning
vehicle's painted surfaces, the cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER
paint finish can be damaged. HANDLING. See California When you are doing this
Immediately wash off any painted Proposition 65 Warning 0 219. inspection, the vehicle could
surface. move suddenly. If the vehicle
moves, you or others could be
Vehicle Storage injured.
Battery - North America
The original equipment battery is { Warning 1. Before starting this check, be
maintenance free. Do not remove Batteries have acid that can burn sure there is enough room
the cap and do not add fluid. you and gas that can explode. around the vehicle.
Refer to the replacement number on You can be badly hurt if you are 2. Apply both the parking brake
the original battery label when a not careful. See Jump Starting - and the regular brake.
new battery is needed. North America 0 288 for tips on Do not use the accelerator
working around a battery without pedal, and be ready to turn off
{ Warning getting hurt. the engine immediately if it
starts.
WARNING: Battery posts,
terminals, and related Infrequent Usage: Remove the 3. For automatic transmission
accessories contain lead and lead black, negative (−) cable from the vehicles, try to start the engine
battery to keep the battery from in each gear. The vehicle
compounds, chemicals known to
running down. should start only in P (Park) or
the State of California to cause
cancer and birth defects or other Extended Storage: Remove the N (Neutral). If the vehicle starts
black, negative (−) cable from the in any other position, contact
reproductive harm. Batteries also
battery or use a battery trickle your dealer for service.
contain other chemicals known to
charger.
(Continued)
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
240 Vehicle Care
For manual transmission 2. Apply the parking brake. Be Park Brake and P (Park)
vehicles, put the shift lever in ready to apply the regular
Neutral, push the clutch pedal brake immediately if the vehicle
Mechanism Check
down halfway, and try to start begins to move.
the engine. The vehicle should 3. With the engine off, turn the
{ Warning
start only when the clutch ignition on, but do not start the
pedal is pushed down all the When you are doing this check,
engine. Without applying the the vehicle could begin to move.
way to the floor. If the vehicle regular brake, try to move the
starts when the clutch pedal is You or others could be injured
shift lever out of P (Park) with
not pushed all the way down, and property could be damaged.
normal effort. If the shift lever
contact your dealer for service. Make sure there is room in front
moves out of P (Park), contact
of the vehicle in case it begins to
your dealer for service.
Automatic Transmission roll. Be ready to apply the regular
Shift Lock Control brake at once should the vehicle
Ignition Transmission begin to move.
Function Check Lock Check
If equipped with a key type ignition, Park on a fairly steep hill, with the
{ Warning while parked and with the parking vehicle facing downhill. Keeping
brake set, try to turn the ignition to your foot on the regular brake, set
When you are doing this LOCK/OFF in each shift lever
inspection, the vehicle could the parking brake.
position.
move suddenly. If the vehicle . To check the parking brake's
moves, you or others could be . The ignition should turn to holding ability: With the engine
injured. LOCK/OFF only when the shift running and the transmission in
lever is in P (Park). N (Neutral), slowly remove foot
. The ignition key should come pressure from the regular brake
1. Before starting this check, be pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
sure there is enough room out only in LOCK/OFF.
held by the parking brake only.
around the vehicle. It should be Contact your dealer if service is
parked on a level surface. required.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 241

. To check the P (Park) 4. Remove the wiper blade.
mechanism's holding ability: Caution (Continued)
Allowing the wiper blade arm to
With the engine running, shift to touch the windshield when no
P (Park). Then release the occurs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Do not allow wiper blade is installed could
parking brake followed by the damage the windshield. Any
regular brake. the wiper arm to touch the
windshield. damage that occurs would not
Contact your dealer if service is be covered by the vehicle
required. warranty. Do not allow the
To replace the windshield wiper wiper blade to touch the
Wiper Blade Replacement blade: windshield.
Windshield wiper blades should be 1. Pull the wiper assembly (1) 5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper
inspected for wear or cracking. See away from the windshield. blade replacement.
Maintenance Schedule 0 305 for
more information.
Replacement blades come in
different types and are removed in
different ways. For proper
windshield wiper blade length and
type, see Maintenance
Replacement Parts 0 315.
Caution 2. Lift up on the plastic latch (2) in

the middle of the wiper blade
Allowing the wiper arm to touch where the wiper arm attaches.
the windshield when no wiper 3. With the latch open, pull the
blade is installed could damage wiper blade (3) down toward
the windshield. Any damage that the windshield far enough to
(Continued) release it from the J-hooked
end of the wiper arm.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
242 Vehicle Care
Headlamp Aiming Bulb Replacement Headlamps, Front Turn

Headlamp aim has been preset and For the proper type of replacement Signal and Parking
should need no further adjustment. bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs Lamps
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, 0 247.
the headlamp aim may be affected. For any bulb-changing procedure
If adjustment to the headlamps is not listed in this section, contact
necessary, see your dealer. your dealer.
Halogen Bulbs
{ Warning
Halogen bulbs have pressurized
gas inside and can burst if you
drop or scratch the bulb. You or
others could be injured. Be sure
to read and follow the instructions 1. Parking/Turn Signal Lamp
on the bulb package. 2. High-Beam Headlamp/
Low-Beam Headlamp
and DRL
High-Beam Headlamp/
Low-Beam Headlamp and DRL
1. Open the hood. See Hood
0 220.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 243
2. For the driver side bulb, 6. Install the new bulb in the
remove the windshield washer headlamp assembly by turning
bottle filler neck by firmly clockwise.
pulling it straight up and out of 7. Install the wiring harness
the bottle. connector to the bulb. Be sure
the connector release (2) locks
into place.
8. Install the connector
retaining tab (1).
9. For the driver side, reinstall the
windshield washer bottle filler
neck by firmly pushing it 3. Remove the parking/turn signal
straight into the bottle. Ensure lamp bulb socket from the
that the filler neck clip engages headlamp assembly by turning
into the underhood electrical counterclockwise.
center retainer.
Parking/Turn Signal Lamp
3. Remove the connector
retaining tab (1). 1. Open the hood. See Hood
0 220.
4. Disconnect the wiring harness
connector from the bulb (3) by 2. For the driver side bulb,
pressing the connector remove the windshield washer
release (2) and pulling bottle filler neck by firmly
straight back. pulling it straight up and out of
the bottle.
5. Remove the bulb (3) from the
headlamp assembly by turning
counterclockwise and pulling
straight back.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
244 Vehicle Care
4. Remove the bulb from the bulb Taillamps, Turn Signal,

socket.
Sidemarker, Stoplamps,
5. Install the new bulb in the bulb and Back-Up Lamps
socket.
6. Install the bulb socket into the
headlamp assembly by turning
clockwise.
7. For the driver side, reinstall the
windshield washer bottle filler
neck by firmly pushing it
straight into the bottle. Ensure
that the filler neck clip engages 2. Remove the trunk deck trim
into the underhood electrical cover (1).
center retainer.
3. Remove the bulb socket (2) by
turning counterclockwise and
Trunk Deck Inboard Taillamps pulling straight out.
1. Open the trunk.

9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 245
4. Remove the bulb from the 1. Sidemarker Lamp 2. Open the two screw covers.
socket. 2. Turn Signal Lamp
5. Install the new bulb in the bulb 3. Stoplamp/Taillamp
socket. 4. Back-up Lamp
6. Install the bulb socket by To replace any one of these bulbs:
turning clockwise.
Stoplamp/Taillamp, Turn Signal,
7. Install the trunk deck trim Back-up, and Rear
cover. Sidemarker Lamp
1. Open the trunk.
3. Remove the two screws that

secure the taillamp assembly.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
246 Vehicle Care
License Plate Lamp

To replace the license plate
lamp bulb:
4. Remove the taillamp assembly 3. Turn the bulb socket

by pulling it straight back. counterclockwise and pull
5. Remove the bulb socket from straight out of the lamp
the taillamp assembly by assembly.
turning it counterclockwise. 1. Remove the two screws from 4. Remove the bulb by pulling it
6. Install a new bulb into the bulb the license plate lamp straight out of the socket.
socket. assembly. 5. Push the new bulb into the
7. Install the bulb socket into the 2. Turn and pull the license plate socket.
taillamp assembly by turning it lamp assembly down. 6. Install the bulb socket by
clockwise. turning clockwise into the
8. Install the taillamp assembly license plate lamp assembly.
and tighten the two screws. 7. Replace the license plate lamp
9. Close the two screw covers. assembly and tightien the two
screws to secure.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 247
Replacement Bulbs Electrical System Headlamp Wiring

Bulb An electrical overload may cause
Exterior Lamp
Number Electrical System the lamps to go on and off, or in
Overload some cases to remain off. Have the
Back-Up Lamp 921K headlamp wiring checked right away
Front and Rear 194 The vehicle has fuses and circuit if the lamps go on and off or
Sidemarker breakers to protect against an remain off.
electrical system overload.
Front Parking/Turn 7444NA Windshield Wipers
Signal Lamp When the current electrical load is
too heavy, the circuit breaker opens If the wiper motor overheats due to
High‐Beam/Low‐ H13LL and closes, protecting the circuit heavy snow or ice, the windshield
Bean and DRL until the current load returns to wipers will stop until the motor cools
Headlamp normal or the problem is fixed. This and will then restart.
License Plate Lamp W5W LL greatly reduces the chance of circuit Although the circuit is protected
overload and fire caused by from electrical overload, overload
Rear Turn 7443NA electrical problems. due to heavy snow or ice may
Signal Lamp
Fuses and circuit breakers protect cause wiper linkage damage.
Stoplamp/Taillamp 3057K LCP power devices in the vehicle. Always clear ice and heavy snow
from the windshield before using the
For replacement bulbs not listed Replace a bad fuse with a new one windshield wipers.
here, contact your dealer. of the identical size and rating.
If the overload is caused by an
If there is a problem on the road and electrical problem and not snow or
a fuse needs to be replaced, the ice, be sure to get it fixed.
same amperage fuse can be
borrowed. Choose some feature of
the vehicle that is not needed to use
and replace it as soon as possible.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
248 Vehicle Care
Fuses and Circuit Engine Compartment

Breakers Fuse Block
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
protected from short circuits by a
combination of fuses and circuit
breakers. This greatly reduces the
chance of damage caused by
electrical problems.
To check a fuse, look at the
silver-colored band inside the fuse.
If the band is broken or melted,
replace the fuse. Be sure to replace
a bad fuse with a new one of the
identical size and rating.
Fuses of the same amperage can To remove the fuse block cover,
be temporarily borrowed from squeeze the clips and swing it up.
another fuse location, if a fuse goes
out. Replace the fuse as soon as
possible. Caution
To identify and check fuses, circuit Spilling liquid on any electrical
breakers, and relays, see Engine component on the vehicle may
Compartment Fuse Block 0 248 and damage it. Always keep the
Instrument Panel Fuse Block 0 251. covers on any electrical
component.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 249
Mini Fuses Usage

10 Engine Control
Module
11 Lambda Sensor
13 Canister Vent
Solenoid
14 Air Solenoid
15 Not Used
16 Ignition/Air Quality
Sensor/Aero-Shutter
17 Ignition/Airbag
18 Fuel Control Module
19 Not Used
Engine Compartment Fuse Block
20 Fuel Pump
The vehicle may not be equipped Mini Fuses Usage 23 Not Used
with all of the fuses, relays, and
4 Canister Vent 29 Not Used
features shown.
Solenoid 30 Antilock Brake
Mini Fuses Usage
5 Ignition System
1 Transmission
Control Module 7 Not Used 31 Body Control
Module
2 Engine Control 8 Fuel Injection
Module 32 Body Control
9 Fuel Injection/ Module
3 Not Used Ignition System
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
250 Vehicle Care
Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage

33 Front Seat Heating 54 Light Switch/Light 71 Not Used
Control
34 Sunroof (If
Equipped) 55 Mirror Folding J-Case Usage
Fuses
35 Infotainment 56 Windshield Washer
System/Amplifier 6 Front Wipers
57 Not Used
36 Not Used 12 Starter Solenoid
58 Not Used
37 High Beam 21 Rear Power
60 Heated Mirror Windows
Right Side
61 Heated Mirror 22 Not Used
38 High Beam Left Side
62 Air Conditioning 24 Front Power
39 Not Used
63 Rear Window Windows
40 Not Used
Sensor 25 Electronic
46 Cooling Fan Vacuum Pump
64 Automatic Occupant
47 Lambda Sensor Sense 26 Antilock Brake
48 Fog Lights 65 Not Used System Pump
49 Not Used 66 Not Used 27 Electronic Key
System/PEPS
50 Not Used 67 Fuel System Control
Module 28 Rear Window
51 Horn
Defogger
68 Not Used
52 Malfunction
41 Not Used
Indicator Lamp 69 Battery Voltage
Sensor 42 Cooling Fan K2
53 Automatic Dimming
Rearview Mirror 70 Not Used 43 Not Used
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 251
J-Case Usage U-Micro Usage Instrument Panel Fuse

Fuses Relays Block
44 Not Used 3 Cooling Fan K7
45 Cooling Fan K1 8 Fuel Pump
59 SEC Air Pump 11 Not Used
Micro Usage HC Relays Usage

Relays
9 Cooling Fan K2
1 A/C Clutch
13 Cooling Fan K1
2 Starter Solenoid
4 Front Wiper Speed Mini Relays Usage
5 Front Wiper On 7 Ignition 87 Main
6 Air Solenoid 15 Ignition 15 The instrument panel fuse block is
in the driver side of the instrument
10 Cooling Fan K3 16 SEC Air Pump panel. To access the fuses:
12 Cooling Fan K3 17 Window and Mirror 1. Open the fuse block cover by
Defogger pulling out at the top.
14 Not Used
2. Remove the lower edge of the
cover.
3. Remove the cover.
To reinstall the cover, reverse the
steps above.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
252 Vehicle Care
The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage

with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown. 14 Diagnostic
Fuses Usage Connector
1 Infotainment 15 Airbag
System/Hands-free 16 Central Locking
Phone System/Tailgate
2 Not Used 17 Air Conditioning
3 Body Control System
Module 18 Not Used
4 Infotainment System 19 Not Used
5 Information Display/ 20 Not Used
Parking Assist
21 Instrument Cluster
6 Cigarette Lighter
22 Ignition/Electronic
7 Power Outlet Key System
8 Body Control 23 Body Control
Module Module
9 Body Control 24 Body Control
Module Module
Instrument Panel Fuse Block 10 Body Control 25 Not Used
Module
26 Not Used
11 Interior Fan
12 Not Used
13 Power Seat
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 253
Relays Usage Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued)

1 Trunk Open
Tires . Underinflated tires pose
2 Not Used the same danger as
Every new GM vehicle has
3 RAP Relay
high-quality tires made by a overloaded tires. The
leading tire manufacturer. See resulting crash could
the warranty manual for cause serious injury.
information regarding the tire Check all tires frequently
warranty and where to get to maintain the
service. For additional recommended pressure.
information refer to the tire Tire pressure should be
manufacturer. checked when the tires
are cold.
{ Warning . Overinflated tires are
more likely to be cut,
. Poorly maintained and punctured, or broken by
improperly used tires are a sudden impact — such
dangerous. as when hitting a pothole.
. Overloading the tires can Keep tires at the
cause overheating as a recommended pressure.
result of too much . Worn or old tires can
flexing. There could be a cause a crash. If the
blowout and a serious tread is badly worn,
crash. See Vehicle Load replace them.
Limits 0 176. (Continued)
(Continued)
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
254 Vehicle Care
and weather conditions. Original for details regarding winter tire

Warning (Continued) equipment tires designed to GM's availability and proper tire selection.
specific tire performance criteria Also, see Buying New Tires 0 267.
. Replace any tires that have a TPC specification code
have been damaged by With winter tires, there may be
molded onto the sidewall. Original decreased dry road traction,
impacts with potholes, equipment all-season tires can be increased road noise, and shorter
curbs, etc. identified by the last two characters tread life. After changing to winter
. of this TPC code, which will
Improperly repaired tires tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
be “MS.” handling and braking.
can cause a crash. Only
the dealer or an Consider installing winter tires on If using winter tires:
authorized tire service the vehicle if frequent driving on
snow or ice-covered roads is . Use tires of the same brand and
center should repair, tread type on all four wheel
expected. All-season tires provide
replace, dismount, and adequate performance for most positions.
mount the tires. winter driving conditions, but they . Use only radial ply tires of the
. Do not spin the tires in may not offer the same level of same size, load range, and
excess of 56 km/h traction or performance as winter speed rating as the original
(35 mph) on slippery tires on snow or ice-covered roads. equipment tires.
See Winter Tires 0 254.
surfaces such as snow, Winter tires with the same speed
mud, ice, etc. Excessive Winter Tires rating as the original equipment tires
spinning may cause the may not be available for H, V, W, Y,
tires to explode. This vehicle was not originally and ZR speed rated tires. If winter
equipped with winter tires. Winter tires with a lower speed rating are
tires are designed for increased chosen, never exceed the tire's
All-Season Tires traction on snow and ice-covered maximum speed capability.
roads. Consider installing winter
This vehicle may come with
tires on the vehicle if frequent
all-season tires. These tires are
driving on ice or snow covered
designed to provide good overall
roads is expected. See your dealer
performance on most road surfaces
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 255
Low-Profile Tires Tire Sidewall Labeling (2) TPC Spec (Tire

Performance Criteria
If the vehicle has P225/45R18 Useful information about a tire is Specification) : Original
size tires, they are classified as molded into its sidewall. The equipment tires designed to
low-profile tires. examples show a typical GM's specific tire performance
passenger vehicle tire and a criteria have a TPC specification
Caution compact spare tire sidewall. code molded onto the sidewall.
Low-profile tires are more GM's TPC specifications meet or
susceptible to damage from road exceed all federal safety
hazards or curb impact than guidelines.
standard profile tires. Tire and/or (3) DOT (Department of
wheel assembly damage can Transportation) : The
occur when coming into contact Department of Transportation
with road hazards like potholes, (DOT) code indicates that the
or sharp edged objects, or when tire is in compliance with the
sliding into a curb. The warranty
U.S. Department of
does not cover this type of
Transportation Motor Vehicle
damage. Keep tires set to the
correct inflation pressure and
Safety Standards.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example
when possible, avoid contact with DOT Tire Date of
curbs, potholes, and other road (1) Tire Size : The tire size is a Manufacture : The last four
hazards. combination of letters and digits of the TIN indicate the tire
numbers used to define a manufactured date. The first two
particular tire's width, height, digits represent the week (01–
aspect ratio, construction type, 52) and the last two digits, the
and service description. See the year. For example, the third
“Tire Size” illustration later in this
section.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
256 Vehicle Care
week of the year 2010 would (7) Maximum Cold Inflation road tire has lost air and gone
have a four-digit DOT date Load Limit : Maximum load that flat. If the vehicle has a compact
of 0310. can be carried and the spare tire, see Compact Spare
(4) Tire Identification Number maximum pressure needed to Tire 0 287 and If a Tire Goes
(TIN) : The letters and numbers support that load. Flat 0 272.
following the DOT (Department (3) Tire Identification Number
of Transportation) code are the (TIN) : The letters and numbers
Tire Identification Number (TIN). following the DOT (Department
The TIN shows the of Transportation) code are the
manufacturer and plant code, Tire Identification Number (TIN).
tire size, and date the tire was The TIN shows the
manufactured. The TIN is manufacturer and plant code,
molded onto both sides of the tire size, and date the tire was
tire, although only one side may manufactured. The TIN is
have the date of manufacture. molded onto both sides of the
(5) Tire Ply Material : The type tire, although only one side may
of cord and number of plies in Compact Spare Tire Example have the date of manufacture.
the sidewall and under the tread. (1) Tire Ply Material : The type (4) Maximum Cold Inflation
(6) Uniform Tire Quality of cord and number of plies in Load Limit : Maximum load that
Grading (UTQG) : Tire the sidewall and under the tread. can be carried and the
manufacturers are required to maximum pressure needed to
(2) Temporary Use Only : The
grade tires based on three support that load.
compact spare tire or temporary
performance factors: treadwear, use tire should not be driven at (5) Tire Inflation : The
traction, and temperature speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph). temporary use tire or compact
resistance. For more information The compact spare tire is for spare tire should be inflated to
see Uniform Tire Quality emergency use when a regular 420 kPa (60 psi). For more
Grading 0 269.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 257
information on tire pressure and Tire Designations (3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit
inflation see Tire Pressure number that indicates the tire
0 260. Tire Size height-to-width measurements.
(6) Tire Size : A combination of The following is an example of a For example, if the tire size
letters and numbers define a typical passenger vehicle aspect ratio is 60, as shown in
tire's width, height, aspect ratio, tire size. item 3 of the illustration, it would
construction type, and service mean that the tire's sidewall is
description. The letter T as the 60 percent as high as it is wide.
first character in the tire size (4) Construction Code : A letter
means the tire is for temporary code is used to indicate the type
use only. of ply construction in the tire.
(7) TPC Spec (Tire The letter R means radial ply
Performance Criteria (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : construction; the letter D means
Specification) : Original The United States version of a diagonal or bias ply
equipment tires designed to metric tire sizing system. The construction; and the letter B
GM's specific tire performance letter P as the first character in means belted-bias ply
criteria have a TPC specification the tire size means a passenger construction.
code molded onto the sidewall. vehicle tire engineered to (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of
GM's TPC specifications meet or standards set by the U.S. Tire the wheel in inches.
exceed all federal safety and Rim Association. (6) Service Description : These
guidelines. (2) Tire Width : The three-digit characters represent the load
number indicates the tire section index and speed rating of the
width in millimeters from tire. The load index represents
sidewall to sidewall. the load carrying capacity a tire
is certified to carry. The speed
rating is the maximum speed a
tire is certified to carry a load.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
258 Vehicle Care
Tire Terminology and Bead : The tire bead contains Department of Transportation
Definitions steel wires wrapped by steel (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety
cords that hold the tire onto Standards. The DOT code
Air Pressure : The amount of the rim. includes the Tire Identification
air inside the tire pressing Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
outward on each square inch of Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire
in which the plies are laid at designator which can also
the tire. Air pressure is identify the tire manufacturer,
expressed in kPa (kilopascal) alternate angles less than
90 degrees to the centerline of production plant, brand, and
or psi (pounds per square inch). date of production.
the tread.
Accessory Weight : The GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight
combined weight of optional Cold Tire Pressure : The
amount of air pressure in a tire, Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits
accessories. Some examples of 0 176.
optional accessories are measured in kPa (kilopascal)
automatic transmission, power or psi (pounds per square inch) GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight
windows, power seats, and air before a tire has built up heat Rating for the front axle. See
conditioning. from driving. See Tire Pressure Vehicle Load Limits 0 176.
0 260. GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight
Aspect Ratio : The relationship
of a tire's height to its width. Curb Weight : The weight of a Rating for the rear axle. See
motor vehicle with standard and Vehicle Load Limits 0 176.
Belt : A rubber coated layer of optional equipment including the
cords between the plies and the Intended Outboard Sidewall :
maximum capacity of fuel, oil, The side of an asymmetrical tire
tread. Cords may be made from and coolant, but without
steel or other reinforcing that must always face outward
passengers and cargo. when mounted on a vehicle.
materials.
DOT Markings : A code molded Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric
into the sidewall of a tire unit for air pressure.
signifying that the tire is in
compliance with the U.S.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 259
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A Normal Occupant Weight : The tire inflation pressure as shown
tire used on light duty trucks and number of occupants a vehicle on the tire placard. See Tire
some multipurpose passenger is designed to seat multiplied by Pressure 0 260 and Vehicle
vehicles. 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load Load Limits 0 176.
Load Index : An assigned Limits 0 176. Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic
number ranging from 1 to 279 Occupant Distribution : tire in which the ply cords that
that corresponds to the load Designated seating positions. extend to the beads are laid at
carrying capacity of a tire. Outward Facing Sidewall : The 90 degrees to the centerline of
Maximum Inflation Pressure : side of an asymmetrical tire that the tread.
The maximum air pressure to has a particular side that faces Rim : A metal support for a tire
which a cold tire can be inflated. outward when mounted on a and upon which the tire beads
The maximum air pressure is vehicle. The side of the tire that are seated.
molded onto the sidewall. contains a whitewall, bears Sidewall : The portion of a tire
Maximum Load Rating : The white lettering, or bears between the tread and the bead.
load rating for a tire at the manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is Speed Rating : An
maximum permissible inflation alphanumeric code assigned to
pressure for that tire. higher or deeper than the same
moldings on the other sidewall a tire indicating the maximum
Maximum Loaded Vehicle of the tire. speed at which a tire can
Weight : The sum of curb operate.
weight, accessory weight, Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A
tire used on passenger cars and Traction : The friction between
vehicle capacity weight, and the tire and the road surface.
production options weight. some light duty trucks and
multipurpose vehicles. The amount of grip provided.
Recommended Inflation Tread : The portion of a tire that
Pressure : Vehicle comes into contact with
manufacturer's recommended the road.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
260 Vehicle Care
Treadwear Indicators : Narrow Vehicle Maximum Load on the

bands, sometimes called wear Tire : Load on an individual tire Caution
bars, that show across the tread due to curb weight, accessory Neither tire underinflation nor
of a tire when only 1.6 mm weight, occupant weight, and overinflation is good.
(1/16 in) of tread remains. See cargo weight. Underinflated tires, or tires
When It Is Time for New Tires Vehicle Placard : A label that do not have enough air,
0 267. permanently attached to a can result in:
UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality vehicle showing the vehicle . Tire overloading and
Grading Standards) : A tire capacity weight and the original overheating which could
information system that provides equipment tire size and lead to a blowout.
consumers with ratings for a recommended inflation pressure.
tire's traction, temperature, and See “Tire and Loading . Premature or
treadwear. Ratings are Information Label” under Vehicle irregular wear.
determined by tire Load Limits 0 176. . Poor handling.
manufacturers using
. Reduced fuel economy.
government testing procedures. Tire Pressure
The ratings are molded into the Overinflated tires, or tires that
Tires need the correct amount of
sidewall of the tire. See Uniform have too much air, can
air pressure to operate
Tire Quality Grading 0 269. result in:
effectively.
Vehicle Capacity Weight : The . Unusual wear.
number of designated seating . Poor handling.
positions multiplied by
68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated . Rough ride.
cargo load. See Vehicle Load . Needless damage from
Limits 0 176. road hazards.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 261
The Tire and Loading How to Check Put the valve caps back on the
Information label on the vehicle Use a good quality pocket-type valve stems to keep out dirt and
indicates the original equipment gauge to check tire pressure. moisture and prevent leaks. Use
tires and the correct cold tire Proper tire inflation cannot be only valve caps designed for the
inflation pressures. The determined by looking at the tire. vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors
recommended pressure is the Check the tire inflation pressure could be damaged and would
minimum air pressure needed to when the tires are cold, meaning not be covered by the vehicle
support the vehicle's maximum the vehicle has not been driven warranty.
load carrying capacity. See for at least three hours or no
Vehicle Load Limits 0 176. more than 1.6 km (1 mi). Tire Pressure Monitor
How the vehicle is loaded System
Remove the valve cap from the
affects vehicle handling and ride tire valve stem. Press the tire The Tire Pressure Monitor System
comfort. Never load the vehicle gauge firmly onto the valve to (TPMS) uses radio and sensor
with more weight than it was get a pressure measurement. technology to check tire pressure
designed to carry. levels. The TPMS sensors monitor
If the cold tire inflation pressure the air pressure in your tires and
When to Check matches the recommended transmit tire pressure readings to a
pressure on the Tire and receiver located in the vehicle.
Check the tires once a month or
Loading Information label, no
more. Do not forget the compact Each tire, including the spare (if
further adjustment is necessary. provided), should be checked
spare, if the vehicle has one.
If the inflation pressure is low, monthly when cold and inflated to
The cold compact spare tire
add air until the recommended the inflation pressure recommended
pressure should be at 420 kPa
pressure is reached. If the by the vehicle manufacturer on the
(60 psi). See Compact Spare
inflation pressure is high, press vehicle placard or tire inflation
Tire 0 287.
on the metal stem in the center pressure label. (If your vehicle has
of the tire valve to release air. tires of a different size than the size
indicated on the vehicle placard or
Recheck the tire pressure with
the tire gauge.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
262 Vehicle Care
tire inflation pressure label, you not reached the level to trigger alternate tires and wheels allow the
should determine the proper tire illumination of the TPMS low tire TPMS to continue to function
inflation pressure for those tires.) pressure telltale. properly.
As an added safety feature, your Your vehicle has also been See Tire Pressure Monitor
vehicle has been equipped with a equipped with a TPMS malfunction Operation 0 262.
tire pressure monitoring system indicator to indicate when the See Radio Frequency Statement
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire system is not operating properly. 0 331.
pressure telltale when one or more The TPMS malfunction indicator is
of your tires is significantly combined with the low tire pressure
under-inflated. telltale. When the system detects a Tire Pressure Monitor
Accordingly, when the low tire malfunction, the telltale will flash for Operation
pressure telltale illuminates, you approximately one minute and then This vehicle may have a Tire
should stop and check your tires as remain continuously illuminated. Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
soon as possible, and inflate them This sequence will continue upon The TPMS is designed to warn the
to the proper pressure. Driving on a subsequent vehicle start-ups as driver when a low tire pressure
significantly under-inflated tire long as the malfunction exists. condition exists. TPMS sensors are
causes the tire to overheat and can When the malfunction indicator is mounted onto each tire and wheel
lead to tire failure. Under-inflation illuminated, the system may not be assembly, excluding the spare tire
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire able to detect or signal low tire and wheel assembly. The TPMS
tread life, and may affect the pressure as intended. TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in
vehicle's handling and stopping malfunctions may occur for a variety the tires and transmit the tire
ability. of reasons, including the installation pressure readings to a receiver
of replacement or alternate tires or located in the vehicle.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire wheels on the vehicle that prevent
maintenance, and it is the driver's the TPMS from functioning properly.
responsibility to maintain correct tire Always check the TPMS malfunction
pressure, even if under-inflation has telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 263
The low tire pressure warning light

may come on in cool weather when Caution (Continued)
the vehicle is first started, and then
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This sensors. TPMS sensor damage
could be an early indicator that the caused by using an incorrect tire
air pressure is getting low and must sealant is not covered by the
be inflated to the proper pressure. vehicle warranty. Always use only
When a low tire pressure condition
the GM approved tire sealant
is detected, the TPMS illuminates A Tire and Loading Information label available through your dealer or
the low tire pressure warning light shows the size of the original
located on the instrument cluster. included in the vehicle.
equipment tires and the correct
If the warning light comes on, stop inflation pressure for the tires when
as soon as possible and inflate the they are cold. See Vehicle Load Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kits
tires to the recommended pressure Limits 0 176, for an example of the use a GM-approved liquid tire
shown on the Tire and Loading Tire and Loading Information label sealant. Using non-approved tire
Information label. See Vehicle Load and its location. Also see Tire sealants could damage the TPMS
Limits 0 176. Pressure 0 260. sensors. See Tire Sealant and
A message to check the pressure in The TPMS can warn about a low Compressor Kit 0 274 for
a specific tire displays in the Driver tire pressure condition but it does information regarding the inflator kit
Information Center (DIC) display. not replace normal tire materials and instructions.
The low tire pressure warning light maintenance. See Tire Inspection TPMS Malfunction Light and
and the DIC warning message come 0 265, Tire Rotation 0 266 and Tires Message
on at each ignition cycle until the 0 253.
tires are inflated to the correct The TPMS will not function properly
inflation pressure. Using the DIC, if one or more of the TPMS sensors
Caution are missing or inoperable. When the
tire pressure levels can be viewed.
For additional information and Tire sealant materials are not all system detects a malfunction, the
details about the DIC operation and the same. A non-approved tire low tire warning light flashes for
displays see Driver Information sealant could damage the TPMS about one minute and then stays on
Center (DIC) 0 110. for the remainder of the ignition
(Continued) cycle. A DIC warning message also
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
264 Vehicle Care
displays. The malfunction light and . One or more TPMS sensors are TPMS Sensor Matching
DIC warning message come on at missing or damaged. The DIC Process
each ignition cycle until the problem message and the malfunction
is corrected. Some of the conditions light should go off when the Each TPMS sensor has a unique
that can cause these to come TPMS sensors are installed and identification code. The identification
on are: the sensor matching process is code needs to be matched to a new
performed successfully. See tire/wheel position after rotating the
. One of the road tires has been tires or replacing one or more of the
replaced with the spare tire. The your dealer for service.
TPMS sensors. The TPMS sensor
spare tire does not have a . Replacement tires or wheels do matching process should also be
TPMS sensor. The malfunction not match the original equipment performed after replacing a spare
light and DIC message should tires or wheels. Tires and wheels tire with a road tire containing the
go off after the road tire is other than those recommended TPMS sensor. The malfunction light
replaced and the sensor could prevent the TPMS from and the DIC message should go off
matching process is performed functioning properly. See Buying at the next ignition cycle. The
successfully. See "TPMS Sensor New Tires 0 267. sensors are matched to the tire/
Matching Process" later in this . Operating electronic devices or wheel positions, using a TPMS
section. being near facilities using radio relearn tool, in the following order:
. The TPMS sensor matching wave frequencies similar to the driver side front tire, passenger side
process was not done or not TPMS could cause the TPMS front tire, passenger side rear tire,
completed successfully after sensors to malfunction. and driver side rear. See your
rotating the tires. The dealer for service or to purchase a
If the TPMS is not functioning relearn tool. A TPMS relearn tool
malfunction light and the DIC properly, it cannot detect or signal a
message should go off after can also be purchased. See Tire
low tire condition. See your dealer Pressure Monitor Sensor Activation
successfully completing the for service if the TPMS malfunction
sensor matching process. See Tool at
light and DIC message come on www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or
"TPMS Sensor Matching and stay on.
Process" later in this section. call 1-800-GM TOOLS
(1-800-468-6657).
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 265
There are two minutes to match the The horn sounds twice to matching process is no longer
first tire/wheel position, and signal the receiver is in relearn active. The TIRE LEARNING
five minutes overall to match all four mode and the TIRE ACTIVE message on the DIC
tire/wheel positions. If it takes LEARNING ACTIVE message display screen goes off.
longer, the matching process stops displays on the DIC screen. 12. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
and must be restarted. 7. Start with the driver side 13. Set all four tires to the
The TPMS sensor matching front tire. recommended air pressure
process is: 8. Place the relearn tool against level as indicated on the Tire
1. Set the parking brake. the tire sidewall, near the valve and Loading Information label.
2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN stem. Then press the button to
with the engine off. activate the TPMS sensor. Tire Inspection
A horn chirp confirms that the
3. Use the MENU button to select sensor identification code has We recommend that the tires,
the Vehicle Information menu been matched to this tire and including the spare tire, if the
in the Driver Information wheel position. vehicle has one, be inspected
Center (DIC). for signs of wear or damage at
9. Proceed to the passenger side
4. Use the thumbwheel to scroll to front tire, and repeat the least once a month.
the Tire Pressure Menu item procedure in Step 8. Replace the tire if:
screen.
10. Proceed to the passenger side . The indicators at three or
5. Press the SET/CLR button to rear tire, and repeat the
begin the sensor matching more places around the tire
procedure in Step 8.
process. can be seen.
11. Proceed to the driver side rear
A message requesting tire, and repeat the procedure . There is cord or fabric
acceptance of the process in Step 8. The horn sounds two showing through the tire's
should display. times to indicate the sensor rubber.
6. Press the SET/CLR button identification code has been
again to confirm the selection. matched to the driver side rear
tire, and the TPMS sensor
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
266 Vehicle Care
. The tread or sidewall is rotation, check the wheel Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor
cracked, cut, or snagged alignment. See When It Is Time System. See Tire Pressure
deep enough to show cord or for New Tires 0 267 and Wheel Monitor Operation 0 262.
fabric. Replacement 0 271. Check that all wheel nuts are
. The tire has a bump, bulge, properly tightened. See “Wheel
or split. Nut Torque” under Capacities
. The tire has a puncture, cut, and Specifications 0 318.
or other damage that cannot
be repaired well because of { Warning
the size or location of the Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
damage. parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
Tire Rotation after time. The wheel could come
Tires should be rotated every off and cause an accident. When
12 000 km (7,500 mi). See changing a wheel, remove any
Maintenance Schedule 0 305. rust or dirt from places where the
Use this rotation pattern when wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
Tires are rotated to achieve a rotating the tires. an emergency, a cloth or a paper
more uniform wear for all tires. Do not include the compact towel can be used; however, use
The first rotation is the most spare tire in the tire rotation. a scraper or wire brush later to
important. remove all rust or dirt.
Adjust the front and rear tires to
Anytime unusual wear is the recommended inflation
noticed, rotate the tires as soon pressure on the Tire and Lightly coat the center of the
as possible, check for proper tire Loading Information label after wheel hub with wheel bearing
inflation pressure, and check for the tires have been rotated. See grease after a wheel change or
damaged tires or wheels. If the Tire Pressure 0 260 and Vehicle tire rotation to prevent corrosion
unusual wear continues after the Load Limits 0 176. or rust build-up. Do not get
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 267
grease on the flat wheel or less of tread remaining. See Tire slow aging. This area should be free
mounting surface or on the Inspection 0 265 and Tire Rotation of grease, gasoline, or other
wheel nuts or bolts. 0 266. substances that can deteriorate
The rubber in tires ages over time. rubber.
When It Is Time for New This also applies to the spare tire, Parking for an extended period can
Tires if the vehicle has one, even if it is cause flat spots on the tires that
never used. Multiple factors may result in vibrations while
Factors such as maintenance, including temperatures, loading driving. When storing a vehicle for
temperatures, driving speeds, conditions, and inflation pressure at least a month, remove the tires or
vehicle loading, and road conditions maintenance affect how fast aging raise the vehicle to reduce the
affect the wear rate of the tires. takes place. GM recommends that weight from the tires.
tires, including the spare if
equipped, be replaced after six Buying New Tires
years, regardless of tread wear. The
tire manufacture date is the last four GM has developed and matched
digits of the DOT Tire Identification specific tires for the vehicle. The
Number (TIN) which is molded into original equipment tires installed
one side of the tire sidewall. The were designed to meet General
first two digits represent the week Motors Tire Performance Criteria
(01–52) and the last two digits, the Specification (TPC Spec)
year. For example, the third week of system rating. When
the year 2010 would have a replacement tires are needed,
four-digit DOT date of 0310.
GM strongly recommends
Vehicle Storage buying tires with the same TPC
Treadwear indicators are one way to Spec rating.
tell when it is time for new tires. Tires age when stored normally
Treadwear indicators appear when mounted on a parked vehicle. Park GM's exclusive TPC Spec
the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) a vehicle that will be stored for at system considers over a dozen
least a month in a cool, dry, clean critical specifications that impact
area away from direct sunlight to the overall performance of the
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
268 Vehicle Care
vehicle, including brake system necessary to replace only one

performance, ride and handling, axle set of worn tires, place the { Warning
traction control, and tire new tires on the rear axle. Mixing tires of different sizes,
pressure monitoring Winter tires with the same speed brands, or types may cause
performance. GM's TPC Spec rating as the original equipment loss of control of the vehicle,
number is molded onto the tire's tires may not be available for H, resulting in a crash or other
sidewall near the tire size. If the V, W, Y and ZR speed rated vehicle damage. Use the
tires have an all-season tread tires. Never exceed the winter correct size, brand, and type
design, the TPC Spec number tires’ maximum speed capability of tires on all wheels.
will be followed by MS for mud when using winter tires with a
and snow. See Tire Sidewall lower speed rating.
Labeling 0 255.
GM recommends replacing worn { Warning { Warning
tires in complete sets of four. Using bias-ply tires on the
Uniform tread depth on all tires Tires could explode during vehicle may cause the wheel
will help to maintain the improper service. Attempting rim flanges to develop cracks
performance of the vehicle. to mount or dismount a tire after many miles of driving.
Braking and handling could cause injury or death. A tire and/or wheel could fail
performance may be adversely Only your dealer or authorized suddenly and cause a crash.
affected if all the tires are not tire service center should Use only radial-ply tires with
replaced at the same time. mount or dismount the tires. the wheels on the vehicle.
If proper rotation and
maintenance have been done, If the vehicle tires must be
all four tires should wear out at replaced with a tire that does not
about the same time. See Tire have a TPC Spec number, make
Rotation 0 266. However, if it is sure they are the same size,
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 269
load range, speed rating, and control, electronic stability control, Traffic Safety Administration
construction (radial) as the or All-Wheel Drive, the performance (NHTSA), which grades tires by
original tires. of these systems can also be treadwear, traction, and
affected. temperature performance. This
Vehicles that have a tire
applies only to vehicles sold in
pressure monitoring system
could give an inaccurate
{ Warning the United States. The grades
low-pressure warning if non-TPC If different sized wheels are used, are molded on the sidewalls of
Spec rated tires are installed. there may not be an acceptable most passenger car tires. The
See Tire Pressure Monitor level of performance and safety if Uniform Tire Quality Grading
System 0 261. tires not recommended for those (UTQG) system does not apply
wheels are selected. This to deep tread, winter tires,
The Tire and Loading increases the chance of a crash compact spare tires, tires with
Information label indicates the and serious injury. Only use GM nominal rim diameters of
original equipment tires on the specific wheel and tire systems 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),
vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits developed for the vehicle, and or to some limited-production
0 176. have them properly installed by a tires.
GM certified technician.
Different Size Tires and While the tires available on
General Motors passenger cars
Wheels See Buying New Tires 0 267 and and light trucks may vary with
If wheels or tires are installed that Accessories and Modifications respect to these grades, they
are a different size than the original 0 219. must also conform to federal
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle safety requirements and
performance, including its braking, Uniform Tire Quality additional General Motors Tire
ride and handling characteristics, Grading Performance Criteria (TPC)
stability, and resistance to rollover
may be affected. If the vehicle has The following information relates standards.
electronic systems such as antilock to the system developed by the
brakes, rollover airbags, traction United States National Highway
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
270 Vehicle Care
Quality grades can be found norm due to variations in driving to the generation of heat and its
where applicable on the tire habits, service practices and ability to dissipate heat when
sidewall between tread shoulder differences in road tested under controlled
and maximum section width. For characteristics and climate. conditions on a specified indoor
example: laboratory test wheel. Sustained
Traction
Treadwear 200 Traction AA
high temperature can cause the
Temperature A
The traction grades, from material of the tire to degenerate
highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and reduce tire life, and
All Passenger Car Tires Must and C. Those grades represent excessive temperature can lead
Conform to Federal Safety the tire's ability to stop on wet to sudden tire failure. The grade
Requirements In Addition To pavement as measured under C corresponds to a level of
These Grades. controlled conditions on performance which all
Treadwear specified government test passenger car tires must meet
surfaces of asphalt and under the Federal Motor Safety
The treadwear grade is a concrete. A tire marked C may Standard No. 109. Grades B and
comparative rating based on the have poor traction performance. A represent higher levels of
wear rate of the tire when tested Warning: The traction grade performance on the laboratory
under controlled conditions on a assigned to this tire is based on test wheel than the minimum
specified government test straight-ahead braking traction required by law. Warning: The
course. For example, a tire tests, and does not include temperature grade for this tire is
graded 150 would wear one and acceleration, cornering, established for a tire that is
one-half (1½) times as well on hydroplaning, or peak traction properly inflated and not
the government course as a tire characteristics. overloaded. Excessive speed,
graded 100. The relative underinflation, or excessive
performance of tires depends Temperature
loading, either separately or in
upon the actual conditions of The temperature grades are A combination, can cause heat
their use, however, and may (the highest), B, and C, buildup and possible tire failure.
depart significantly from the representing the tire's resistance
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 271
Wheel Alignment and Tire Some aluminum wheels can be

Caution
repaired. See your dealer if any of
Balance these conditions exist.
The tires and wheels were aligned The wrong wheel can also cause
Your dealer will know the kind of problems with bearing life, brake
and balanced at the factory to wheel that is needed.
provide the longest tire life and best cooling, speedometer or
overall performance. Adjustments to Each new wheel should have the odometer calibration, headlamp
wheel alignment and tire balancing same load-carrying capacity, aim, bumper height, vehicle
are not necessary on a regular diameter, width, offset, and be ground clearance, and tire or tire
basis. Consider an alignment check mounted the same way as the one it chain clearance to the body and
if there is unusual tire wear or the replaces. chassis.
vehicle is significantly pulling to one Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
side or the other. Some slight pull to nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor Used Replacement Wheels
the left or right, depending on the System (TPMS) sensors with new
crown of the road and/or other road GM original equipment parts.
surface variations such as troughs { Warning
or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is
vibrating when driving on a smooth { Warning Replacing a wheel with a used
road, the tires and wheels may need one is dangerous. How it has
Using the wrong replacement been used or how far it has been
to be rebalanced. See your dealer wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel
for proper diagnosis. driven may be unknown. It could
nuts can be dangerous. It could fail suddenly and cause a crash.
affect the braking and handling of When replacing wheels, use a
Wheel Replacement the vehicle. Tires can lose air, new GM original equipment
Replace any wheel that is bent, and cause loss of control, causing wheel.
cracked, or badly rusted or a crash. Always use the correct
corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and nuts for replacement.
wheel nuts should be replaced.
If the wheel leaks air, replace it.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
272 Vehicle Care
Tire Chains If a Tire Goes Flat

{ Warning
It is unusual for a tire to blowout
{ Warning while driving, especially if the tires Driving on a flat tire will cause
are maintained properly. See Tires permanent damage to the tire.
Do not use tire chains. There is 0 253. If air goes out of a tire, it is Re-inflating a tire after it has been
not enough clearance. Tire chains much more likely to leak out slowly. driven on while severely
used on a vehicle without the But if there ever is a blowout, here underinflated or flat may cause a
proper amount of clearance can are a few tips about what to expect blowout and a serious crash.
cause damage to the brakes, and what to do: Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
suspension, or other vehicle that has been driven on while
If a front tire fails, the flat tire
parts. The area damaged by the severely underinflated or flat.
creates a drag that pulls the vehicle
tire chains could cause loss of toward that side. Take your foot off Have your dealer or an authorized
control and a crash. the accelerator pedal and grip the tire service center repair or
Use another type of traction steering wheel firmly. Steer to replace the flat tire as soon as
device only if its manufacturer maintain lane position, and then possible.
recommends it for the vehicle's gently brake to a stop, well off the
tire size combination and road road, if possible.
conditions. Follow that
manufacturer's instructions. To
A rear blowout, particularly on a
curve, acts much like a skid and
{ Warning
avoid vehicle damage, drive slow may require the same correction as Lifting a vehicle and getting under
and readjust or remove the used in a skid. Stop pressing the it to do maintenance or repairs is
traction device if it contacts the accelerator pedal and steer to dangerous without the
vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. straighten the vehicle. It may be appropriate safety equipment and
If traction devices are used, install very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake training. If a jack is provided with
them on the front tires. to a stop, well off the road,
the vehicle, it is designed only for
if possible.
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
(Continued)
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 273
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

be badly injured or killed if the 2. Put an automatic
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack transmission in P (Park) or a
is provided with the vehicle, only manual transmission in
use it for changing a flat tire. 1 (First) or R (Reverse).
3. Turn off the engine and do
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire not restart while the vehicle
and wheel damage by driving slowly is raised.
to a level place, well off the road, 4. Do not allow passengers to
if possible. Turn on the hazard remain in the vehicle.
warning flashers. See Hazard To use the wheel blocks,
Warning Flashers 0 129. 5. Place wheel blocks,
if equipped, on both sides of if equipped, lift the wheel block and
the tire at the opposite lock it into place.
{ Warning corner of the tire being
changed.
Changing a tire can be
dangerous. The vehicle can slip
off the jack and roll over or fall This vehicle may come with a jack,
causing injury or death. Find a spare tire, and wheel block(s) or a
level place to change the tire. To tire sealant and compressor kit. To
help prevent the vehicle from use the jacking equipment to
moving: change a spare tire safely, follow
the instructions below. Then see
1. Set the parking brake firmly. Tire Changing 0 281. To use the tire
(Continued) sealant and compressor kit, see Tire
Sealant and Compressor Kit 0 274.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
274 Vehicle Care
When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),

use the following example as a Warning (Continued) { Warning
guide to assist in the placement of
the wheel blocks (1), if equipped. enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust Storing the tire sealant and
contains carbon monoxide (CO) compressor kit or other
which cannot be seen or smelled. equipment in the passenger
It can cause unconsciousness compartment of the vehicle could
and even death. Never run the cause injury. In a sudden stop or
engine in an enclosed area that collision, loose equipment could
has no fresh air ventilation. For strike someone. Store the tire
more information, see Engine sealant and compressor kit in its
Exhaust 0 190. original location.
If this vehicle has a tire sealant and

1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)
2. Flat Tire
{ Warning compressor kit, there may not be a
spare tire, tire changing equipment,
The following information explains Overinflating a tire could cause and on some vehicles there may not
how to repair or change a tire. the tire to rupture and you or be a place to store a tire.
others could be injured. Be sure The tire sealant and compressor
Tire Sealant and to read and follow the tire sealant can be used to temporarily seal
and compressor kit instructions punctures up to 6 mm (0.25 inch) in
Compressor Kit and inflate the tire to its the tread area of the tire. It can also
recommended pressure. Do not be used to inflate an under
{ Warning exceed the recommended inflated tire.
pressure. If the tire has been separated from
Idling a vehicle in an enclosed
area with poor ventilation is the wheel, has damaged sidewalls,
dangerous. Engine exhaust may or has a large puncture, the tire is
too severely damaged for the tire
(Continued)
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 275
sealant and compressor kit to be Tire Sealant Using the Tire Sealant and
effective. See Roadside Assistance Compressor Kit to Temporarily
Read and follow the safe handling
Program 0 325. Seal and Inflate a
instructions on the label adhered to
Read and follow all of the tire the sealant canister. Punctured Tire
sealant and compressor kit
Check the tire sealant expiration
instructions.
date on the sealant canister. The
The kit includes: sealant canister should be replaced
before its expiration date.
Replacement sealant canisters are
available at your local dealer. See
“Removal and Installation of the
Sealant Canister” following.
There is only enough sealant to seal
one tire. After usage, the sealant
canister and sealant/air hose
assembly must be replaced. See
“Removal and Installation of the
Sealant Canister” following. When using the tire sealant and
compressor kit during cold
temperatures, warm the kit in a
heated environment for five minutes.
1. Air Compressor This will help to inflate the tire
2. Tire Sealant Canister faster.
3. Power Plug
4. On/Off Button If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
and wheel damage by driving slowly
5. Pressure Gauge
to a level place. Turn on the hazard
6. Air Only Hose (Black) warning flashers. See Hazard
7. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear) Warning Flashers 0 129.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
276 Vehicle Care
See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 272 for 6. Plug the power plug (3) into the pressure will quickly drop and
other important safety warnings. accessory power outlet in the start to rise again as the tire
Do not remove any objects that vehicle. Unplug all items from inflates with air only.
have penetrated the tire. other accessory power outlets. 9. Inflate the tire to the
See Power Outlets 0 95. recommended inflation
1. Remove the tire sealant and
compressor kit from its storage If the vehicle has an accessory pressure using the pressure
location. See Storing the Tire power outlet, do not use the gauge (5). The recommended
Sealant and Compressor Kit cigarette lighter. inflation pressure can be found
0 280. If the vehicle only has a on the Tire and Loading
cigarette lighter, use the Information label. See Tire
Make sure the on/off button (4) Pressure 0 260.
is in the off (O) position. cigarette lighter.
Do not pinch the power plug The pressure gauge (5) may
2. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (7) read higher than the actual tire
and the power plug (3). cord in the door or window.
pressure while the compressor
3. Place the kit on the ground. 7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle is on. Turn the compressor off
must be running while using to get an accurate pressure
Make sure the tire valve stem the air compressor. reading. The compressor may
is positioned close to the be turned on/off until the
ground so the hose will 8. Press the on/off button (4) to
turn the tire sealant and correct pressure is reached.
reach it.
compressor kit on.
4. Remove the valve stem cap Caution
from the flat tire by turning it The compressor will inject
counterclockwise. sealant and air into the tire. If the recommended pressure
5. Attach the sealant/air hose (7) The pressure gauge (5) will cannot be reached after
onto the tire valve stem. Turn it initially show a high pressure approximately 25 minutes, the
clockwise until it is tight. while the compressor pushes vehicle should not be driven
the sealant into the tire. Once farther. The tire is too severely
the sealant is completely damaged and the tire sealant and
dispersed into the tire, the
(Continued)
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 277
12. Turn the sealant/air hose (7) 17. Immediately drive the vehicle
Caution (Continued) counterclockwise to remove it 8 km (5 mi) to distribute the
from the tire valve stem. sealant in the tire.
compressor kit cannot inflate the
tire. Remove the power plug from 13. Replace the tire valve 18. Stop at a safe location and
the accessory power outlet and stem cap. check the tire pressure. Refer
unscrew the inflating hose from 14. Replace the sealant/air hose to Steps 1–11 under “Using the
the tire valve. See Roadside (7), and the power plug (3) Tire Sealant and Compressor
Assistance Program 0 325. back in their original location. Kit without Sealant to Inflate a
Tire (Not Punctured).”
If the tire pressure has fallen
10. Press the on/off button (4) to
more than 68 kPa (10 psi)
turn the tire sealant and
below the recommended
compressor kit off.
inflation pressure, stop driving
The tire is not sealed and will the vehicle. The tire is too
continue to leak air until the severely damaged and the tire
vehicle is driven and the 15. If the flat tire was able to inflate sealant cannot seal the tire.
sealant is distributed in the tire. to the recommended inflation See Roadside Assistance
Therefore, Steps 11–17 must pressure, remove the Program 0 325.
be done immediately after maximum speed label from the If the tire pressure has not
Step 10. sealant canister (2) and place it dropped more than 68 kPa
Be careful while handling the in a highly visible location. (10 psi) from the recommended
tire sealant and compressor kit Do not exceed the speed on inflation pressure, inflate the
as it could be warm after this label until the damaged tire tire to the recommended
usage. is repaired or replaced. inflation pressure.
11. Unplug the power plug (3) from 16. Return the equipment to its 19. Wipe off any sealant from the
the accessory power outlet in original storage location in the wheel, tire or vehicle.
the vehicle. vehicle.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
278 Vehicle Care
20. Dispose of the used sealant Using the Tire Sealant and 1. Remove the tire sealant and
canister (2) and sealant/air Compressor Kit without compressor kit from its storage
hose (7) assembly at a local Sealant to Inflate a Tire (Not location. See Storing the Tire
dealer or in accordance with Punctured) Sealant and Compressor Kit
local state codes and practices. 0 280.
To use the air compressor to inflate
21. Replace it with a new canister a tire with air only and not sealant: 2. Unlock the air only hose (6)
available from your dealer. from the sealant canister (2) by
22. After temporarily sealing a tire pulling up on the lever.
using the tire sealant and 3. Pull the air only hose (6) from
compressor kit, take the the sealant canister (2).
vehicle to an authorized dealer 4. Remove the power plug (3)
within 161 km (100 mi) of from the air compressor (1).
driving to have the tire repaired
or replaced. 5. Place the kit on the ground.
Make sure the tire valve stem
is positioned close to the
ground so the hose will
reach it.
6. Remove the tire valve stem
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire cap by turning it
and wheel damage by driving slowly counterclockwise.
to a level place. Turn on the hazard
7. Attach the air only hose (6)
warning flashers. See Hazard
onto the tire valve stem and
Warning Flashers 0 129.
press the lever down to
See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 272 for secure it.
other important safety warnings.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 279
8. Plug the power plug (3) into the The pressure gauge (5) may The tire sealant and compressor kit
accessory power outlet in the read higher than the actual tire has an accessory adapter located in
vehicle. Unplug all items from pressure while the compressor a compartment on the bottom of its
other accessory power outlets. is on. Turn the compressor off housing that may be used to inflate
See Power Outlets 0 95. to get an accurate reading. The air mattresses, balls, etc.
If the vehicle has an accessory compressor may be turned on/
off until the correct pressure is Removal and Installation of the
power outlet, do not use the Sealant Canister
cigarette lighter. reached.
12. Press the on/off button (4) to To remove the sealant canister:
If the vehicle only has a
cigarette lighter, use the turn the tire sealant and
cigarette lighter. compressor kit off.
Do not pinch the power plug Be careful while handling the

cord in the door or window. tire sealant and compressor kit
as it could be warm after
9. Start the vehicle. The vehicle usage.
must be running while using
the air compressor. 13. Unplug the power plug (3) from 1. Unlock the air only hose (6)
the accessory power outlet in from the sealant canister (2) by
10. Press the on/off button (4) to the vehicle. pulling up on the lever.
turn the compressor on.
14. Disconnect the air only hose 2. Pull the air only hose (6) from
The compressor will inflate the (6) from the tire valve stem by the sealant canister (2).
tire with air only. lifting the lever. Replace the tire
valve stem cap. 3. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (7)
11. Inflate the tire to the from the compressor (1).
recommended inflation 15. Replace the air only hose (6)
pressure using the pressure and the power plug (3) back in
gauge (5). The recommended its original location.
inflation pressure can be found
on the Tire and Loading 16. Place the equipment in the
Information label. See Tire original storage location in the
Pressure 0 260. vehicle.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
280 Vehicle Care
3. Wrap the sealant/air hose (7)

around the air compressor
channel to stow it in its original
location.
4. Push the air only hose (6) onto
the sealant canister inlet and
push the lever down.
Storing the Tire Sealant

and Compressor Kit
The tire sealant and compressor kit
4. Turn the sealant canister (2) so is located in the trunk, under the 2. Turn the left knob
the inflator filling hose is load floor, behind an access panel. counterclockwise and the right
aligned with the slot in the To remove the kit: knob clockwise, 90 degrees, at
compressor. the same time. Then pull the
1. Open the trunk. See Trunk access panel rearward and up
5. Lift the sealant canister (2) 0 36.
from the compressor and to remove it.
replace with a new sealant
canister. See your dealer for
more information.
To install a new sealant canister:
1. Align the sealant/air hose (7)
with the slot in the air
compressor.
2. Push the sealant canister (2)
down and turn it clockwise.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 281
Tire Changing tether (2) from the stow rod,

the tool bag (3) containing the
Removing the Spare Tire and wheel wrench and wheel
Tools blocks, and the spare tire (4).
To access the spare tire and tools: 4. Remove the jack, jack handle
extension, and two-piece
wrench, if equipped.
3. Pull the inflator kit rearward.

Squeeze the two tabs of the
quick release buckle to remove
the tire sealant and
compressor kit.
To store the inflator kit, reverse the
steps. 1. Retainer Nut
2. Tool Bag Tether
3. Tool Bag 1. Three-Piece Wrench
4. Spare Tire 2. Hex Head Jack
3. Jack Handle Extension
1. Open the trunk. See Trunk
4. Coin/Pierce Jack
0 36.
5. Two-Piece Wrench
2. Lift the load floor.
3. Turn the retainer nut (1)
counterclockwise to remove it.
Then remove the tool bag
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
282 Vehicle Care
This vehicle may have one of the To remove the plastic covers and
following: A coin/pierce jack (4), a wheel nut caps, loosen the plastic
jack handle extension (3), and a nut caps with the wheel wrench in a
two-piece wrench (5), or a hex head counterclockwise direction.
jack (2) and three-piece wrench (1). If needed, finish loosening them
with your fingers. The plastic nut
Removing the Flat Tire and caps will not come off.
Installing the Spare Tire
If needed, use the flat end of the
This vehicle may have aluminum wheel wrench and pry along the
wheels with exposed wheel nuts. edge of the cover until it comes off.
Use the wheel wrench to loosen all The edge of the wheel cover could
the wheel nuts. Do not remove be sharp, so do not try to remove it
them yet. with your bare hands. Do not drop 2. Turn the wheel wrench
Or, this vehicle may have steel the cover or lay it face down, as it counterclockwise once on each
wheels with plastic covers. could become scratched or wheel nut to loosen it. Do not
damaged. Store the wheel cover in remove them yet.
the trunk until the flat tire is repaired
or replaced. 3. Place the jack near the flat tire.
Once you have removed the wheel 4. Place the wheel blocks on both
cover, use the following procedure sides of the tire at the opposite
to remove the flat tire and install the corner of the tire being
spare tire. changed. See If a Tire Goes
Flat 0 272 for proper wheel
1. Do a safety check before block placement.
proceeding. See If a Tire Goes
Flat 0 272 for more information.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 283
7. If you have a coin/pierce jack,

attach the jack handle
extension to the jack by sliding
the hook through the end of
the jack.
If you have a hex head jack,
place the hex tube end of the
wrench over the hex head of
the jack.
Caution
5. If this vehicle is the RS model, Make sure that the jack lift head 8. Position the jack lift head at the
locate the front or rear jack is in the correct position or you jack location nearest the flat
cover on the rocker molding may damage your vehicle. The tire. The location is indicated
near the tire being changed. repairs would not be covered by by a notch in the flange. The
Place your hand behind the your warranty. jack must not be used in any
edge of the cover on the rocker other position.
molding. Pull down and out to
remove the cover. { Warning
The cover will remain attached Getting under a vehicle when it is
to the molding by a tether. lifted on a jack is dangerous.
6. Place the jack under the If the vehicle slips off the jack,
vehicle. you could be badly injured or
killed. Never get under a vehicle
when it is supported only by
a jack.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
284 Vehicle Care
{ Warning
Raising the vehicle with the jack
improperly positioned can
damage the vehicle and even
make the vehicle fall. To help
avoid personal injury and vehicle
damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
head into the proper location
before raising the vehicle.
Hex Head Jack Shown, Coin/ Make sure the jack lift head
{ Warning Pierce Jack Similar notch is placed in the flange
9. Raise the jack by turning the notch.
Lifting a vehicle and getting under handle clockwise until it comes Raise the vehicle far enough
it to do maintenance or repairs is in contact with the notch in the off the ground so there is
dangerous without the flange. enough room for the road tire
appropriate safety equipment and to clear the ground.
training. If a jack is provided with
the vehicle, it is designed only for
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
is provided with the vehicle, only
use it for changing a flat tire.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 285
Warning (Continued) { Warning

towel can be used; however, use Never use oil or grease on bolts
a scraper or wire brush later to or nuts because the nuts might
remove all rust or dirt. come loose. The vehicle's wheel
could fall off, causing a crash.
14. Reinstall the wheel nuts.

Tighten each nut by hand until
the wheel is held against
the hub.
10. Remove all of the wheel nuts. 15. Lower the vehicle by turning
11. Remove the flat tire. the jack handle
counterclockwise.
{ Warning { Warning
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can Wheel nuts that are improperly or
make wheel nuts become loose incorrectly tightened can cause
12. Remove any rust or dirt from
after time. The wheel could come the wheels to become loose or
the wheel bolts, mounting
off and cause an accident. When come off. The wheel nuts should
surfaces, and spare wheel.
changing a wheel, remove any be tightened with a torque wrench
13. Place the compact spare tire to the proper torque specification
rust or dirt from places where the on the wheel-mounting surface.
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In after replacing. Follow the torque
an emergency, a cloth or a paper specification supplied by the
aftermarket manufacturer when
(Continued) using accessory locking wheel
(Continued)
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
286 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
nuts. See Capacities and
Specifications 0 318 for original
equipment wheel nut torque
specifications.
Caution
Improperly tightened wheel nuts
can lead to brake pulsation and 16. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in Front Jack Cover Shown, Rear
rotor damage. To avoid expensive a crisscross sequence, as Jack Cover Similar
brake repairs, evenly tighten the shown. 19. If this vehicle is the RS model,
wheel nuts in the proper snap the jack cover back into
17. Lower the jack all the way and
sequence and to the proper remove the jack from under the place.
torque specification. See vehicle.
Capacities and Specifications 20. Remove the wheel blocks and
0 318 for the wheel nut torque 18. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly return them to their proper
with the wheel wrench. storage location.
specification.
When reinstalling the wheel cover or
center cap on the full-size tire,
tighten all five plastic caps hand
snug with the aid of the wheel
wrench and tighten them with the
wheel wrench an additional
one-quarter of a turn.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 287
8. Replace the load floor.

Caution
The load floor may not lay flat.
Wheel covers will not fit on the The compact spare is for temporary
vehicle's compact spare. If you try use only. Replace the compact
to put a wheel cover on the spare tire with a full-size tire as
compact spare, the cover or the soon as you can.
spare could be damaged.
Storing the Compact Spare Tire
and Tools
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire Reverse the instructions for
and Tools removing the spare tire and tools to
store the compact spare tire.
{ Warning Coin/Pierce Jack Shown, Hex
Head Jack Similar
Compact Spare Tire
Storing a jack, a tire, or other 3. Place the flat tire in the storage
equipment in the passenger
compartment of the vehicle could
compartment with the valve
stem down.
{ Warning
cause injury. In a sudden stop or Driving with more than one
4. Place the jack and jack handle
collision, loose equipment could compact spare tire at a time could
extension, if the vehicle has
strike someone. Store all these in result in loss of braking and
one, in the foam container.
the proper place. handling. This could lead to a
5. Place the foam container inside
the flat tire. Align the hole with crash and you or others could be
Storing the Flat Tire and Tools the stow rod. injured. Use only one compact
1. Replace the wheel wrench and spare tire at a time.
6. Place the tool bag tether over
wheel blocks in the tool bag. the stow rod and the tool bag
2. Remove the foam container rear of the flat tire. If this vehicle has a compact spare
from the rear storage tire, it was fully inflated when new;
7. Turn the retainer nut clockwise however, it can lose air over time.
compartment. until tight.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
288 Vehicle Care
Check the inflation pressure Jump Starting

regularly. It should be 420 kPa Caution
(60 psi).
When the compact spare is Jump Starting - North
Stop as soon as possible and check installed, do not take the vehicle
that the spare tire is correctly
America
through an automatic car wash
inflated after being installed on the with guide rails. The compact For more information about the
vehicle. The compact spare tire is spare can get caught on the rails vehicle battery, see Battery - North
designed for temporary use only. which can damage the tire, wheel, America 0 239.
The vehicle will perform differently
and other parts of the vehicle. If the battery has run down, try to
with the spare tire installed and it is
use another vehicle and some
recommended that the vehicle
jumper cables to start your vehicle.
speed be limited to 80 km/h Do not use the compact spare on
Be sure to use the following steps to
(50 mph). To conserve the tread of other vehicles.
do it safely.
the spare tire, have the standard tire Do not mix the compact spare tire or
repaired or replaced as soon as
convenient and return the spare tire
wheel with other wheels or tires.
They will not fit. Keep the spare tire
{ Warning
to the storage area. and its wheel together. WARNING: Battery posts,
When using a compact spare tire, terminals, and related
the ABS and Traction Control Caution accessories contain lead and lead
systems may engage until the spare compounds, chemicals known to
tire is recognized by the vehicle, Tire chains will not fit the compact the State of California to cause
especially on slippery roads. Adjust spare. Using them can damage cancer and birth defects or other
driving to reduce possible the vehicle and the chains. Do not reproductive harm. Batteries also
wheel slip. use tire chains on the compact contain other chemicals known to
spare. the State of California to cause
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING. See California
Proposition 65 Warning 0 219.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 289
The jump start positive terminal on

{ Warning the discharged battery (2) is located
in the engine compartment on the
Batteries can hurt you. They can driver side of the vehicle.
be dangerous because:
The jump start positive terminal (4)
. They contain acid that can and negative terminal (3) are on the
burn you. battery of the vehicle providing the
. They contain gas that can jump start.
explode or ignite. The positive jump start connection
. They contain enough for the discharged battery is under a
electricity to burn you. trim cover. Open the cover to
expose the terminal.
If you do not follow these steps 1.4L L4 Engine Shown, 1.8L L4
exactly, some or all of these Engine Similar 1. Check the other vehicle.
things can hurt you. It must have a 12-volt battery
1. Discharged Battery with a negative ground system.
Negative Grounding Point
2. Discharged Battery Positive Caution
Caution Terminal
3. Good Battery Negative If the other vehicle does not have
Ignoring these steps could result Terminal a 12-volt system with a negative
in costly damage to the vehicle 4. Good Battery Positive ground, both vehicles can be
that would not be covered by the Terminal damaged. Only use a vehicle that
vehicle warranty. Trying to start has a 12-volt system with a
the vehicle by pushing or pulling it The jump start negative grounding
point (1) for the discharged battery negative ground for jump starting.
will not work, and it could damage
the vehicle. is the engine block or an engine
mounting bolt. Connect to a spot as 2. Position the two vehicles so
far away from the discharged that they are not touching.
battery as possible.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
290 Vehicle Care
3. Set the parking brake firmly

and put the shift lever in { Warning { Warning
P (Park) with an automatic
transmission, or Neutral with a An electric fan can start up even Fans or other moving engine
manual transmission. See when the engine is not running parts can injure you badly. Keep
Shifting Into Park 0 187 with an and can injure you. Keep hands, your hands away from moving
automatic transmission, clothing, and tools away from any parts once the engine is running.
or Parking 0 189 with a manual underhood electric fan.
transmission. 5. Connect one end of the red
positive (+) cable to the
Caution { Warning positive (+) terminal on the
discharged battery.
If any accessories are left on or Using a match near a battery can 6. Connect the other end of the
plugged in during the jump cause battery gas to explode. red positive (+) cable to the
starting procedure, they could be People have been hurt doing this, positive (+) terminal of the good
damaged. The repairs would not and some have been blinded. battery.
be covered by the vehicle Use a flashlight if you need more
warranty. Whenever possible, turn 7. Connect one end of the black
light.
off or unplug all accessories on negative (–) cable to the
either vehicle when jump starting. Battery fluid contains acid that negative (–) terminal of the
can burn you. Do not get it on good battery.
you. If you accidentally get it in 8. Connect the other end of the
4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. your eyes or on your skin, flush
Turn off all lights and black negative (–) cable to the
the place with water and get negative (–) grounding point for
accessories in both vehicles, medical help immediately.
except the hazard warning the discharged battery.
flashers if needed. 9. Start the engine in the vehicle
with the good battery and run
the engine at idle speed for at
least four minutes.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 291
10. Try to start the vehicle that had Towing the Vehicle
the dead battery. If it will not Caution
start after a few tries, it
probably needs service. Caution Improper use of the tow eye can
cause vehicle damage. Use
Incorrectly towing a disabled caution and low speeds to
Caution vehicle may cause damage. The prevent damage to the vehicle.
If the jumper cables are damage would not be covered by
connected or removed in the the vehicle warranty.
Consult your dealer or a
wrong order, electrical shorting Do not lash or hook to professional towing service if the
may occur and damage the suspension components or axles. disabled vehicle must be towed.
vehicle. The repairs would not be Use the proper straps around the
covered by the vehicle warranty. tires to secure the vehicle. Recreational Vehicle
Always connect and remove the Towing
jumper cables in the correct order, Have the vehicle towed on a flatbed
making sure that the cables do Recreational vehicle towing refers to
car carrier or a wheel lift tow truck. If towing the vehicle behind another
not touch each other or other a wheel lift tow truck is used, the
metal. vehicle – such as behind a motor
drive wheels cannot contact the home. The two most common types
road while the vehicle is being of recreational vehicle towing are
Jumper Cable Removal towed. A wheel dolly must be used known as dinghy towing and dolly
to lift all drive wheels off the ground. towing. Dinghy towing is towing the
Reverse the sequence exactly when
removing the jumper cables. Use the tow eye for towing a vehicle with all four wheels on the
disabled vehicle or loading it onto a ground. Dolly towing is towing the
After starting the disabled vehicle flatbed car carrier. The tow eye vehicle with two wheels on the
and removing the jumper cables, should not be used to recover a ground and two wheels up on a
allow it to idle for several minutes. vehicle from an off-road situation. device known as a dolly.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
292 Vehicle Care
Here are some important things to

consider before recreational vehicle Caution (Continued) Caution
towing:
transmission. The repairs would If the vehicle is towed with all four
. The towing capacity of the not be covered by the vehicle wheels on the ground, the
towing vehicle. Be sure to read warranty. If using a shield, only drivetrain components could be
the tow vehicle manufacturer's use one that attaches to the damaged. The repairs would not
recommendations. towing vehicle. be covered by the vehicle
. How far the vehicle will be warranty. Do not tow the vehicle
towed. Some vehicles have with all four wheels on the
restrictions on how far and how
Dinghy Towing (with Automatic
ground.
long they can tow. Transmission)
. The proper towing equipment. Vehicles with an automatic
See your dealer or trailering transmission should not be towed
professional for additional advice with all four wheels on the ground.
and equipment If the vehicle must be towed, a dolly
recommendations. should be used. See "Dolly Towing"
. If the vehicle is ready to be later in this section.
towed. Just as preparing the
vehicle for a long trip, make sure
the vehicle is prepared to be
towed.
Caution
Use of a shield mounted in front
of the vehicle grille could restrict
airflow and cause damage to the
(Continued)
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 293
Dinghy Towing (with Manual 23, and 24 from the instrument

Transmission) panel fuse block. See Caution
Instrument Panel Fuse Block
0 251. Towing the vehicle from the rear
could damage it. Also, repairs
Remember to reinstall the fuses would not be covered by the
once the destination has been vehicle warranty. Never have the
reached. vehicle towed from the rear.
Caution
Dolly Towing
If 105 km/h (65 mph) is exceeded
while towing the vehicle, it could
be damaged. Never exceed
105 km/h (65 mph) while towing
the vehicle.
To dinghy tow the vehicle from the
front with all four wheels on the
ground:
1. Position the vehicle to tow and
then secure it to the towing
vehicle.
2. Shift the transmission to
Neutral. To tow the vehicle with the two rear
3. Turn the ignition to ACC/ wheels on the ground and the front
ACCESSORY. wheels on a dolly:
4. To prevent the battery from 1. Put the front wheels on a dolly.
draining while the vehicle is
being towed, remove fuses 22,
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
294 Vehicle Care
2. Shift the automatic Appearance Care

transmission into P (Park) or a
manual transmission into
1 (First) gear. Exterior Care
3. Set the parking brake. Locks
4. Clamp the steering wheel in a Locks are lubricated at the factory.
straight-ahead position with a Use a de-icing agent only when
clamping device designed for absolutely necessary, and have the
towing. locks greased after using. See
5. Remove the key from the
Lubricants 0 314.
ignition.
6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly. Washing the Vehicle
Caution
7. Release the parking brake. To preserve the vehicle's finish,
Towing the vehicle from the rear wash it often and out of direct
could damage it. Also, repairs sunlight.
vehicle warranty. Never have the Caution
vehicle towed from the rear.
Do not use petroleum-based,
acidic, or abrasive cleaning
agents as they can damage the
vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic
parts. If damage occurs, it would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Approved cleaning
products can be obtained from
(Continued)
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 295
If using an automatic car wash, remain on painted surfaces. Wash

Caution (Continued) comply with the car wash the vehicle as soon as possible.
instructions. The windshield wiper If necessary, use non-abrasive
your dealer. Follow all and rear window wiper, if equipped, cleaners that are marked safe for
manufacturer directions regarding must be off. Remove any painted surfaces to remove foreign
correct product usage, necessary accessories that may be damaged matter.
safety precautions, and or interfere with the car wash
appropriate disposal of any Occasional hand waxing or mild
equipment. polishing should be done to remove
vehicle care product.
Rinse the vehicle well, before residue from the paint finish. See
washing and after, to remove all your dealer for approved cleaning
cleaning agents completely. If they products.
Caution are allowed to dry on the surface, Do not apply waxes or polishes to
they could stain. uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,
Avoid using high-pressure Dry the finish with a soft, clean decals, simulated wood, or flat paint
washes closer than 30 cm (12 in) chamois or an all-cotton towel to as damage can occur.
to the surface of the vehicle. Use avoid surface scratches and water
of power washers exceeding spotting. Caution
8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result
in damage or removal of paint Finish Care Machine compounding or
and decals. Application of aftermarket clearcoat aggressive polishing on a
sealant/wax materials is not basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
recommended. If painted surfaces may damage it. Use only
This e symbol is on any
are damaged, see your dealer to non-abrasive waxes and polishes
underhood compartment electrical have the damage assessed and
center that should not be power that are made for a basecoat/
repaired. Foreign materials such as clearcoat paint finish on the
washed. This could cause damage calcium chloride and other salts, ice
that would not be covered by the vehicle.
melting agents, road oil and tar, tree
vehicle warranty. sap, bird droppings, chemicals from
industrial chimneys, etc., can
damage the vehicle's finish if they
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
296 Vehicle Care
To keep the paint finish looking new, . Always dilute a concentrated . Washer fluids and other cleaning
keep the vehicle garaged or cleaner according to the agents in higher concentrations
covered whenever possible. manufacturer’s instructions. than suggested by the
. Do not use cleaners that are not manufacturer.
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal
Moldings intended for automotive use. . Solvents, alcohols, fuels,
. Use a nonabrasive wax on the or other harsh cleaners.
Caution vehicle after washing to protect . Ice scrapers or other hard items.
and extend the molding finish. . Aftermarket appearance caps or
Failure to clean and protect the
bright metal moldings can result Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ covers while the lamps are
Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and illuminated, due to excessive
in a hazy white finish or pitting.
Stripes heat generated.
This damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty. Use only lukewarm or cold water, a Caution
soft cloth, and a car washing soap
The bright metal moldings on the to clean exterior lamps, lenses, Failure to clean lamps properly
vehicle are aluminum, chrome, emblems, decals, and stripes. can cause damage to the lamp
or stainless steel. To prevent Follow instructions under "Washing cover that would not be covered
damage always follow these the Vehicle" previously in this by the vehicle warranty.
cleaning instructions: section.
. Be sure the molding is cool to Lamp covers are made of plastic,
the touch before applying any and some have a UV protective
cleaning solution. coating. Do not clean or wipe them Caution
while they are dry.
. Use only approved cleaning Using wax on low gloss black
solutions for aluminum, chrome Do not use any of the following on finish stripes can increase the
or stainless steel. Some lamp covers: gloss level and create a
cleaners are highly acidic or . Abrasive or caustic agents. non-uniform finish. Clean low
contain alkaline substances and gloss stripes with soap and
can damage the moldings. water only.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 297
Air Intakes Clean rubber blades using lint-free Weatherstrips

cloth or paper towel soaked with
Clear debris from the air intakes, Apply Dielectric silicone grease on
windshield washer fluid or a mild
between the hood and windshield, weatherstrips to make them last
detergent. Wash the windshield
when washing the vehicle. longer, seal better, and not stick or
thoroughly when cleaning the
squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at
Shutter System blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and
least once a year. Hot, dry climates
a buildup of vehicle wash/wax
may require more frequent
treatments may cause wiper
application. Black marks from
streaking.
rubber material on painted surfaces
Replace the wiper blades if they are can be removed by rubbing with a
worn or damaged. Damage can be clean cloth. See Recommended
caused by extreme dusty Fluids and Lubricants 0 314.
conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,
snow and ice. Tires
Clear ice and snow from the wiper Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to
blades before using them. If frozen clean the tires.
to the windshield, carefully loosen
them or thaw them. Damaged wiper Caution
blades should be replaced. See
The vehicle may have a shutter Wiper Blade Replacement 0 241 for Using petroleum-based tire
system designed to help increase more information. dressing products on the vehicle
fuel economy. Keep the shutter may damage the paint finish and/
Heavy snow or ice can overload the
system clean for proper operation. or tires. When applying a tire
wipers. If the wiper motor overheats,
the windshield wipers will stop until dressing, always wipe off any
Windshield and Wiper Blades
the motor cools and the wiper overspray from all painted
Clean the outside of the windshield control is turned off. See Electrical surfaces on the vehicle.
with glass cleaner. System Overload 0 247 for more
information.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
298 Vehicle Care
Wheels and Trim — Aluminum Steering, Suspension, and

or Chrome Caution (Continued) Chassis Components
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild brushes, or cleaners that contain Visually inspect steering,
soap and water to clean the wheels. acid on aluminum or suspension, and chassis
After rinsing thoroughly with clean chrome-plated wheels. Use only components for damaged, loose,
water, dry with a soft, clean towel. approved cleaners. Also, never or missing parts or signs of wear at
A wax may then be applied. drive a vehicle with aluminum or least once a year.
chrome-plated wheels through an Inspect power steering for proper
Caution automatic car wash that uses hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks,
silicone carbide tire cleaning chafing, etc.
Chrome wheels and other chrome brushes. Damage could occur
trim may be damaged if the Visually check constant velocity joint
and the repairs would not be boots and axle seals for leaks.
vehicle is not washed after driving covered by the vehicle warranty.
on roads that have been sprayed Body Component Lubrication
with magnesium, calcium,
or sodium chloride. These Brake System Lubricate all key lock cylinders,
chlorides are used on roads for hood hinges, liftgate hinges, the
Visually inspect brake lines and steel fuel door hinge and power
conditions such as ice and dust. hoses for proper hook-up, binding, assist step hinges, unless the
Always wash the chrome with leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect components are plastic. Applying
soap and water after exposure. disc brake pads for wear and rotors silicone grease on weatherstrips
for surface condition. Inspect drum with a clean cloth will make them
brake linings/shoes for wear or last longer, seal better, and not stick
cracks. Inspect other brake parts, or squeak.
Caution including drums, wheel cylinders,
calipers, parking brake, master Underbody Maintenance
To avoid surface damage, do not cylinder, brake fluid reservoir,
use strong soaps, chemicals, At least twice a year, spring and fall,
vacuum pipes, electric vacuum
abrasive polishes, cleaners, use plain water to flush any
pump including bracket and vent
corrosive materials from the
(Continued) hose, if equipped.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 299
underbody. Take care to thoroughly dark spots etched into the paint Before using cleaners, read and
clean any areas where mud and surface. See “Finish Care” follow all safety instructions on the
other debris can collect. previously in this section. label. While cleaning the interior,
open the doors and windows to get
Sheet Metal Damage Interior Care proper ventilation.
If the vehicle is damaged and To prevent damage, do not clean
To prevent dirt particle abrasions,
requires sheet metal repair or the interior using the following
regularly clean the vehicle's interior.
replacement, make sure the body cleaners or techniques:
repair shop applies anti-corrosion Immediately remove any soils.
Newspapers or dark garments can . Never use a razor or any other
material to parts repaired or
transfer color to the vehicle’s sharp object to remove soil from
replaced to restore corrosion
protection. interior. any interior surface.
Original manufacturer replacement Use a soft bristle brush to remove . Never use a brush with stiff
dust from knobs and crevices on the bristles.
parts will provide the corrosion
instrument cluster. Using a mild
protection while maintaining the . Never rub any surface
vehicle warranty. soap solution, immediately remove
hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect aggressively or with too much
repellent from all interior surfaces or pressure.
Finish Damage
permanent damage may result. . Do not use laundry detergents or
Quickly repair minor chips and
Use cleaners specifically designed dishwashing soaps with
scratches with touch-up materials
for the surfaces being cleaned to degreasers. For liquid cleaners,
available from your dealer to avoid
prevent permanent damage. Apply use approximately 20 drops per
corrosion. Larger areas of finish
all cleaners directly to the cleaning 3.8 L (1 gal) of water.
damage can be corrected in your
cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any A concentrated soap solution will
dealer's body and paint shop.
switches or controls. Remove create streaks and attract dirt.
Chemical Paint Spotting cleaners quickly. Do not use solutions that contain
strong or caustic soap.
Airborne pollutants can fall upon
and attack painted vehicle surfaces . Do not heavily saturate the
causing blotchy, ring-shaped upholstery when cleaning.
discolorations, and small, irregular
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
300 Vehicle Care

. Do not use solvents or cleaners Coated Moldings 2. Remove excess moisture by
containing solvents. gently wringing until water does
Coated moldings should be cleaned.
not drip from the cleaning cloth.
Interior Glass . When lightly soiled, wipe with a
3. Start on the outside edge of the
To clean, use a terry cloth fabric sponge or soft, lint-free cloth
soil and gently rub toward the
dampened with water. Wipe droplets dampened with water.
center. Fold the cleaning cloth
left behind with a clean dry cloth. . When heavily soiled, use warm to a clean area frequently to
If necessary, use a commercial soapy water. prevent forcing the soil in to the
glass cleaner after cleaning with fabric.
plain water. Fabric/Carpet/Suede
4. Continue gently rubbing the
Start by vacuuming the surface soiled area until there is no
Caution using a soft brush attachment. If a longer any color transfer from
rotating vacuum brush attachment is the soil to the cleaning cloth.
To prevent scratching, never use being used, only use it on the floor
abrasive cleaners on automotive carpet. Before cleaning, gently 5. If the soil is not completely
glass. Abrasive cleaners or remove as much of the soil as removed, use a mild soap
aggressive cleaning may damage possible: solution followed only by plain
the rear window defogger. water.
. Gently blot liquids with a paper
towel. Continue blotting until no If the soil is not completely
Cleaning the windshield with water more soil can be removed. removed, it may be necessary to
during the first three to six months use a commercial upholstery
. For solid soils, remove as much
of ownership will reduce tendency cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small
as possible prior to vacuuming. hidden area for colorfastness before
to fog.
To clean: using a commercial upholstery
Speaker Covers cleaner or spot lifter. If ring
1. Saturate a clean, lint-free
Vacuum around a speaker cover formation occurs, clean the entire
colorfast cloth with water.
gently, so that the speaker will not fabric or carpet.
Microfiber cloth is
be damaged. Clean spots with water recommended to prevent lint After cleaning, use a paper towel to
and mild soap. transfer to the fabric or carpet. blot excess moisture.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 301
Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces Instrument Panel, Leather,

and Vehicle Information and Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces, Caution (Continued)
Radio Displays Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, and the appearance and feel of
Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss Natural Open Pore Wood leather or soft trim, and are not
surfaces or vehicle displays. First, Surfaces recommended.
use a soft bristle brush to remove Use a soft microfiber cloth
dirt that can scratch the surface. dampened with water to remove Do not use cleaners that increase
Then gently clean by rubbing with a dust and loose dirt. For a more gloss, especially on the instrument
microfiber cloth. Never use window thorough cleaning, use a soft panel. Reflected glare can decrease
cleaners or solvents. Periodically microfiber cloth dampened with a visibility through the windshield
hand wash the microfiber cloth mild soap solution. under certain conditions.
separately, using mild soap. Do not
use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse
Caution Caution
thoroughly and air dry before
next use. Soaking or saturating leather, Use of air fresheners may cause
especially perforated leather, as permanent damage to plastics
Caution well as other interior surfaces, and painted surfaces. If an air
may cause permanent damage. freshener comes in contact with
Do not attach a device with a Wipe excess moisture from these
suction cup to the display. This any plastic or painted surface in
surfaces after cleaning and allow the vehicle, blot immediately and
may cause damage and would them to dry naturally. Never use
not be covered by the vehicle clean with a soft cloth dampened
heat, steam, or spot removers. Do with a mild soap solution.
warranty. not use cleaners that contain Damage caused by air fresheners
silicone or wax-based products. would not be covered by the
Cleaners containing these vehicle warranty.
solvents can permanently change
(Continued)
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
302 Vehicle Care
Cargo Cover and . Do not place anything on top of

Convenience Net Warning (Continued) the driver side floor mat.
Wash with warm water and mild cause unintended acceleration . Use only a single floor mat on
detergent. Do not use chlorine and/or increased stopping the driver side.
bleach. Rinse with cold water, and distance which can cause a crash . Do not place one floor mat on
then dry completely. and injury. Make sure the floor top of another.
mat does not interfere with the
Care of Safety Belts Removing and Replacing the
pedals.
Keep belts clean and dry. Floor Mats
Use the following guidelines for If equipped, pull up on the rear of
{ Warning proper floor mat usage: the floor mat to unlock each retainer
and remove.
Do not bleach or dye safety belts. . The original equipment floor
It may severely weaken them. In mats were designed for your
a crash, they might not be able to vehicle. If the floor mats need
provide adequate protection. replacing, it is recommended
Clean safety belts only with mild that GM certified floor mats be
soap and lukewarm water. purchased. Non-GM floor mats
may not fit properly and may
interfere with the pedals. Always
Floor Mats check that the floor mats do not
interfere with the pedals.
{ Warning . Do not use a floor mat if the
vehicle is not equipped with a
If a floor mat is the wrong size or floor mat retainer on the driver
is not properly installed, it can side floor.
interfere with the pedals. Reinstall by lining up the floor mat
. Use the floor mat with the retainer openings over the carpet
Interference with the pedals can
correct side up. Do not turn retainers and snapping into position.
(Continued) it over.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Vehicle Care 303
Make sure the floor mat is properly

secured in place.
Verify the floor mat does not
interfere with the pedals.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
304 Service and Maintenance
Service and General Information changes and tire rotations and

additional maintenance items like
Maintenance Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
blades.
the required maintenance for the
General Information vehicle. Follow this schedule to help Caution
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 304 protect against major repair
expenses resulting from neglect or Damage caused by improper
Maintenance Schedule inadequate maintenance. It may maintenance can lead to costly
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 305 also help to maintain the value of repairs and may not be covered
the vehicle if it is sold. It is the by the vehicle warranty.
Special Application Services responsibility of the owner to have
Special Application Maintenance intervals, checks,
all required maintenance performed. inspections, recommended fluids,
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Your dealer has trained technicians and lubricants are important to
Additional Maintenance who can perform required keep the vehicle in good working
and Care maintenance using genuine condition.
Additional Maintenance replacement parts. They have
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 up-to-date tools and equipment for
fast and accurate diagnostics. Many The Tire Rotation and Required
Recommended Fluids dealers have extended evening and Services are the responsibility of the
Recommended Fluids and Saturday hours, courtesy vehicle owner. It is recommended to
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 transportation, and online have your dealer perform these
Maintenance Replacement scheduling to assist with service services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 needs. Proper vehicle maintenance helps to
keep the vehicle in good working
Maintenance Records Your dealer recognizes the condition, improves fuel economy,
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 316 importance of providing and reduces vehicle emissions.
competitively priced maintenance
and repair services. With trained Because of the way people use
technicians, the dealer is the place vehicles, maintenance needs vary.
for routine maintenance such as oil There may need to be more
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Service and Maintenance 305
frequent checks and services. The . Used for taxi, police, or delivery
Additional Required Services - service.
Maintenance
Normal are for vehicles that: Refer to the information in the
Schedule
. Carry passengers and cargo Maintenance Schedule Additional Owner Checks and Services
within recommended limits on Required Services - Severe chart.
the Tire and Loading Information At Each Fuel Stop
label. See Vehicle Load Limits
0 176.
{ Warning . Check the engine oil level. See
Engine Oil 0 225.
. Are driven on reasonable road Performing maintenance work can
be dangerous and can cause Once a Month
surfaces within legal driving
limits. serious injury. Perform . Check the tire inflation
maintenance work only if the pressures. See Tire Pressure
. Use the recommended fuel. See
required information, proper tools, 0 260.
Fuel 0 208.
and equipment are available. . Inspect the tires for wear. See
Refer to the information in the If they are not, see your dealer to Tire Inspection 0 265.
Maintenance Schedule Additional have a trained technician do the
Required Services - Normal chart. . Check the windshield washer
work. See Doing Your Own
Service Work 0 220. fluid level. See Washer Fluid
The Additional Required Services - 0 236.
Severe are for vehicles that are:
. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic Engine Oil Change
in hot weather. When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
. Mainly driven in hilly or SOON DIC message displays, have
mountainous terrain. the engine oil and filter changed
within the next 1 000 km/600 mi.
. Frequently towing a trailer. If driven under the best conditions,
. Used for high speed or the engine oil life system may not
competitive driving. indicate the need for vehicle service
for up to a year. The engine oil and
filter must be changed at least once
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
a year and the oil life system must . Check engine coolant level. See . Visually inspect steering,
be reset. Your trained dealer Engine Coolant 0 231. suspension, and chassis
technician can perform this work. . Check windshield washer fluid components for damaged, loose,
If the engine oil life system is reset level. See Washer Fluid 0 236. or missing parts or signs of
accidentally, service the vehicle wear. See Exterior Care 0 294.
within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the . Visually inspect windshield wiper
. Check restraint system
last service. Reset the oil life blades for wear, cracking,
or contamination. See Exterior components. See Safety System
system when the oil is changed. Check 0 58.
See Engine Oil Life System 0 227. Care 0 294. Replace worn or
damaged wiper blades. See . Visually inspect fuel system for
Tire Rotation and Required Wiper Blade Replacement damage or leaks.
Services Every 12 000 km/ 0 241. . Visually inspect exhaust system
7,500 mi . Check tire inflation pressures. and nearby heat shields for
Rotate the tires, if recommended for See Tire Pressure 0 260. loose or damaged parts.
the vehicle, and perform the . Inspect tire wear. See Tire . Lubricate body components. See
following services. See Tire Inspection 0 265. Exterior Care 0 294.
Rotation 0 266.
. Visually check for fluid leaks. . Check starter switch. See Starter
. Check engine oil level and oil
. Inspect engine air cleaner filter. Switch Check 0 239.
life percentage. If needed,
change engine oil and filter, and See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . Check automatic transmission
reset oil life system. See Engine 0 229. shift lock control function. See
Oil 0 225 and Engine Oil Life . Inspect brake system. See Automatic Transmission Shift
System 0 227. Exterior Care 0 294. Lock Control Function Check
0 240.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15

. Check ignition transmission lock.
See Ignition Transmission Lock
Check 0 240.
. Check parking brake and
automatic transmission park
mechanism. See Park Brake and
P (Park) Mechanism Check
0 240.
. Check accelerator pedal for
damage, high effort, or binding.
Replace if needed.
. Visually inspect gas strut for
signs of wear, cracks, or other
damage. Check the hold open
ability of the strut. See your
dealer if service is required.
. Check tire sealant expiration
date, if equipped. See Tire
Sealant and Compressor Kit
0 274.
. Inspect sunroof track and seal,
if equipped. See Sunroof 0 45.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Normal
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Except 1.4L Engine: Replace spark plugs. Inspect
ignition coil boots.
@
1.4L Engine Only: Replace spark plugs. Inspect
@ @
1.8L Engine Only: Replace timing belt, idler
pulley, and timing belt tensioner. (6)
@
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @
Replace brake fluid. (6) @ @ @
Replace clutch fluid. (6) @ @ @
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Footnotes — Maintenance
Schedule Additional Required
Services - Normal
(1) Or every two years, whichever
comes first. More frequent
replacement may be needed if the
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy
traffic, areas with poor air quality,
or areas with high dust levels.
Replacement may also be needed if
there is a reduction in air flow,
excessive window fogging, or odors.
(2) Check all fuel and vapor lines
and hoses for proper hook-up,
routing, and condition.
(3) Or every four years, whichever
comes first. If driving in dusty
conditions, inspect the filter at each
oil change or more often as needed.
(4) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling System
0 231.
(5) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first. Inspect for fraying,
excessive cracking, or damage;
replace, if needed.
(6) Or every three years, whichever
comes first.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Severe
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Change automatic transmission fluid. @ @ @
Change manual transmission fluid. @ @ @
Except 1.4L Engine: Replace spark plugs. Inspect
@
1.4L Engine Only: Replace spark plugs. Inspect
@ @
1.8L Engine Only: Replace timing belt. (6) @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @
Replace brake fluid. (6) @ @ @
Replace clutch fluid. (6) @ @ @
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Footnotes — Maintenance Special Application Additional

Schedule Additional Required
Services - Severe Services Maintenance and Care
(1) Or every two years, whichever . Severe Commercial Use Your vehicle is an important
comes first. More frequent Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis investment and caring for it properly
replacement may be needed if the components every 5 000 km/ may help to avoid future costly
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy 3,000 mi. repairs. To maintain vehicle
traffic, areas with poor air quality, . performance, additional
Have underbody flushing service
or areas with high dust levels. maintenance services may be
performed. See "Underbody
Replacement may also be needed if required.
Maintenance" in Exterior Care
there is a reduction in air flow,
0 294. It is recommended that your dealer
excessive window fogging, or odors.
perform these services — their
(2) Check all fuel and vapor lines trained dealer technicians know
and hoses for proper hook-up, your vehicle best. Your dealer can
routing, and condition. also perform a thorough
(3) Or every four years, whichever assessment with a multi-point
comes first. If driving in dusty inspection to recommend when your
conditions, inspect the filter at each vehicle may need attention.
oil change or more often as needed. The following list is intended to
(4) Or every five years, whichever explain the services and conditions
comes first. See Cooling System to look for that may indicate
0 231. services are required.
(5) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first. Inspect for fraying,
excessive cracking, or damage;
replace, if needed.
(6) Or every three years, whichever
comes first.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Battery Brakes Hoses

The battery supplies power to start Brakes stop the vehicle and are Hoses transport fluids and should
the engine and operate any crucial to safe driving. be regularly inspected to ensure
additional electrical accessories. . Signs of brake wear may include that there are no cracks or leaks.
. To avoid break-down or failure to chirping, grinding, or squealing With a multi-point inspection, your
start the vehicle, maintain a noises, or difficulty stopping. dealer can inspect the hoses and
battery with full cranking power. advise if replacement is needed.
. Trained dealer technicians have
. Trained dealer technicians have access to tools and equipment Lamps
the diagnostic equipment to test to inspect the brakes and Properly working headlamps,
the battery and ensure that the recommend quality parts taillamps, and brake lamps are
connections and cables are engineered for the vehicle. important to see and be seen on
corrosion-free. the road.
Fluids
Belts . Signs that the headlamps need
Proper fluid levels and approved
. Belts may need replacing if they fluids protect the vehicle’s systems attention include dimming, failure
squeak or show signs of and components. See to light, cracking, or damage.
cracking or splitting. Recommended Fluids and The brake lamps need to be
Lubricants 0 314 for GM approved checked periodically to ensure
. Trained dealer technicians have that they light when braking.
access to tools and equipment fluids.
. Engine oil and windshield . With a multi-point inspection,
to inspect the belts and
recommend adjustment or washer fluid levels should be your dealer can check the lamps
replacement when necessary. checked at every fuel fill. and note any concerns.
. A message may indicate when . Instrument cluster lights may
scheduled maintenance on the come on to indicate that fluids
timing belt and other may be low and need to be
components is required. filled.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Shocks and Struts . Trained dealer technicians can Windshield

Shocks and struts help aid in control inspect and recommend the right For safety, appearance, and the
for a smoother ride. tires. Your dealer can also best viewing, keep the windshield
provide tire/wheel balancing clean and clear.
. Signs of wear may include services to ensure smooth
steering wheel vibration, bounce/ vehicle operation at all speeds. . Signs of damage include
sway while braking, longer Your dealer sells and services scratches, cracks, and chips.
stopping distance, or uneven name brand tires. . Trained dealer technicians can
tire wear. inspect the windshield and
Vehicle Care
. As part of the multi-point recommend proper replacement
inspection, trained dealer To help keep the vehicle looking like if needed.
technicians can visually inspect new, vehicle care products are
the shocks and struts for signs available from your dealer. For Wiper Blades
of leaking, blown seals, information on how to clean and Wiper blades need to be cleaned
or damage, and can advise protect the vehicle’s interior and and kept in good condition to
when service is needed. exterior, see Interior Care 0 299 and provide a clear view.
Exterior Care 0 294.
Tires . Signs of wear include streaking,
Wheel Alignment skipping across the windshield,
Tires need to be properly inflated, and worn or split rubber.
rotated, and balanced. Maintaining Wheel alignment is critical for
the tires can save money and fuel, ensuring that the tires deliver . Trained dealer technicians can
and can reduce the risk of tire optimal wear and performance. check the wiper blades and
failure. . Signs that the alignment may replace them when needed.
. Signs that the tires need to be need to be adjusted include
replaced include three or more pulling, improper vehicle
visible treadwear indicators; cord handling, or unusual tire wear.
or fabric showing through the . Your dealer has the required
rubber; cracks or cuts in the equipment to ensure proper
tread or sidewall; or a bulge or wheel alignment.
split in the tire.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Recommended Fluids
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Engine Oil Use only engine oil meeting the dexos1™ specification of the proper SAE
viscosity grade. Look for the dexos1 approved logo for GM approved
engine oil. See Engine Oil 0 225.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL ® Coolant.
See Engine Coolant 0 231.
Hydraulic Brake/Clutch System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in
Canada 19299819).
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Manual Transmission Manual Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 19259104, in Canada 19259105).
Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in
Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and Canada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2,
Release Pawl Category LB or GC-LB.
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and Door Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Hinges Canada 10953474).
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Maintenance Replacement Parts

Replacement parts identified here by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
1.4L L4 Engine 13272719 A3144C
1.8L L4 Engine 13272720 A3145C
Engine Oil Filter
1.4L L4 Engine 55594651 PF2257G
1.8L L4 Engine 55594651 PF2257G
Passenger Compartment Air Filter Element 13356914 CF184
Spark Plugs
1.4L L4 Engine 55585534 41–122
1.8L L4 Engine 55585534 41–122
Wiper Blades
Driver – 60.0 cm (23.6 in) 95430139 —
Passenger – 45.0 cm (17.7 in) 95161606 —
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Odometer
Date Serviced By Services Performed
Reading
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Technical Data 317
Technical Data Vehicle Identification Service Parts

Identification Label
Vehicle Identification This label, on the inside of the glove
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) box, has the following information:
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 . Vehicle Identification
Service Parts Identification Number (VIN).
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 . Model designation.
Vehicle Data . Paint information.
Capacities and
. Production options and special
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 320 equipment.
This legal identifier is in the front
Do not remove this label from the
corner of the instrument panel, on
vehicle.
the left side of the vehicle. It can be
seen through the windshield from
outside. The VIN also appears on
the Vehicle Certification and Service
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.
Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is
the engine code. This code
identifies the vehicle's engine,
specifications, and replacement
parts. See “Engine Specifications”
under Capacities and Specifications
0 318 for the vehicle's engine code.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
318 Technical Data
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in English and metric conversions. Please refer to Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants 0 314 for more information.
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Cooling System
1.4L L4 Engine 7.1 L 7.5 qt
1.8L L4 Engine 6.8 L 7.2 qt
Engine Oil with Filter
1.4L L4 Engine 4.0 L 4.25 qt
1.8L L4 Engine 4.0 L 4.25 qt
Fuel Tank
Standard Fuel Tank 59.0 L 15.6 gal
With RPO NL6 Fuel Tank 48.0 L 12.6 gal
Wheel Nut Torque 140 Y 100 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Technical Data 319
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap
1.4L L4 (LUV) B Automatic 0.60 – 0.70 mm (0.24 –
Manual 0.028 in)
1.8L L4 (LUW) H Automatic 0.60 – 0.70 mm (0.24 –
Manual 0.028 in)
1.8L L4 (LWE) G Automatic 0.60 – 0.70 mm (0.24 –
Manual 0.028 in)
Spark plug gap is for replacement spark plugs.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
320 Technical Data
Engine Drive Belt Routing
1.4L L4 Engine
1.8L L4 Engine
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Customer Information 321
Customer Reporting Safety Defects to

the Canadian
Customer Information
Information Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Reporting Safety Defects to Customer Satisfaction
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 Procedure
Customer Information Vehicle Data Recording and Your satisfaction and goodwill are
Customer Satisfaction Privacy important to your dealer and to
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns
Vehicle Data Recording and
Customer Assistance with the sales transaction or the
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 operation of the vehicle will be
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 333
Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 333
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 324 service departments. Sometimes,
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 324 however, despite the best intentions
GM Mobility Reimbursement of all concerned, misunderstandings
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 can occur. If your concern has not
Roadside Assistance been resolved to your satisfaction,
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 the following steps should be taken:
Scheduling Service
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern
Courtesy Transportation with a member of dealership
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327 management. Normally, concerns
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 328 can be quickly resolved at that level.
Service Publications Ordering If the matter has already been
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 reviewed with the sales, service,
Radio Frequency or parts manager, contact the owner
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 of your dealership or the general
manager.
Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects to STEP TWO : If after contacting a
the United States member of dealership management,
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 it appears your concern cannot be
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
322 Customer Information
resolved by your dealership without STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : You may contact the BBB Auto Line
further help, in the U.S., call the Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free
Chevrolet Customer Assistance dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at
Center at 1-800-222-1020. In sure you are completely satisfied the following address:
Canada, call General Motors of with the new vehicle. However, BBB Auto Line Program
Canada Customer Care Centre at if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business Bureaus,
1-800-263-3777 (English), after following the procedure Inc.
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). outlined in Steps One and Two, you 3033 Wilson Boulevard
We encourage you to call the can file with the Better Business Suite 600
toll-free number in order to give your Bureau (BBB) Auto Line® Program Arlington, VA 22201
inquiry prompt attention. Have the to enforce your rights.
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
following information available to The BBB Auto Line Program is an http://www.bbb.org/council/
give the Customer Assistance out-of-court program administered programs-services/
representative: by the Council of Better Business dispute-handling-and-resolution/
. Vehicle Identification Bureaus to settle automotive bbb-auto-line/
Number (VIN). This is available disputes regarding vehicle repairs or
the interpretation of the New Vehicle This program is available in all
from the vehicle registration or 50 states and the District of
title, or the plate at the top left of Limited Warranty. Although you may
be required to resort to this informal Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
the instrument panel and visible vehicle age, mileage, and other
through the windshield. dispute resolution program prior to
filing a court action, use of the factors. General Motors reserves
. Dealership name and location. program is free of charge and your the right to change eligibility
. Vehicle delivery date and case will generally be heard within limitations and/or discontinue its
present mileage. 40 days. If you do not agree with the participation in this program.
decision given in your case, you STEP THREE — Canadian
When contacting Chevrolet, may reject it and proceed with any
remember that your concern will Owners : In the event that you do
other venue for relief available not feel your concerns have been
likely be resolved at a dealer's to you.
facility. That is why we suggest addressed after following the
following Step One first. procedure outlined in Steps One
and Two, General Motors of Canada
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Limited wants you to be aware of its For further information concerning United States and Puerto Rico
participation in a no-charge eligibility in the Canadian Motor
Chevrolet Motor Division
Mediation/Arbitration Program. Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
General Motors of Canada Limited call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call
Center
has committed to binding arbitration the General Motors Customer Care
P.O. Box 33170
of owner disputes involving Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
factory-related vehicle service 1-800-263-7854 (French),
www.Chevrolet.com
claims. The program provides for or write to:
the review of the facts involved by 1-800-222-1020
The Mediation/Arbitration Program
an impartial third party arbiter, and 1-800-833-2438 (For Text
c/o Customer Care Centre
may include an informal hearing Telephone Devices (TTYs))
General Motors of Canada Limited
before the arbiter. The program is Roadside Assistance:
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
designed so that the entire dispute 1-800-243-8872
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
settlement process, from the time Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 From U.S. Virgin Islands:
you file your complaint to the final
decision, should be completed in The inquiry should be accompanied 1-800-496-9994
about 70 days. We believe our by the Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN). Canada
impartial program offers advantages
over courts in most jurisdictions General Motors of Canada Limited
because it is informal, quick, and Customer Assistance Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
free of charge. Offices CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Chevrolet encourages customers to Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
call the toll-free number for www.gm.ca
assistance. However, if a customer
1-800-263-3777 (English)
wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,
1-800-263-7854 (French)
the letter should be addressed to:
1-800-263-3830 (For Text
Telephone devices (TTYs))
Roadside Assistance:
1-800-268-6800
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Overseas Membership Benefits H (Other Account Information) :

Please contact the local General E (Vehicle Information) : View GM Card, SiriusXM Satellite
Motors Business Unit. Download owner manuals and view radio, and OnStar account
vehicle-specific how-to videos. information (if equipped).
Customer Assistance for G (Maintenance Information) : F (Live Chat Support) : Chat with
Text Telephone (TTY) View maintenance schedules, online help representatives.
Users alerts, and OnStar Vehicle See my.chevrolet.com to register
Diagnostic Information. Schedule your vehicle.
To assist customers who are deaf, service appointments.
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired Chevrolet Owner Centre
and who use Text Telephones
I (Service History) : View and (Canada) chevroletowner.ca
print dealer-recorded service
(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY
records and self-recorded service Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre:
equipment available at its Customer
records. . Chat live with online help
Assistance Center. Any TTY user in
the U.S. can communicate with D (Preferred Dealer representatives.
Chevrolet by dialing: Information) : Select a preferred . Locate owner resources such as
1-800-833-2438. TTY users in dealer and view locations, maps, lease-end, financing, and
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. phone numbers, and hours. warranty information.
r (Warranty Tracking . Retrieve your favorite articles,
Online Owner Center Information) : Track your vehicle’s quizzes, tips, and multimedia
warranty information. galleries organized into the
Online Owner Experience
(U.S.) my.chevrolet.com J (Recall Information) : View Featured Articles and Auto Care
active recalls by Vehicle Sections.
The Chevrolet online owner Identification Number (VIN). See
experience allows interaction with . Download owner manuals.
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Chevrolet and keeps important 0 317. . Find the
vehicle-specific information in one Chevrolet-recommended
place. maintenance services.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
GM Mobility Roadside Assistance Coverage

Reimbursement Program Program Services are provided for the
duration of the vehicle’s powertrain
For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call
warranty.
1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone
(TTY): 1-888-889-2438.) In the U.S., anyone driving the
vehicle is covered. In Canada, a
For Canadian-purchased vehicles,
person driving the vehicle without
call 1-800-268-6800.
permission from the owner is not
Service is available 24 hours a day, covered.
This program is available to 365 days a year.
Roadside Assistance is not a part of
qualified applicants for cost Calling for Assistance the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
reimbursement of eligible General Motors North America and
aftermarket adaptive equipment When calling Roadside Assistance, Chevrolet reserve the right to make
required for the vehicle, such as have the following information any changes or discontinue the
hand controls or a wheelchair/ ready: Roadside Assistance program at
scooter lift for the vehicle. . Your name, home address, and any time without notification.
For more information on the limited home telephone number. General Motors North America and
offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or . Telephone number of your Chevrolet reserve the right to limit
call the GM Mobility Assistance location. services or payment to an owner or
Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text driver if they decide the claims are
. Location of the vehicle.
Telephone (TTY) users, call made too often, or the same type of
1-800-833-9935. . Model, year, color, and license claim is made many times.
General Motors of Canada also has plate number of the vehicle.
Services Provided
a Mobility Program. Visit www.gm.ca . Odometer reading, Vehicle
or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) Identification Number (VIN), and . Emergency Fuel Delivery:
for details. TTY users call delivery date of the vehicle. Delivery of enough fuel for the
1-800-263-3830. vehicle to get to the nearest
. Description of the problem. service station.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15

. Lock-Out Service: Service to be reimbursed within the restricted. Propane and other
unlock the vehicle if you are Powertrain warranty period. fuels are not provided through
locked out. A remote unlock may Items considered are reasonable this service.
be available if you have OnStar. and customary hotel, meals, . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle
For security reasons, the driver rental car, or a vehicle being registration is required.
must present identification delivered back to the customer,
before this service is given. up to 805 km (500 mi). . Trip Interruption Benefits and
Assistance: Must be over
. Emergency Tow from a Public Services Not Included in 150 km from where your trip was
Road or Highway: Tow to the Roadside Assistance started to qualify. General
nearest Chevrolet dealer for Motors of Canada Limited
warranty service, or if the vehicle . Impound towing caused by
violation of any laws. requires pre-authorization,
was in a crash and cannot be original detailed receipts, and a
driven. Assistance is not given . Legal fines. copy of the repair orders. Once
when the vehicle is stuck in the authorization has been received,
. Mounting, dismounting,
sand, mud, or snow. the Roadside Assistance advisor
or changing of snow tires,
. Flat Tire Change: Service to chains, or other traction devices. will help to make arrangements
change a flat tire with the spare and explain how to receive
tire. The spare tire, if equipped, Service is not provided if a vehicle payment.
must be in good condition and is in an area that is not accessible
to the service vehicle or is not a . Alternative Service: If
properly inflated. It is the owner's assistance cannot be provided
responsibility for the repair or regularly traveled or maintained
public road, which includes ice and right away, the Roadside
replacement of the tire if it is not Assistance advisor may give
covered by the warranty. winter roads. Off-road use is not
covered. permission to get local
. Battery Jump Start: Service to emergency road service. You will
jump start a dead battery. Services Specific to receive payment, up to $100,
. Trip Interruption Benefits and
Canadian-Purchased Vehicles after sending the original receipt
Assistance: If your trip is . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement to Roadside Assistance.
interrupted due to a warranty is up to 7 liters. If available, Mechanical failures may be
event, incidental expenses may diesel fuel delivery may be covered, however any cost for
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
parts and labor for repairs not Courtesy Transportation Transportation Options
covered by the warranty are the
owner responsibility.
Program Warranty service can generally be
completed while you wait. However,
To enhance your ownership
if you are unable to do so, your
Scheduling Service experience, we and our participating
dealer may offer the following
Appointments dealers are proud to offer Courtesy
transportation options:
Transportation, a customer support
When the vehicle requires warranty program for vehicles with the Shuttle Service
service, contact your dealer and Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty
This includes one-way or round-trip
request an appointment. By Coverage period in Canada),
shuttle service within reasonable
scheduling a service appointment extended powertrain, and/or
time and distance parameters of
and advising the service consultant hybrid-specific warranties in both
your dealer's area.
of your transportation needs, your the U.S. and Canada.
dealer can help minimize your Public Transportation or Fuel
Several Courtesy Transportation
inconvenience. Reimbursement
options are available to assist in
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled reducing inconvenience when If overnight warranty repairs are
into the service department warranty repairs are required. needed, and public transportation is
immediately, keep driving it until it used, the expense must be
Courtesy Transportation is not a
can be scheduled for service, supported by original receipts and
part of the New Vehicle Limited
unless, of course, the problem is within the maximum amount allowed
Warranty. A separate booklet
safety related. If it is, please call by GM for shuttle service. If U.S.
entitled “Limited Warranty and
your dealership, let them know this, customers arrange their own
Owner Assistance Information”
and ask for instructions. transportation, limited
furnished with each new vehicle
If your dealer requests you to bring provides detailed warranty coverage reimbursement for reasonable fuel
the vehicle for service, you are information. expenses may be available. Claim
urged to do so as early in the work amounts should reflect actual costs
day as possible to allow for and be supported by original
same-day repair. receipts. See your dealer for
information.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Courtesy Rental Vehicle General Motors reserves the right to are preserved. The use of Genuine
For an overnight warranty repair, the unilaterally modify, change, GM parts can help maintain the GM
dealer may provide an available or discontinue Courtesy New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
courtesy rental vehicle or provide for Transportation at any time and to Recycled original equipment parts
reimbursement of a rental vehicle. resolve all questions of claim may also be used for repair. These
Reimbursement is limited and must eligibility pursuant to the terms and parts are typically removed from
be supported by original receipts as conditions described herein at its vehicles that were total losses in
well as a signed and completed sole discretion. prior crashes. In most cases, the
rental agreement and meet state/ parts being recycled are from
provincial, local, and rental vehicle Collision Damage Repair undamaged sections of the vehicle.
provider requirements. If the vehicle is involved in a A recycled original equipment GM
Requirements vary and may include collision and it is damaged, have the part may be an acceptable choice to
minimum age requirements, damage repaired by a qualified maintain the vehicle's originally
insurance coverage, credit card, etc. technician using the proper designed appearance and safety
Additional fees such as fuel usage equipment and quality replacement performance; however, the history of
charges, taxes, levies, usage fees, parts. Poorly performed collision these parts is not known. Such parts
excessive mileage, or rental usage repairs diminish the vehicle resale are not covered by the GM New
beyond the completion of the repair value, and safety performance can Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
are also your responsibility. be compromised in subsequent related failures are not covered by
It may not be possible to provide a collisions. that warranty.
like vehicle as a courtesy rental. Collision Parts Aftermarket collision parts are also
available. These are made by
Additional Program Genuine GM Collision parts are new companies other than GM and may
Information parts made with the same materials not have been tested for the vehicle.
All program options, such as shuttle and construction methods as the As a result, these parts may fit
service, may not be available at parts with which the vehicle was poorly, exhibit premature durability/
every dealer. Contact your dealer originally built. Genuine GM corrosion problems, and may not
for specific availability. Collision parts are the best choice to perform properly in subsequent
ensure that the vehicle's designed collisions. Aftermarket parts are not
appearance, durability, and safety covered by the GM New Vehicle
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Limited Warranty, and any vehicle specify aftermarket collision parts. Give only the necessary information
failure related to such parts is not When purchasing insurance, we to police and other parties involved
covered by that warranty. recommend that you ensure that the in the crash.
vehicle will be repaired with GM For emergency towing see
Repair Facility original equipment collision parts. Roadside Assistance Program
GM also recommends that you If such insurance coverage is not 0 325.
choose a collision repair facility that available from your current
meets your needs before you ever insurance carrier, consider switching Gather the following information:
need collision repairs. Your dealer to another insurance carrier. . Driver name, address, and
may have a collision repair center If the vehicle is leased, the leasing telephone number.
with GM-trained technicians and company may require you to have . Driver license number.
state‐of‐the‐art equipment, or be insurance that ensures repairs with
able to recommend a collision repair Genuine GM Original Equipment . Owner name, address, and
center that has GM-trained Manufacturer (OEM) parts or telephone number.
technicians and comparable Genuine Manufacturer replacement . Vehicle license plate number.
equipment. parts. Read the lease carefully, as
. Vehicle make, model, and
Insuring the Vehicle you may be charged at the end of
the lease for poor quality repairs. model year.
Protect your investment in the GM . Vehicle Identification
vehicle with comprehensive and If a Crash Occurs Number (VIN).
collision insurance coverage. There If there has been an injury, call
are significant differences in the . Insurance company and policy
emergency services for help. Do not number.
quality of coverage afforded by leave the scene of a crash until all
various insurance policy terms. matters have been taken care of. . General description of the
Many insurance policies provide Move the vehicle only if its position damage to the other vehicle.
reduced protection to the GM puts you in danger, or you are Choose a reputable repair facility
vehicle by limiting compensation for instructed to move it by a police that uses quality replacement parts.
damage repairs by using officer. See “Collision Parts” earlier in this
aftermarket collision parts. Some
section.
insurance companies will not
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
If the airbag has inflated, see What repaired with Genuine GM parts, Service Bulletins
Will You See after an Airbag even if your insurance coverage
Service Bulletins give additional
Inflates? 0 63. does not pay the full cost.
technical service information
Managing the Vehicle Damage If another party's insurance needed to knowledgeably service
Repair Process company is paying for the repairs, General Motors cars and trucks.
you are not obligated to accept a Each bulletin contains instructions
In the event that the vehicle requires repair valuation based on that to assist in the diagnosis and
damage repairs, GM recommends insurance company's collision policy service of the vehicle.
that you take an active role in its repair limits, as you have no
repair. If you have a pre-determined contractual limits with that company. Owner Information
repair facility of choice, take the In such cases, you can have control Owner publications are written
vehicle there, or have it towed there. of the repair and parts choices as specifically for owners and intended
Specify to the facility that any long as the cost stays within to provide basic operational
required replacement collision parts reasonable limits. information about the vehicle. The
be original equipment parts, either Owner Manual includes the
new Genuine GM parts or recycled Service Publications Maintenance Schedule for all
original GM parts. Remember, models.
recycled parts will not be covered by Ordering Information
the GM vehicle warranty. (US and Canada Only) In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,
Owner Manual, and Warranty
Insurance pays the bill for the repair, Service Manuals Manual.
but you must live with the repair.
Depending on your policy limits, Service Manuals have the diagnosis RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 –
your insurance company may and repair information on the $40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
initially value the repair using engines, transmission, axle, shipping fees.
aftermarket parts. Discuss this with suspension, brakes, electrical, Without Pouch: Owner Manual only.
the repair professional, and insist on steering, body, etc.
Genuine GM parts. Remember, RETAIL SELL PRICE:
if the vehicle is leased, you may be $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
obligated to have the vehicle shipping fees.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Current and Past Models Radio Frequency Reporting Safety

Technical Service Bulletins and Statement Defects
Manuals are available for current
This vehicle has systems that
and past model GM vehicles.
operate on a radio frequency that Reporting Safety Defects
ORDER TOLL FREE: complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the
1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday Federal Communications
to the United States
8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time Commission (FCC) rules and with Government
For Credit Card Orders Only Industry Canada Standards If you believe that your vehicle
(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see RSS-GEN/210/216/220/251/310,
has a defect which could cause
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. ICES‐001.
a crash or could cause injury or
Or write to: Operation is subject to the following death, you should immediately
two conditions: inform the National Highway
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service 1. The device may not cause Traffic Safety Administration
47911 Halyard Drive harmful interference. (NHTSA) in addition to notifying
Plymouth, MI 48170 2. The device must accept any General Motors.
Prices are subject to change without interference received, including If NHTSA receives similar
notice and without incurring interference that may cause complaints, it may open an
obligation. Allow ample time for undesired operation of the
investigation, and if it finds that
delivery. device.
a safety defect exists in a group
All listed prices are quoted in U.S. Changes or modifications to any of of vehicles, it may order a recall
funds. Make checks payable in U.S. these systems by other than an and remedy campaign.
funds. authorized service facility could void
However, NHTSA cannot
authorization to use this equipment.
become involved in individual
problems between you, your
dealer, or General Motors.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
To contact NHTSA, you may call Transport Canada Vehicle Data

the Vehicle Safety Hotline Road Safety Branch
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 80 rue Noel Recording and
Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1
(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to Privacy
http://www.safercar.gov; or
write to: Reporting Safety Defects The vehicle has a number of
to General Motors computers that record information
Administrator, NHTSA about the vehicle’s performance and
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. In addition to notifying NHTSA (or how it is driven. For example, the
Washington, D.C. 20590 Transport Canada) in a situation like vehicle uses computer modules to
this, notify General Motors. monitor and control engine and
You can also obtain other transmission performance, to
information about motor Call 1-800-222-1020, or write:
monitor the conditions for airbag
vehicle safety from Chevrolet Motor Division deployment and deploy them in a
http://www.safercar.gov. Chevrolet Customer Assistance crash, and, if equipped, to provide
Center antilock braking to help the driver
Reporting Safety Defects P.O. Box 33170 control the vehicle. These modules
Detroit, MI 48232-5170 may store data to help the dealer
to the Canadian
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 technician service the vehicle.
Government (English) or 1-800-263-7854 Some modules may also store data
If you live in Canada, and you (French), or write: about how the vehicle is operated,
believe that the vehicle has a safety such as rate of fuel consumption or
General Motors of Canada Limited average speed. These modules may
defect, notify Transport Canada
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: retain personal preferences, such as
immediately, and notify General
CA1-163-005 radio presets, seat positions, and
Motors of Canada Limited. Call
1908 Colonel Sam Drive temperature settings.
Transport Canada at
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
1-800-333-0510 or write to:
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Event Data Recorders These data can help provide a GM will not access these data or
better understanding of the share it with others except: with the
This vehicle is equipped with an circumstances in which crashes and consent of the vehicle owner or,
event data recorder (EDR). The injuries occur. if the vehicle is leased, with the
main purpose of an EDR is to consent of the lessee; in response
record, in certain crash or near Note
to an official request by police or
crash-like situations, such as an air EDR data are recorded by your similar government office; as part of
bag deployment or hitting a road vehicle only if a non-trivial crash GM's defense of litigation through
obstacle, data that will assist in situation occurs; no data are the discovery process; or, as
understanding how a vehicle’s recorded by the EDR under normal required by law. Data that GM
systems performed. The EDR is driving conditions and no personal collects or receives may also be
designed to record data related to data (e.g., name, gender, age, and used for GM research needs or may
vehicle dynamics and safety crash location) are recorded. be made available to others for
systems for a short period of time, However, other parties, such as law research purposes, where a need is
typically 30 seconds or less. The enforcement, could combine the shown and the data is not tied to a
EDR in this vehicle is designed to EDR data with the type of specific vehicle or vehicle owner.
record such data as: personally identifying data routinely
acquired during a crash
. How various systems in your
investigation. Infotainment System
vehicle were operating;
To read data recorded by an EDR, If the vehicle is equipped with a
. Whether or not the driver and navigation system as part of the
special equipment is required, and
passenger safety belts were access to the vehicle or the EDR is infotainment system, use of the
buckled/fastened; needed. In addition to the vehicle system may result in the storage of
. How far (if at all) the driver was manufacturer, other parties, such as destinations, addresses, telephone
depressing the accelerator and/ law enforcement, that have the numbers, and other trip information.
or brake pedal; and, special equipment, can read the See the infotainment manual for
information if they have access to information on stored data and for
. How fast the vehicle was deletion instructions.
traveling. the vehicle or the EDR.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
334 OnStar
OnStar OnStar Overview Conditions and Privacy Statement

for more details including system
limitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.)
or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
OnStar Overview
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 The OnStar system status light is
next to the OnStar buttons. If the
OnStar Services status light is:
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 . Solid Green: System is ready.
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 = Voice Command Button . Flashing Green: On a call.
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 Q Blue OnStar Button . Red: Indicates a problem.
Vehicle Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 338
> Emergency Button . Off: System is off. Press Q
OnStar Additional Information
OnStar Additional This vehicle may be equipped with a twice to speak with an OnStar
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 comprehensive, in-vehicle system Advisor.
that can connect to an OnStar
Advisor for Emergency, Security, Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR
Navigation, Connections, and (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
Diagnostics Services. OnStar Advisor.
services may require a paid Press = to:
subscription. OnStar requires the
vehicle battery and electrical . Make a call, end a call,
system, cellular service, and GPS or answer an incoming call.
satellite signals to be available and . Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling
operating. OnStar acts as a link to voice commands.
existing emergency service
providers. OnStar may collect . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
information about you and your Navigation voice commands.
vehicle, including location
information. See OnStar’s Terms &
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
OnStar 335
. Obtain the Wi-Fi® hotspot name OnStar Services Security
or SSID and password,
if equipped. If equipped, OnStar provides these
Emergency services:
Press Q to connect to an . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,
OnStar Emergency Services require
Advisor to: a specific OnStar subscription plan. OnStar Advisors can use GPS to
. Verify account information or With Automatic Crash Response, in pinpoint the vehicle and help
update contact information. many crashes, built-in sensors can authorities quickly recover it.
. Get driving directions. automatically alert a specially . With Remote Ignition Block,
trained OnStar Advisor who is if equipped, OnStar can block
. Receive an On-Demand immediately connected to the
Diagnostics check of the the engine from being started.
vehicle to help.
vehicle’s key operating systems. . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,
Press > for a priority connection to if equipped, OnStar can work
. Receive Roadside Assistance. an OnStar Advisor who can contact with law enforcement to
. Manage Wi-Fi Settings, emergency service providers, direct gradually slow the vehicle down.
if equipped. them to your exact location, and
relay important information. Navigation
Press > to get a priority connection
to an OnStar Advisor available 24/ With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially OnStar navigation requires a
7 to: trained Advisors are available specific OnStar subscription plan.
24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to
. Get help for an emergency. provide a central point of contact, Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn
. Be a Good Samaritan or assistance, and information during a directions or have them sent to the
respond to an AMBER Alert. crisis. vehicle’s navigation screen,
. With Roadside Assistance, Advisors if equipped.
Get assistance in severe
weather or other crisis situations can locate a nearby service provider Turn-by-Turn Navigation
and find evacuation routes. to help with a flat tire, a battery
jump, or an empty gas tank. 1. Press Q to connect to an
Advisor.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
336 OnStar
2. Request directions to be 2. Say “Repeat.” System Connections

downloaded to the vehicle. responds with the last direction
given, then responds with The following OnStar services help
3. Follow the voice-guided with staying connected.
commands. “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
Get My Destination For coverage maps, see
Using Voice Commands www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
During a Planned Route 1. Press =. System responds: www.onstar.ca (Canada).
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. OnStar Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped)
Cancel Route
2. Say “Get my destination.” The vehicle may have a built-in
1. Press =. System responds: System responds with the
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access
address and distance to the to the Internet and web content at
2. Say “Cancel route.” System destination, then responds with 4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile
responds: “Do you want to “OnStar ready,” then a tone. devices can be connected. A data
cancel directions?” Destination Download plan is required. Use the in-vehicle
3. Say “Yes.” System responds: controls only when it is safe to
Subscribers can have directions do so.
“OK, request completed, thank sent to the vehicle’s navigation
you, goodbye.” screen, if equipped. 1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot
Route Preview information, press =, wait for
Press Q, then ask the Advisor to
the prompt, then say “Wi-Fi
1. Press =. System responds: download directions to the vehicle’s settings.” On some vehicles,
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. navigation system, if equipped. After touch Wi-Fi Settings on the
the call ends, press the Go button screen.
2. Say “Route preview.” System on the navigation screen to begin
responds with the next three driving directions. Routes that are 2. The Wi-Fi settings will display
maneuvers. sent to the navigation screen can the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),
Repeat only be canceled through the password, and on some
navigation system. vehicles, the connection type
1. Press =. System responds:
See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
OnStar 337
(no Internet connection, 3G, . Locate the vehicle on a map 2. Say “Call.” System responds:
4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality (U.S. market only). “Call. Please say the name or
(poor, good, excellent). . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot number to call.”
3. To change the SSID or on/off, manage settings, and 3. Say the entire number without
password, press Q or call monitor data consumption, pausing, including a “1” and the
1-888-4ONSTAR to connect if equipped. area code. System responds:
with an Advisor. For OnStar RemoteLink information “OK, calling.”
®
OnStar RemoteLink Mobile App and compatibility, see Calling 911 Emergency
(If Equipped) www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada). 1. Press =. System responds:
Download the OnStar RemoteLink “OnStar ready.”
mobile app to select Apple®, Remote Services
2. Say “Call.” System responds:
Android™, BlackBerry®, Contact an OnStar Advisor to “Call. Please say the name or
or Windows® mobile devices. unlock the doors or sound the horn
OnStar Subscribers can access the number to call.”
and flash the lamps.
following services from a mobile 3. Say “911” without pausing.
device: At Your Service® System responds: “911.”
. Remotely start/stop the vehicle, OnStar Advisors can provide 4. Say “Call.” System responds:
if factory-equipped. savings offers from restaurants and “OK, dialing 911.”
. Lock/unlock doors, if equipped retailers on your route, help locate
hotels, or book a room. Retrieve My Number
with automatic locks.
OnStar Hands-Free Calling 1. Press =. System responds:
. Activate the horn and lamps.
“OnStar ready.”
. Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil Make and receive calls with the
built-in wireless calling service. 2. Say “My number.” System
life, or tire pressure,
responds: “Your OnStar
if factory-equipped with the Tire Make a Call Hands-Free Calling number is,”
Pressure Monitor System.
1. Press =. System responds: then says the number.
. Send directions to the vehicle.
“OnStar ready.”
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
338 OnStar
End a Call OnStar Additional Reactivation for Subsequent

Owners
Press =. System responds: “Call Information
ended.” Press Q and follow the prompts to
In-Vehicle Audio Messages speak to an Advisor as soon as
Verify Minutes and Expiration possible. The Advisor will update
Audio messages state important
Press = and say “Minutes” then information at the following times: vehicle records and explain OnStar
“Verify” to check how many minutes service options.
. Prior to vehicle purchase.
remain and their expiration date. How OnStar Service Works
Press Q to set up an account.
Vehicle Diagnostics . With the OnStar Basic Plan, Automatic Crash Response,
every 60 days. Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,
OnStar can perform a monthly Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle
check of your vehicle’s key . After change in ownership and Diagnostics, Remote Services,
operating systems, including the at 90 days. Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-Turn
engine, transmission, antilock Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling
brakes, and other major vehicle
Transferring Service
are available on most vehicles. Not
systems. OnStar can also monitor Press Q to request account transfer all OnStar services are available
tire pressure, if the vehicle is eligibility information. The Advisor everywhere or on all vehicles. For
equipped with the Tire Pressure can cancel or change account more information, a full description
Monitor System. If an On-Demand information. of OnStar services, system
Diagnostics check is needed, limitations, and OnStar terms and
press Q to speak to an Advisor. Selling/Transferring the conditions:
Vehicle . Call 1-888-4ONSTAR
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827).
(1-888-466-7827) immediately to
. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
terminate your OnStar services if
the vehicle is disposed of, sold, . See www.onstar.ca (Canada).
transferred, or if the lease ends. . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
OnStar 339
. Press Q to speak with an See Radio Frequency Statement OnStar Personal Identification
Advisor. 0 331. Number (PIN)
OnStar services cannot work unless Services for People with A PIN is needed to access some
the vehicle is in a place where Disabilities OnStar services. The PIN will need
OnStar has an agreement with a to be changed the first time when
Advisors provide services to help speaking with an Advisor. To
wireless service provider for service
Subscribers with physical disabilities change the OnStar PIN, contact an
in that area. The wireless service
and medical conditions.
provider must also have coverage, OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or
network capacity, reception, and Press Q to help: calling 1-888-4ONSTAR.
technology compatible with OnStar
. Locate a gas station with an Warranty
services. Service involving location
information about the vehicle cannot attendant to pump gas.
OnStar equipment may be
work unless GPS signals are . Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., warranted as part of the vehicle
available, unobstructed, and that meets accessibility needs. warranty.
compatible with the OnStar . Provide directions to the closest
hardware. OnStar services may not Languages
hospital or pharmacy in urgent
work if the OnStar equipment is not The vehicle can be programmed to
situations.
properly installed or it has not been respond in multiple languages.
properly maintained. If equipment or TTY Users
software is added, connected, Press Q and ask for an Advisor.
or modified, OnStar services may OnStar has the ability to Advisors are available in English,
not work. Other problems beyond communicate to deaf, Spanish, and French. Available
the control of OnStar — such as hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired languages may vary by country.
hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather, customers while in the vehicle. The
available dealer-installed TTY Potential Issues
electrical system design and
architecture of the vehicle, damage system can provide in-vehicle OnStar cannot perform Remote
to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless access to all OnStar services, Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle
phone network congestion or except Virtual Advisor and OnStar Assistance after the vehicle has
jamming — may prevent service. Turn-by-Turn Navigation. been off continuously for five days
without an ignition cycle. If the
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
340 OnStar
vehicle has not been started for Cellular and GPS Antennas Add-on Electrical Equipment
five days, OnStar can contact
Cellular reception is required for The OnStar system is integrated
Roadside Assistance or a locksmith
OnStar to send remote signals to into the electrical architecture of the
to help gain access to the vehicle.
the vehicle. Do not place items over vehicle. Do not add any electrical
Global Positioning or near the antenna to prevent equipment. See Add-On Electrical
System (GPS) blocking cellular and GPS signal Equipment 0 216. Added electrical
reception. equipment may interfere with the
. Obstruction of the GPS can operation of the OnStar system and
occur in a large city with tall Unable to Connect to OnStar cause it to not operate.
buildings; in parking garages; Message
around airports; in tunnels and Vehicle Software Updates
If there is limited cellular coverage
underpasses; or in an area with OnStar or GM may remotely deliver
or the cellular network has reached
very dense trees. If GPS signals software updates or changes to the
maximum capacity, this message
are not available, the OnStar vehicle without further notice or
system should still operate to may come on. Press Q to try the
call again or try again after driving a consent. These updates or changes
call OnStar. However, OnStar may enhance or maintain safety,
could have difficulty identifying few miles into another cellular area.
security, or the operation of the
the exact location.
Vehicle and Power Issues vehicle or the vehicle systems.
. In emergency situations, OnStar Software updates or changes may
OnStar services require a vehicle
can use the last stored GPS affect or erase data or settings that
electrical system, wireless service,
location to send to emergency are stored in the vehicle, such as
and GPS satellite technologies to be
responders. OnStar Hands-Free Calling name
available and operating for features
A temporary loss of GPS can cause tags, saved navigation destinations,
to function properly. These systems
loss of the ability to send a or pre-set radio stations. Neither
may not operate if the battery is
Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The OnStar nor GM is responsible for
discharged or disconnected.
Advisor may give a verbal route or any affected or erased data or
may ask for a call back after the settings. These updates or changes
vehicle is driven into an open area. may also collect personal
information. Such collection is
described in the OnStar privacy
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
OnStar 341
statement or separately disclosed at may unlawfully intercept or access above copyright notice and this
the time of installation. These transmissions and private permission notice appear in all
updates or changes may also cause communications without consent. copies.
a system to automatically THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
communicate with GM servers to OnStar - Software
Acknowledgements “AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
collect information about vehicle ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
system status, identify whether Certain OnStar components include IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
updates or changes are available, libcurl and unzip software and other LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
or deliver updates or changes. An third party software. Below are the OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
active OnStar agreement constitutes notices and licenses associated with FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
consent to these software updates libcurl and unzip and for other third AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF
or changes and agreement that party software please see http:// THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO
either OnStar or GM may remotely www.lg.com/global/support/ EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
deliver them to the vehicle. opensource/index and https:// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
Privacy www.onstar.com/us/en/support/ LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
getdocuments.html DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
The complete OnStar Privacy WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
Statement may be found at libcurl:
CONTRACT, TORT OR
www.onstar.com (U.S.), COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We NOTICE OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
recommend that you review it. If you WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel
have any questions, call USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>.
1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) THE SOFTWARE.
or press Q to speak with an All rights reserved.
Except as contained in this notice,
Advisor. Users of wireless Permission to use, copy, modify, the name of a copyright holder shall
communications are cautioned that and distribute this software for any not be used in advertising or
the privacy of any information sent purpose with or without fee is otherwise to promote the sale, use
via wireless cellular communications hereby granted, provided that the or other dealings in this Software
cannot be assured. Third parties
without prior written authorization of
the copyright holder.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
342 OnStar
unzip: This software is provided “as is,” self-extracting archive; that is

This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the without warranty of any kind, permitted without inclusion of
Info-ZIP copyright and license. The express or implied. In no event shall this license, as long as the
definitive version of this document Info-ZIP or its contributors be held normal SFX banner has not
should be available at ftp:// liable for any direct, indirect, been removed from the binary
ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/ incidental, special or consequential or disabled.
license.html indefinitely. damages arising out of the use of or 3. Altered versions–including, but
inability to use this software. not limited to, ports to new
Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All
rights reserved. Permission is granted to anyone to operating systems, existing
use this software for any purpose, ports with new graphical
For the purposes of this copyright including commercial applications, interfaces, and dynamic,
and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as and to alter it and redistribute it shared, or static library
the following set of individuals: freely, subject to the following versions–must be plainly
Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis, restrictions: marked as such and must not
Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois, 1. Redistributions of source code be misrepresented as being
Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed must retain the above copyright the original source. Such
Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris notice, definition, disclaimer, altered versions also must not
Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig, and this list of conditions. be misrepresented as being
Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson, Info-ZIP releases–including,
Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum, 2. Redistributions in binary form but not limited to, labeling of
Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden, (compiled executables) must the altered versions with the
Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller, reproduce the above copyright names “Info-ZIP” (or any
Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens, notice, definition, disclaimer, variation thereof, including, but
George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai and this list of conditions in not limited to, different
Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury, documentation and/or other capitalizations), “Pocket
Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda, materials provided with the UnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”
Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, distribution. The sole exception without the explicit permission
Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, to this condition is redistribution of Info-ZIP. Such altered
Rich Wales, Mike White. of a standard UnZipSFX binary versions are further prohibited
(including SFXWiz) as part of a from misrepresentative use of
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
OnStar 343
the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail

addresses or of the
Info-ZIP URL(s).
4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”
“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”
“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
and “MacZip” for its own
source and binary releases.
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
344 Index
Airbags
Index A
Accessories and Adding Equipment to the
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Passenger Status Indicator . . . 101
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 216 Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Additional Information Servicing Airbag-Equipped
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Additional Maintenance System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 Alarm
Agreements Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Trademarks and License . . . . . 158 Alert
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 229 Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . 206
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Air Filter, Passenger AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Antenna
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Airbag System Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 196
How Does an Airbag Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Appearance Care
Passenger Sensing System . . . . 65 Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
What Makes an Airbag Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
What Will You See after an Assistance Program,
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
When Should an Airbag Audio
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 134
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . 60
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Index 345
Audio Players Brakes (cont'd) California (cont'd)

CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Perchlorate Materials
Automatic Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Climate Control System . . . . . . . 164 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 California
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Proposition
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .219, 239, 288
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Camera
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 228 Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 180 Rear Vision (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Automatic Transmission Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Capacities and
Shift Lock Control Function Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Carbon Monoxide
Auxiliary Headlamps, Front Turn Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Signal, and Parking Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
B
License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 246 Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 3
Battery
Taillamps, Turn Signal, CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Exterior Lighting Battery
Sidemarker, Stoplamps, Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . 89
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
and Backup Lamps . . . . . . . . . . 244 Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 102
Voltage and Charging
Check
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 C
Ignition Transmission Lock . . . 240
Battery - North America . . . .239, 288 Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Malfunction Indicator
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 241 California
Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Bluetooth Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Child Restraints
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . 148, 150, 153
Infants and Young Children . . . . . 72
Brake
Lower Anchors and Tethers
System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 104
for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
346 Index
Child Restraints (cont'd) Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 D

Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 328
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84, 86 Coolant Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 3
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 333
Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Engine Temperature Gauge . . 100 Daytime Running
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Cleaning Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 Courtesy Transportation Devices
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 162 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327 Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Door
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 324 Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Clutch, Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 328 Text Telephone (TTY) Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324 Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Compartments Customer Information Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 320
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Service Publications Driver Information
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Ordering Information . . . . . . . . 330 Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Customer Satisfaction Driving
Compressor Kit, Tire Sealant . . . 274 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 Characteristics and
Connections Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Control Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Traction and Electronic For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . 23
Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 174
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Index 347
Driving (cont'd) Engine (cont'd) F

If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 175 Cooling System Messages . . . .115 Filter,
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 129
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
E
Overheated Protection Fluid
Electrical Equipment,
Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 228
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Electrical System
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Engine Compartment Fuse
Reduced Power Light . . . . . . . . . 109 Fog Lamps
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 190 Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 248
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Frequency Statement
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 333 Front Fog Lamp
Emergency
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Front Seats
Engine
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 127 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Exterior Lighting Battery Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Check and Service Engine
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 222 Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Coolant Temperature Filling a Portable Fuel
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
348 Index
Fuel (cont'd) General Information (cont'd) Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 How to Wear Safety Belts
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 108 GM Mobility Reimbursement Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Requirements, California . . . . . 209 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
I
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
H Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . .180, 182
Fuses
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Ignition Transmission Lock
Engine Compartment Fuse
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 129 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 248
Headlamps Infants and Young Children,
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
G Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Gauges Daytime Running Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Engine Coolant Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . . 6
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 42
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 109 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 127
J
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 109
Jump Starting - North
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Warning Lights and Heater K
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . . 117
General Information Heating and Air Keyless Entry
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 304 Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162, 164 Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . 26
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 174
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Index 349
L Lighting (cont'd) Locks (cont'd)

Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 255 Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Lamps Lights Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 128 Antilock Brake System Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 (ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 104 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Exterior Lighting Battery Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 108
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Front Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Lower Anchors and Tethers
Headlamps, Front Turn Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 107 for Children (LATCH
Signal, and Parking Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
M
License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Maintenance
Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . . 102 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 127
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Maintenance and Care
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Reduced Engine Power . . . . . . 109
Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 100
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 305
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
LATCH System StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Replacing Parts after a Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 102
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Traction Control System
Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
LATCH, Lower Anchors and (TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . . 107
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Lighter, Cigarette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Up-Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Lighting Warning, Power Steering . . . . . 106
Messages
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Locks
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
350 Index
Messages (cont'd) Mirrors (cont'd) OnStar® Additional

Battery Voltage and Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 42 OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Monitor System, Tire OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Engine Cooling System . . . . . . . .115 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 OnStar® Vehicle Diagnostics . . . 338
Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Operating Mode
N
Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Overheated Engine
Navigation
Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 Operation
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Object Detection System . . . . . .117 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 136
Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . . .118 O Ordering
Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Object Detection System Service Publications . . . . . . . . . . 330
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Outlets
Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Starting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Overheated Engine
Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Off-Road Protection Operating Mode . . . . 236
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 Oil Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 227 P
Mirrors
Park
Automatic Dimming Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 70
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Index 351
Parking (cont'd) Privacy Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

Brake and P (Park) Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 332 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 240 Program Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 189 Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . 327 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Proposition Replacement Parts
Passenger Airbag Status 65 Warning, Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 California . . . . . . . . . . . .219, 239, 288 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Passenger Compartment Air Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 70
R
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Replacing LATCH System
Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 331
Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 65 Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Perchlorate Materials Replacing Safety Belt System
Radios
Requirements, California . . . . . . 219 Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Personalization Reporting Safety Defects
Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 332
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Phone General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . 148, 150, 153 U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 202
Power Restraints
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Retained Accessory
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Ride Control Systems
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Reduced Engine Light . . . . . . . . 109 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Records
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 187 Roads
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 291
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Roadside Assistance
Reduced Engine Power Light . . . 109
Power Steering Warning Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Reimbursement Program,
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Roof
GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 57 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
352 Index
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Seats (cont'd) Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 320 Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Shift Lock Control Function
Running the Vehicle While Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . 48 Check, Automatic
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Shifting
S
Securing Child Restraints . . . . 84, 86 Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Security Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 206
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Sidemarker
How to Wear Safety Belts
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Signals, Turn and
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Spare Tire
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Accessories and Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . 58
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Special Application Services . . . . 311
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . 57
Climate Control System . . . . . . . 162 Specifications and
Safety Defects Reporting
Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 220 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 332
Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 316 StabiliTrak
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Maintenance, General OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Parts Identification Label . . . . . 317 Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Publications Ordering Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Satellite Radio Antenna . . . . . . . . . 143
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 Starting the Vehicle
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 327
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 327 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Seats
Services Power, Warning Lights . . . . . . . . 106
Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . .311 Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
Index 353
Steering (cont'd) Tires (cont'd) Towing

Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . . .211
Stoplamps and Back-Up Lamps Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 General Information . . . . . . . . . . .211
Storage Areas Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 291
Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . 89 Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Traction
Storing the Tire Sealant and Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Control System (TCS)/
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Pressure Monitor Operation . . 262 Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 261 Traction Control/Electronic
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Sealant and Trademarks and License
System Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133, 333 Sealant and Compressor Trailer
Kit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
T
Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Transmission
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Terminology and Definitions . . 258 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Taillamps
Uniform Tire Quality Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Fluid, Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 324
Wheel Alignment and Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 39
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Transportation Program,
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 271 Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
When It Is Time for New Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Turn and Lane-Change
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
9282844) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15
354 Index
Turn Signal Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
U W
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 269 Warning
Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
V
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Vehicle
Warnings
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Wheels
Identification Number (VIN) . . . 317
Alignment and Tire Balance . . 271
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
When It Is Time for New
Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . . 120
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 76
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Vehicle Care
Windshield
Storing the Tire Sealant
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 280
Winter
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Vehicle Data Recording and
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 241
Vehicle Diagnostics
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

2016 Cruze Limited Owners Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2016 Cruze Limited Owners Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2k16_CS6_Chevrolet_Cruze_Limited_23289323A.

Introduction This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners

Danger, Warning, and Vehicle Symbol Chart

In Brief Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . .

Driver Information Center (DIC) 14. Parking Brake 0 197.

If equipped, use the Keyless Access K : Press to unlock the doors.

To recline the seatback:

Safety Belts Passenger Sensing The passenger airbag status

Refer to the following sections for

3. Turn the selector switch to the Interior Mirror Steering Wheel

Interior Lighting Reading Lamps This feature controls the brightness

. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)

1. Temperature Control 1. Temperature Control 1. Temperature Control

See Climate Control Systems 0 162 Up‐Shift Light Vehicle Features

Bluetooth® Steering Wheel Controls $ / i : Press to silence the

Driver Information Side Blind Zone

Rear Vision avoiding objects while in Performance and

24 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Keys, Doors, and Windows 25

vehicle. If the vehicle has the

If the vehicle is equipped with a

26 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 27

Y (Remote Trunk Release) : Keyless Access Operation

28 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keyless Unlocking/Locking from transmitter inside the vehicle. Do Programming Transmitters to

Keys, Doors, and Windows 29

30 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 31

32 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33

34 Keys, Doors, and Windows

The doors can also be unlocked passenger doors. See Remote

Keys, Doors, and Windows 35

36 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Open/Unlocked Door Anti Lockout If equipped, the safety lock is Doors

Keys, Doors, and Windows 37

brake applied for manual If equipped with Keyless Access,

Press the trunk release button to

38 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Vehicle Security On Solid : Vehicle is secured

Keys, Doors, and Windows 39

40 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 41

Manual Mirrors Power Mirrors Folding Mirrors

42 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Interior Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror Windows

The vehicle aerodynamics are

Keys, Doors, and Windows 43

44 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Programming the Power Window Lockout Overload Feature

Keys, Doors, and Windows 45

Roof sunroof switch (1) to the second

46 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 60

Seats and Restraints 47

The height of the head restraint can

To adjust a manual seat:

48 Seats and Restraints

To adjust the power driver seat,

Seats and Restraints 49

If necessary, move the safety